I 
 
 Digitized by the Internet Archive 
 in 2015 
 
 I 
 
 / 
 
 https://archive.org/details/anatomyofhumaneb00ches_0 
 
THE 
 
 ANATOMY 
 
 O F T H E 
 
 Humane Body. 
 
 Illuftrated 
 
 With Twenty-three Copper-Plates of the 
 moft Confiderablc Parts; 
 
 All done after the Life. 
 
 B Y 
 
 w.c HESELDEN, SurgeOH ; 
 ' Fellow of the Royal Society. 
 
 . Of all CjOny s Works that do this World adorn. 
 There is not one more Fair and Excellent ^ 
 Than is eJMan s ^ody both for ^ower and Form, 
 
 Spencer. 
 
 L O N D O 
 
 Printed for N. Cliff, and D* Jackson , 
 at the Bible and Three Crowns next Mercers 
 ChAfple in Cheap fide ^ and W. Innys, at the 
 Feathers in St. Faul\ Church-yard. 1 7 1 j . 
 
» ) 
 
 •' • V 
 
 -K I • 
 
 
 t ! 
 
 ' C\ ./'• 
 
 z i 
 
 'V 
 
 /K , 
 
 :i i i T 
 
 
 ■7 I? ■'' > -'■ < »T 
 
 , \Sf t • 
 
 U 
 
 :.f 
 
 -H 
 
 ‘II t T '■i - 
 
 . i;;. 
 
 1 ■ 
 
 
 
 C;, Ao 
 
 .tAi.I t'-’i 
 
 \ * 
 
 ! A 
 
 .. „.,... - ««.. • 
 
 . u 
 
 / a 
 
 i .f« 
 
 r: ' 
 
 t*- 
 
 , Ttl 'J. vi c S-t i -> 
 
 ^c 'il ;r! 'to V.v:;!t 
 
 » 
 
 i t 
 
 t ^ ‘ I 
 
 ■ 0 .' * .'v s i 
 
 , J 
 
 i 1 
 
 ! i 
 
 jA. ‘-IWvvaI U:?.' : .. -l 
 
 " A’ hV- • - ■. ■■ i 5»tw-|v 1 
 
 ij :i. on y\ : 
 
 4 
 
 ‘ I 
 
 
 ■ ‘ ,•/? : : 
 — »v<« 4 n^ j. ‘ I 
 
 ;^; o ci VI 
 
 ^ - •< 
 
 /J ■ -4 ’ ^ ^ 
 
 -'■n\K o.xuii, "•‘••"5 ' ’VGi f : 
 
 .. A K ^-■'; 
 .lirr ' .', 
 
 
 V.I..>'>a,;i.,'i=A- 
 
 'A 
 
 't 
 
 
 f . . 
 
 
 
 
T .0 
 
 Dr. R ICHARD M EAD. 
 
 Fellow of the College of 
 
 Phyficians in London ^ 
 
 Phylician to St. Thomas's Hofpital, 
 And Fellow of the 
 
 ROYAL SOCIETY, 
 
 SIR, 
 
 VERY part of 
 P H Y s I c K may 
 juftly prefume 
 on your Protedir 
 
 on, to whom it 
 fo much Improvement. 
 A 31 Ana- 
 
The Dedication. 
 
 Anatom y in particular has 
 receiv’d fuch advantage from 
 your Lectures, that it 
 were a kind of Injuftice, not 
 to Dedicate all Endeavours in 
 that way' to yoii • in me in- 
 deed it w:ould be unpardona- 
 ble not to offer the. Fruits of 
 
 thofe Studies, which at lirft 
 * ' . ' - 
 began, and hat^e ftill been car- 
 ried on with your Encourage- 
 ment, The kind reception my 
 induftry has met witK,^ is in- 
 tirely owing to you, the Aur 
 thdrity of whofc* Opinion has 
 in every place fecur’d me fo 
 much favour.; efpecialiy in 
 that Seat of Learning,, that 
 ' , with 
 
The Dedication. 
 
 with diftinguifli’d Honours 
 rewarded your Merit. 
 
 I am, 
 
 \ 
 
 Sir, 
 
 Tour mojt Obliged and 
 Obedient humble Servant^ 
 
 W. Cheselden. 
 
 
 THE ( 
 
V 
 
 ■ . } 
 
 p "V" . 
 
 • .m . V' ■ 
 
 
 
 au 
 
 ■ , ‘ 
 
 
vu 
 
 THE 
 
 PREFACE. 
 
 T H/ S Treatise being de- 
 fign^d for the Vfe of Thofe 
 who Study Anatomy for 
 their Entertainment^ or to qualify Them- 
 felves for the Knowledge c/^Physick 
 or Surgery, and not for fuch as 
 wou^d be ^critically knowing in the moft 
 minute Farts ; / have purfofely omit- 
 ted a great many nice^ unneceffary Di- 
 vifions^ which are commonly made^ and 
 Defcriptions of thofe fmaU Vejjels^ which 
 are not only different in moft Bodies^ 
 but even in the oppofte Limbs of the 
 fame Body. 
 
 THR OVGHOVT the Defrifti- 
 ons I have made^ which are all taken 
 from a great number of Humane Bodies.^ 
 
 I have 
 
The Preface. ^ 
 
 1 have been moji particular about thofe 
 Tarts xvhofe Figure and Situation are mofi 
 conflant, and which are of the greatefl 
 Importance tor be well underflood, it be- 
 ing too common among Writers of 
 Anatomy, to treat mofl largely of 
 thofe- Tarts vchofe Vfes are leafl under- 
 flood ; and thofe 'Anatom ills who have 
 been the leafl knowing in the Vfe of the 
 Tarts have been generally mofl' prolix in 
 their Defcriptions. - 
 
 AND becaufe nothing can be more 
 abfurd, than to defcribe one Tart by an- 
 other ' which , remains undefcrib^d , I 
 have^begun with the Bones, without 
 which the Mufcles cannot be under flood j 
 and after proceeded to the Mufcles, the 
 knowledge of them being necejfary for the 
 Defcription of the Ve(lels that run among 
 them. 
 
 IN the Third Book the Vifcera are 
 
 explain’d in fuch a Method as will mofl, 
 
 conduce 
 
The Preface. ' ix 
 
 conduce to the Knovoledge of the Animal 
 OEconomy. But the Parts of Gene* 
 ration^ and the Fwe SenfeSy not necejfa* 
 rily foUovping or defending on any other 
 PartSy I have defer iFd them in a dijiin& 
 Book. 
 
 A S mofi of the Names of the Parts 
 are aptly given from their FigurCy Siiu- 
 ationy or 'Vfcy / have every-where ( to 
 make this Work as concife as pojjible) 
 omitted in Defeription vphat is direiHly 
 imply d in the ' Name ; and where the 
 Figurcy or Situationy of any Part is bet- 
 ter exprefs'd in a Cutty than it can be 
 defcriFdy I have taken the fame Advan- 
 tage. The Cutts are all Originaly and 
 done by a Scale after the Life. 
 
 I havey according as the Survey of the 
 fever al Parts led me to ity inf r ted in 
 fame places of this- Treatife a few Cht’^ 
 surgical Remarks and Cafes y fuch as t 
 
X 
 
 The Preface. 
 
 hu've not met with in Books of Surgery^ or 
 fuch as have been wrong judg'd by Workers 
 for want of Knowledge w A N A T o M Y. 
 If they are of Ufe^ I hope they will need 
 no Apology for their being Digrejfions. 
 
 I T is with great pleajiire I here ac- 
 knowledge my Oligations to Dr. Douglas, 
 that moji Accurate and Indefatigable 
 Anatomist, whofe AJ/ifiance has 
 been very ufeful to me in the Compiling 
 of this Work, and who has obliged the 
 World with an ex abler Defer ipt ion of the 
 Mufcles, than any extant. I am likewife 
 very much obligd to my Honoured Friend 
 Mr- Green, Surgeon to the Hofpitals 
 of Cl^rift-Church and St. Bartholo- 
 mew, for his kind perufal of part of 
 thefe Papers ; as alfo to my late worthy 
 Mafter Mr. Feme, Surgeon to St, Tho- 
 masV Hofpital. 
 
 AND 
 
The Preface. 
 
 XI 
 
 AND for any Errors that I may have 
 committed^ as a Work of this Nature^ I 
 prefume, no One will ezpe& Perfe&^ I 
 P)aU be fo far from endeavouring to de^ 
 fend 'em ( Truth, Brevity^ and plain- 
 nefs of Defcription^ being all I aim at) 
 that [ Jhall be as well-pleas'd to fee 'em 
 corre&ed by any Terfon^ as I have been to 
 mend thof I have met with in others. 
 
IK 
 
 D '•- 
 
 
 
 ^ C|r - 
 
 ■ • 
 
 > 
 
 1 vrv: 
 
 *.U .* - 
 
 V ' '; ■ » \ \ r\~' '» ■ -j < 
 
 ^ j 4 - •-• ^'-1 
 
 
 . V, '; • 
 
 'i « V . J 
 
 
 
 ,‘i^* 1 
 
 ion* ^•{XV-yy X , V .;■ 
 
 -\*>. 
 
 C l '^ 
 
 { 44 .> ly.^vi 
 
 \ •^' is. 
 
 
 
 c 
 
 UV 4 *- 
 
 :i 3 » 
 
 1; li-Vli-i'. rrr ?n ‘ I ■■■ ,' 
 tl nv."' 'i':t,^^. \ -a fivj\ /A '/s-.s- -A v 
 
 ,'(.'fii'.Vi<5 it\ »/; S',yaO. '» \i ' i V j',*^~j 
 
 •. -y jf • 
 
 
 
 : H T 
 
 •i" 
 
 
 ,. m 
 
 . > 
 
CONTENTS. 
 
 BOOK I. 
 
 Chap. I. F the Bones /» gener »l , 
 
 . Page I, 
 
 Chap. II. Of the jirtfculations of the Bones, 
 
 • pag- J 
 
 Chap. III. Of the Sutures mi Bones of 
 
 the Head, pag. 4 
 
 Chap. IV. Of the Bones of the Trunk, 
 
 pag. 14 
 
 Chap. V. Of the Bones of the Upper 
 Limb. pag. 71 
 
 Chap. VI. Of the Bones of the Lower 
 Limb, pag. 20 
 
 Chap. VII. Of the Cartilages, pag. 2j 
 
 Chap. VIII. Of the Ligaments, pag. 15 
 
 Chap. 
 
XIV 
 
 The Contents. 
 
 Chap. IX. Of the Lubricating Glands of 
 
 the Joynts, pag. 29 
 
 Table I. The Tore~View of a Sceleton : from 
 Dr. Douglafs, “ pag. 3 1 
 
 Table II. The Buck-View of a Sceleton : 
 From Dr. Douglals, pag. 32 
 
 Table III. The Bones of the Head : From 
 Dr. Douglals. pag. j j 
 
 Tab. IV. p. 
 
 .Table V. pag. 36 
 
 Table VI. pag. 37 
 
 BOOK II. 
 
 Chap. I. 
 
 O F the Mufcles in venerAl. 
 
 Page 
 
 Chap. II. Of the Membranes of the Muf- 
 cles, pag. 41 
 
 Chap. III. Of the Mufcles, 
 Table VII. 
 
 pag. 42 
 pag. 86 
 Chap. 
 
XV 
 
 The CoNT ENTS. 
 
 Table VIII. Mufcles of the Face, ^ pag. 88 
 Table IX. pag. 90 
 
 BOOK III. 
 
 Chap. I. F the External Parts ^ and. 
 
 V 3 Common Integuments , 
 
 pag. 91 
 
 Chap. II. Of the Membranes in general, 
 
 pag. 94 
 
 Chap. III. Of the Membranes of the Two 
 Lower Venters, pag. 95 
 
 Chap. IV. Of the Salivary Glands, pag. 97 
 
 Chap. V. Of the Omentum, Duftus Ali- 
 
 mentalis /«WMefentery, pag. loo 
 
 \ 
 
 Chap. VI. Of the Liver, Gall-Bladder, Pan- 
 creas and Splcnc, pag. 106 
 
 Chap. VII. Of the Vafa LaCbea, pag. 1 1 1 
 
 Chap. VIII. Of the Lungs, Pericardium. 
 *nd Heart, pag. na 
 
 (E) - Chap, 
 
xvi The Contents. 
 
 Chap. IX. Of the Arteries tnd, Veins, 
 
 pag. ii-j 
 
 Chap. X. Of the Lymphatics, aftd Glands 
 that accompany the Lymphatics, pag. 127 
 
 Chap. XI. Of the Dqra Mater and Pia 
 Mater, '• pag. ijo 
 
 Chap. XII. Of the Cerebrum, Cerebel- 
 lum, Medulla Oblongata and Medulla 
 Spinalis, pag. 154 
 
 Chap. XIII. Of the Nerves, pag. 157 
 
 Chap. XIV. Of the Csfirfe of the Aliment 
 and Fluids, pag. 144 
 
 Table X. The Farts of theTwolsfwttYcn- 
 tsrs,in their Natural Situation, pag. 147 
 
 Table XI. The Heart with the Auricles, &c. 
 fil’d with Wax, pag. 148 
 
 Table XII. TheNtMs at the Bafts of the 
 Heart revers’d, N pg, 14^ 
 
 Table XIII. pag. 150 
 
 Table XIV. TheVejfels of the Brain-///V 
 with Wax, ’ pag. ijj 
 
 Tab. XV. Arteries fil’d with Wax, p. 1 54 
 
 Table 
 
The Contents. xvii 
 
 Table XVI. Tht Vena Porta jilPi rvith 
 
 Way;, pag. 155 
 
 Table XVII. The Veins of the Liver,' 
 
 pag- 
 
 Table XVIII. The Excretory Duas ani 
 
 Arteries of the Liver, pag. 157 
 
 Table XIX. The Nerves and the Medulla 
 Spinalis, pag. 15S 
 
 BOOK IV. 
 
 Chap. I. fhe 'Urinary ani Gent- 
 
 V y tal Parts of Men, pag. 161 
 
 Chap, II. Of the Genital Parts of Women, 
 
 pag. 166 
 
 Chap. Ill, Of the Foetus in the Womb I 
 
 pag. 169 
 
 Chap. IV. Ofthepyc, pag, 174. 
 
 Chap. V. Of the Ear, &c. pag. 177 
 
 Table XX. TheVrinary ani Genital Parts 
 of a Man, pag. in 
 
 Chap. 
 
xviii The C o n t e1^ t s. 
 
 Tabic XXI. pag. igj 
 
 Table XXII. The Veffels of the Liver,' cfr. 
 ■ fifa¥(st\xsfll’d with hV*Xf‘ pag. 185 
 
 Tabic XXIII. The Grett VelTcls of the Heart, 
 both of 4 Foetus tni m Adult, pag. i.86 
 
 STLLJBVS,, pag, 191. 
 
 V' 
 
 . V . . . i 
 
 ^ 1 r 
 
 THE 
 
 O' 1 
 
 . V 
 
 T ’ 
 
XIX 
 
 
 Introduction. 
 
 T he receiv’d Opinion of the Tex. 
 
 ture of the Animal Body, is,-That 
 it Is a Compages of Veflels, va- 
 riouQy difpos’d, to Form Parts of different 
 Figures, for different Ufes. 
 
 The Ancients fuppos’d. That the Heart 
 and Brain were firft form’d, and that all 
 the other Parts proceeded from them : They 
 diftinguifh’d them into Spermatic and San- 
 guineous-, and thought, bccaule the Brain 
 was cover’d with Two Membranes, that 
 all the other Parts muft be fo too ; and 
 frequently ingag’d themfelves in Difputes 
 about the Derivation of Parts ; with many 
 other Things of the like Nature, Confe* 
 quences of their Hypothejis. But the Mo- 
 derns, alliffed with Glaffes, have difcover’d, 
 That all the Parts exiff in Miniature, from, 
 the firft Formation of the foetus, and that 
 their increafe, is only the extenfion and 
 thickning of their Veffels, and that no Part 
 can owe its Exiftence to another. 
 
 Thus 
 
XX 
 
 Introdudtion. ’ 
 
 Thus much we thought neceflary to 
 Premife, that the Reader might have a 
 general Idea of the Body, and that he may 
 lee for what Reafon we take no Notice in 
 this Treatife of the Diftinftions and Divi- 
 fions of Parts, made by ancient Jmtomijls, 
 and thofe who have Copy’d after ’em. 
 
 The Conftituent Parts of the Animal 
 Body, are, Nerves^ Arteries, Veins, Ljmpha- 
 duSis, Excretorj-veJfels, Fibres, Membranes , 
 Glands, Mujcles, Tendons, Ligaments, Bones 
 and Cartilages ; to thefe, we may add the 
 Hair and Nails, tho’ they have only a Vegi- 
 tative Life. 
 
 Nerves, are Cylindrical, or Prifinatic 
 Bodies, of ftreight Fibres, which arife from 
 the Medulla Oblongata of the Brain, and the 
 Medulla Spinalis, and terminate in all the 
 Senfitive Parts; They are the immediate 
 Organs of Senfation. 
 
 The Arteries, are Tubes that arlle 
 in Two Trunks from the Two Ventricles 
 of the Heart, and thence dividing into 
 Branches, diftribute the Blood to every Pare 
 of the Body. 
 
 Veins, 
 
Introduction. 
 
 XXI 
 
 Veins, are Tuties to return the Blood 
 from the Extremities of the Arteries to the 
 Heart. 
 
 L Y M p H ;e-d u c T s, are pellucid Tubes 
 to carry Lymph from all Parts, efpecially 
 the Glands to the V*J* LaStea. 
 
 Excretor y-V e s s e l s ^ arc either 
 Tubes from Glands to convey the fecreted 
 Fluids to their refpeQive Places, or Veflels 
 from the fmall Guts, to carry^ the Chyle to 
 the Blood-velTels • thele laft, arc call’d Vafi, 
 L,aHea. 
 
 Fibres, as they appear to the naked 
 Eye, are fimple Threads of the minuted: 
 Blood- veffels or Nerves, or both, which en- 
 ter into the Compofition of every Part. 
 
 Membranes, are Compagcs’s of Fi- 
 bres, expanded, to cover, or line any other 
 Parr. 
 
 A Gland, is compos’d of an Artery, 
 Vein , Lymphatic ,- Excretory-duff , and 
 Nerve. The Ufc of Glands is to fecretc 
 
 Fluids 
 
XXll 
 
 Iktroducton. 
 
 Fluids from the Blood for divers Ufes. The 
 Artery brings the Blood, the Vein and Lym- 
 phatic return it, the Excretory-du£l con- 
 veys the Matter fecrcted to the Place it is 
 defign’d for, 
 
 M u s c L E s, are diftinft portions of Fleih, 
 which by contrafting, perform the Motions 
 of the Body, 
 
 Tendons, are the fame Fibres of 
 which the Mufcles are compos’d, but more 
 clofely conne£l:ed, that they may polTeis 
 lefs fpace in a Limb, and be inferted in Ie(s 
 room into a Bone. 
 
 Ligaments, are ftrong Membranes, 
 or Bodies of Fibres clofely united, either 
 to bind down the Tendons, or give Origin 
 to the Mufcles, or tye together fuch Bones 
 as have Motion. 
 
 Bones, are firm Parts to fuftain, and 
 give fhape to the Body. 
 
 Cartilages or Griftles, are hard, 
 elaftick, fmooth and infenfible : Their Ufe 
 
 is 
 
Introduction. xiii 
 
 is to cover the Ends of the Bones that have 
 Motion, to prevent their attrition, &c. 
 
 What it is we call the Hair and 
 Nails, is fufficiently known ; the former 
 feems to be nourifh’d from the Materia Per- 
 ffirabilis^ and the latter from the Reticulum 
 Mucofum betwixt the Cutis and Cuticula. 
 
 ERRATA. 
 
 P Agc 19. Line if. for Pollux read Ttllex. p. 
 
 44. 1. 31. for brejing read freffing. p. 86. 1. j. 
 for Coracebrachialis read Coracohyoideus. 
 
 1 
 
 BOOK 
 
t; I ^ 
 
 
 ; -■ yj 
 
 / 
 
 1 V I '-'L 
 
 I . 
 
 
 baa ' 51^» * o*a '.'■ .■./: 
 
 ; nvror: :/ /a.: ;.H 
 
 ..b?l :-ih r. j ‘!/--jr:nnr: ^.rj ' 
 
 ei'b fr:^ ,.a 
 
 ■ ' ‘ » . J I;a j >.*./■. . w'^r.va •. -v • '.. . 
 
 •«4 ‘V.V •• 
 
 A *V / ■ vr . 
 
 i.^ ^ ^ X k_ 
 
 .:: .i .. 3 /( 
 
 
 , .;i -l-t 
 
 .' .-' 
 
 - 
 
 f'yM 
 
1 
 
 BOOK! 
 
 Chap. L 
 Of the Bones in general. 
 
 HE Ufe of the Bones, is, toChaptet 
 give Shape and Stability to the L 
 
 Body ; to be Levers for the Muf- 
 cles to aft upon, and to defend the 
 
 more noble Parts from external Injuries. 
 
 They are in an Embryo Membranous, ’till 
 by degrees they acquire the hardnefs of a 
 Cartilage, and laft of all Bone : This change 
 is not effefted in all parts of the fame Bone 
 at once, but beginning from a middle part) 
 fhoots forth to the extremities. 
 
 ■ Bones that are void of Motion , when 
 they meet, prefs into each other and form 
 .Sutures, which foon difappear in thofe Bones 
 that meet while they are fofc, tho in fbme 
 they are to be feen in the greateft Age. 
 But the Bones intended for Motion, are 
 prevented from joyning in this manner, by 
 the Cartilages, with which their parts that 
 are oppos’d to each other, are fac’d. 
 
 The extremities of ' every Bone that is 
 articulated for Motion) or that is not op- 
 
 B 
 
 pos’d 
 
2 
 
 Of the Bones in general. 
 
 BOOK pos’d to an other, is tip’d with an Efiphyjis, 
 I. or additional Bone (as may be feen in a 
 Fce:us) which helps to determine its growth 
 and figure. 
 
 The Filjres of Bones are conne£led like 
 thofe ofVegetables, by fmall Fibres running 
 obliquely from one to another, but are not 
 difpos’d into Lumitiie, - 
 
 The texture of the Bones when firft 
 form’d , is univerfally loofe and fpongy ; 
 but afterward they become in many places 
 very compaft, which refults in fome mea- 
 fure from the prelTure of the incumbent 
 Parts. In flat Bones, where this prelTure 
 is lealT, the furfaces only are denfe, and the 
 middle fpongy ; but where the prelTure is 
 more confiderable, the whole fubftance of 
 the Bone is one denfe Body, or Table. 
 The Cylindrical Bones being prefs’d moft 
 in their middle by the Bellies ol the Mulcles, 
 are there. very denfe and ftrong, while the 
 extremities dilate into large and fpongy 
 Heads, which is more convenient for their 
 Articulations , gives more room for the 
 Origins, and infertions of Mufcles , and 
 makes their Line of Direftion nearer to a 
 right Angle with that of the Bone. 
 
 All the Bones, except fo much of the 
 Teeth as are out of the Sockets, are cover’d 
 with a fine Memibrane , upon the Head 
 call’d Pericraniumy ellewhere Periofieum ; this 
 covers every part of each Bone , except 
 where it is -cover’d with % Cartilage , or 
 
 where 
 

 Of the Articulations of the Bones. 
 
 where Mufcles or Ligaments a rife or are Chapter 
 inferred : Its Ufe is to defend the incumbent II* 
 Mufcles from being lacerated in their A6li- 
 ons. 
 
 Every Cylindrical Bone has a large mid- 
 dle Cavity containing an oily Marrow, and 
 lelTer Cells towards their extremities, con- 
 taining a bloody Marrow ; every one of 
 thefe Cells is lin’d with a fine Membrane* 
 
 The life of the Marrow is to fupplc the 
 Fibres of the Bones that they may not 
 grow too rigid and britle ; and the Bones 
 themfelves have an advantage from thefe 
 Cavities ; for it has been demonftrated, that 
 their Strength is increas’d by this Strudure, 
 as their Diameters. 
 
 C H A P. II. 
 
 Of the Articulation of the Bone s. 
 
 W E fhall not enumerate all the 
 Names for Articulations which 
 Writers have impos’d; but only mention 
 thofe which feem leaft unnecelTary. 
 
 Bones are articulated either for gia- 
 hifeft Motion, which is call’d Diarthrop ; oitMron,: 
 or for obfoure, which is nam’d Synchondrop ; ssmchondr** 
 or for no Motion, which is nam’d 
 thropi. 
 
 B 8 
 
 Dl A* 
 
4 Q/ Sutures and Bones of the Head. 
 
 BOOK Diarthrosis, is of two Sorts, viz,^ 
 Enarthrofis and Ginglimus : The former is 
 Enarthrofis. when the Head of one Bone is receiv’d into 
 Ginglimus. the Cavity of another, which if the Head 
 is round, aind the Cavity deep, is call’d 
 Cotile. Cotile ; but if the one flat and the other 
 eiene. fhallow, GlcM. Thc latter is, when a Bone 
 both receives and is receiv’d, as thofe of 
 the Spine. 
 
 Synarthrosis, is of two Sorts, 
 eomphofis. Suture, and Gomphofts : The former 
 
 is when Bones are mutually indented ; the 
 latter, when they are receiv’d like a Nail 
 . in Wood ; of this Sort are the Teeth in 
 their Sockets. 
 
 Chap. III. 
 
 Of the Sutures and Bones of the 
 Head. 
 
 Suture. HOSE Sutures which have proper 
 
 _£ Names, we will defcribe ; thofe 
 which have not, derive their Names from 
 the Bones they furround, and are known 
 by them. 
 
 u T u R A Coronalis^ runs a-crols the 
 Head, and joyns, the Frontal to the Parietal 
 Bones. 
 
 Sutura Sagittalis, joyns the Parietal 
 Bones ; it begins at the Os Occipitis, and is 
 
 con- 
 
of the Sutures and Bones of the Head. 5 
 
 continued to the Os Fromis\ in Children Chapter 
 down to the Nofe, the Os Frontis in them Un- 
 being two Bones, and fometimes fo in adult 
 Bodies. 
 
 Sutura L^mbdoidalis^ joyns the back- 
 part of the two Parietal Bones to the upper 
 part of the Occipital Bone : In this Suture we 
 frequently obferve fmall Bones, call’d OJfa 
 
 RA Squamofa^ is the wraping of 
 the upper part of the Temporal and Sphe- 
 noidal Bones (which laft is not obferv’d by 
 Authors) over the lower Edges of the Parie- 
 tal Bones. 
 
 Sutura Tranfverfalis^ joyns the lower 
 Edge of the Frontal Bone to the Ojfa Nafi^ 
 
 Maxilla Superior^ Vngues\ Plana^ 'Sjpbanoides 
 and Zygoma or Mali. 
 
 The Scull being thus divided into many 
 Bones, is neither fo fubjeft to Fraftures, 
 nor to have Fraftures fo far extended, as it 
 wou’d have been, were it compos’d of one 
 Bone only. 
 
 The Ancients not knowing that by this 
 Formation the Bones Offefy’d, more conve- 
 niently imagin’d the Sutures were defign’d 
 for Perfpiration ; and therefore prefenb’d 
 Fontencls upon them for Difeafes of the 
 Brain. But doubtlefs, had this been their 
 Ufe, the Longitudinal Sims wou’d not have 
 been plac’d under the Sagittal Suture, which 
 they thought moft concern’d in this Ope- 
 rationo 
 
 B j Tm 
 
 Triquatra. 
 S u T u 
 
6 Of the Sutures and Bones of the Head. 
 
 Ten of the Bones of the Head compofe 
 the Cr unium to contain the Brain. Thefe 
 we wall firft defcribe. 
 
 Ossa Bregmatis, are two large 
 Bones almoft equilateral, which compofe 
 the fuperior and lateral Parts of the Crmitm : 
 On the infide they are remarkably imprinted 
 by the Arteries of the Durn. Mater. 
 
 Os Frontis, makes the fuperior and 
 anterior part of the Cranium ; its lower part 
 corapofcs the upper part of the Orbit of the 
 Eye, in its infide it bears imprefs’d the ex- 
 ternal figure of the two Hemifpheres of the 
 Brain ; fometimes it has a fmall Spine near 
 the Os Ethmoides, and fometimes a Sulcus ; 
 immediately above the Os Ethmoides, in this 
 Bone is a fmall blind Hole through which 
 runs a Vein into the beginning of the Lon, 
 gitudinal Sinus of the Dura Mater ; under 
 the Eye-brows in this Bone are two large 
 Sinujes wich lead into the Nole, and on the 
 upper edge of each Orbit, a fmall Perforati- 
 on, fometimes only a Notch through which 
 run Nerves and an Artery to the Fore- 
 head. 
 
 Os Ethmoides, Is a fmall Bone 
 about two Inches in circumference, feated in 
 the anterior part of the bafis of the Scull, 
 being almoft furrounded by the laft de- 
 fcrib’d Bone ; it is full of Holes like a Sieve. 
 In its middle arifes a large Procefs nam’d 
 crjfti Qrijla Galli. Dr. Douglafs is of Opinion, That 
 
 all 
 
 Spintj 
 
 Foramen. 
 
 Sinus* 
 
 ‘Foramen, 
 
 Foramina.- 
 
of the Sutures and Bones of the Head. y 
 
 all the Lmim in the Nofe, belong to this Chapter 
 Bone. «I- 
 
 - Os S?HENO!DEs, is a very irregular Bone, 
 feated in the middle of the Bafis of the Cram- 
 utTij bounded on its fore-part by the Frontal 
 and Ethmoidal Bones, laterally by the Parie- 
 tal and Temporal Bones, and backwards by 
 the Fetrofum and Occipital Bone. In its in- 
 fide next the Brain is a Cavity, nam’d Sella s=iii Tiirc« 
 Turcica, which is bounded by Four Procef-'*’ 
 fes, call’d Clinoides. On the outfide of the pro». ci:- 
 Scull adjoyning to the Upper Jaw, are Two™***"' 
 Procelles of this Bone on each fide, nam’d 
 fterygoides, from which ProcelTes arifeOne Proc. Ptery* 
 on each fide near the Palate, having no®°“‘“* 
 Name ; over thefe are reflefted the Ten- 
 dons of the Fterygojlaphalini externi Mulcles, mno^ 
 and nearer towards the Occiput, between 
 thefe and the Styloid Proceffes of the Ojfa 
 Fetrofa, arife Two more, SalpiKgoides.rroc.st\^{n- 
 
 Under the Sella Turcica in this Bone, is a 
 nus which opens into the Nofe. At the in- 
 fide of the Bafis of the T wo anterior Clinoid 
 ProcelTes are Two round Holes, which are 
 the Firft Foramina of the Scull ; almoft under ^ , 
 
 thefe laterally are Two irregular Slits, nam’d 
 Foramina lacera, or the Second Foramina of 
 the Scull; and under thele are Two round 
 Holes, which are the Third Foramina ; about 
 half an Inch nearer the Occiput, are Two " 
 more of an oval figure, which are the Fourth 
 Foramina ; and a Straw’s breadth farther 
 Two, call’d the Fifth Foramina. 
 
 B 4 ■ 
 
 Ossa 
 
8 
 
 BOOK 
 
 i. 
 
 Proc.MamiI, 
 
 Proc. Jugale. 
 
 ?roc. S:yli, 
 forinis. 
 
 For. Sexta. 
 
 Septi- 
 maj • 
 
 Fora,T>ina 
 
 Innominata. 
 
 Qftava, 
 
 Of the Sutures and Bones of the Head. 
 
 Ossa Tem po hi s, are fituated below 
 the Parietal Bones, at the middle and lower 
 part of the fide of the Crmiim ; they have at 
 their backrpart One large Procefs, call’d 
 Mammillaris., and from the lower and mid- 
 dle-part a Procefs which joyns the Os Mali^ 
 nam’d Jugale or Zggoma, 
 
 Ossa Petrosa, lie between the for- 
 mer Bones and the Occipital, or are truly 
 Portions of the former Bones, being never ) 
 found feparate in adult Bodies. They have 
 each on tlieir outfide One long {lender Pro- 
 cefs, call’d Styliformis, and from the fide of 
 this Procefs a Yoramen., which runs oblique- 
 ly 'forwards into the Scull, thefe arc the 
 S xth Foramina; and One blind Foramen in the 
 infide of the 6'cull leading to the Organs of 
 Hearing, which arc the Seventh Foramina. 
 
 ( For what remains of this Bone, See Chap. 
 Of the Organs of Flearing). 
 
 Between the anterior part of each of thefe 
 Bones and the fides of the Or Sphenoides, is a 
 Foramen, not commonly obferv’d, thro’ which ; 
 fun large Veins from the Circular Stnus into 1 
 the internal 
 
 Between the laft defcrib’d Bone and the | 
 following Bone, are Two large Holes, which j 
 are the Eighth Foramina. To thefe \yd may j 
 add another very fmall One on each fide, i 
 thro’ which runs an Artery to the Dura Ma- : 
 ter of the Cerebellum, I 
 
 Os Occipitis, makes all the back- 
 part of the Scull, it is bounded by the Sphcr 
 
 ■ ■ ' ' • ■ noidal ! 
 
of the Sutures and Bones of the Head. 9 
 
 noidal, Temporal, Petrofal, and Parietal Chapter 
 Bones ; it has two fmall Jpophjfes, by which HI- 
 it is articulated to the Spine ; near thofe Jpo- 
 phyfes laterally, are two fmall Foraminit, which For. Non* 
 are the Ninth of the Scull ; and between thefe 
 the great or Tenth Foramen. In the infide of^°'j;^ 
 this Bone is a crucial Spine imprels’d by the^pmai 
 Longitudinal and Lateral Sinufes ; oppofite 
 to the middle of this Spine, in many Bodies, 
 is an JpophjJJs, and from that down to the Apopiiyr» 
 great Foramen, a thin Spine. Spina. 
 
 Wchave obferv’d in moft Sculls, a Fora- 
 men behind each Afophyfts of the Occipital 
 Bone to thQ Eighth For amim; through thefe Foramin*; 
 pafs a Sims from the lateral Sinufes to the 
 external cervical Veins : By means of this 
 Communication, as in all other Communi- 
 cations of the Sinufes, the Blood paffes from 
 thofe that happen to be furcharg’d by any 
 particular Pofture of the Head, into thole 
 that from the fame Pofture wou’d elfe have 
 been almoft empty. Such Sculls as want 
 thefe Foramim^ have a Sinn^ for the fame 
 purpofe within the Scull. 
 
 The remaining Bones of the Head com- 
 pofe the Face, Orbits of the Eyes, and the 
 Jaws. 
 
 Ossa Nasi, are fmall oblong Bones 
 making the upper part of the Nofe. 
 
 Ossa Malorum, Thefe Bones com- 
 pofe the Cheeks, and the anterior lower 
 and outer part of the Orbits of the Eyes, 
 
 They 
 
lO 
 
 of the Sutures and Bones of the Head. 
 
 BOOK They have each a procefs which joyns the 
 I* Procejfus Jugales of the Temporal Bones. 
 
 Thefe Joynings of the Procefles are by 
 fome Authors call’d Ojfa Jugalia. 
 
 Ossa Ungues, are fmall Bones about 
 as large as Thumb Nails, feated immediate- 
 ly below the Os Frontis towards the Nofe 
 in the Orbit of the Eye, whole interior and 
 inner part they help to Compofe. They 
 Foramina. have each a Foramen as large as a fmall Goofe 
 quill leading into the Nofe- Through which 
 pafs Lymph or any extraneous Bodies 
 from the Eyes into the Nofe. Sometimes 
 thefe Foramens are between thefe Bones and 
 the Superior Maxilla. 
 
 Ossa Plana, are feated immediately 
 beyond the foregoing Bones in the Orbit, 
 and are near thrice as big. 
 
 Maxilla Superior, is always de- 
 fcrib’d .Angle, though it is manifeftly divided 
 by a Suture which we have never feen obli- 
 terated. It' runs up with two ProcelTes to 
 the Os Frontis between the OJfa Naji and 
 Vngues • It’s upper and outer part makes the 
 lower parts of the Orbit of the Eyes, it’s lower 
 fide all that part of the Face under the Cheeks, 
 Eyes and Nofe to the Mouth, and two Thirds 
 of the Roof of the Mouth ; a little below 
 the Orbits of the Eyes in this Bpne arc 
 Fortmina; two Foraoiens, and bejiind the Dentes Inci- 
 forei one more which divides into two, as it 
 ' opens into the Nofe, one on each fide the 
 
 Septum Naji. Between the Polierior grind- 
 
Of the Sutures and Bones of the Head. 1 1 
 
 ing Teeth and the Orbit of the Eye are two Chapter 
 great Sinufes, call’d Antra Maxilla fuferioris, 
 they open into the Nofe, and in the lower 
 Edge of this Jaw are the Alveoli for the 
 Teeth. 
 
 We have feen Impoftumations from rotten 
 Teeth in thefe Cavities, which have been 
 cur’d by Drawing Ibme of the Grinding 
 Teeth, and by making a Perforation into 
 it through their Sockets. Mr. CW/rr has ad- 
 mirably defcrib’d this Cafe. 
 
 Ossa Palati, are two fmall Bones 
 that make the back part of the Roof of the 
 Mouth. Between thefe and the 
 procefles of the Sphenoidal Bone are two 
 fmall Foramina, through which Arteries and 
 Nerves pafs to the Palate. 
 
 Os Vomer, is feated between the Bones 
 of the Palate, and the Sphenoidal Bone di- 
 viding the hind part of the Nole. 
 
 Os Spongiosum, is often treated as 
 a diftinft Bone, tho it is only the fpon- 
 gy Lamina of the Ethmoides, Vngaes, Plana 
 and Maxilla Superior, but chiefly the Ethmoi- 
 des. To this we add a fpongypart, produced 
 from the Vomer forwards to the middle Car- 
 tilage of the Nofe, which with the Cartilage septumNa^. 
 makes the Septum Naft. 
 
 M*axilla Inferior, is Articula- 
 ted to the Temporal Bones, by two procef- 
 fes Nam’d Condyloides, near thefe arile twOtoiL^"“'*“' 
 more, very acute, call’d Coronales, and atf™ ‘^"®“* 
 the infide of the Chin a fmall rough 
 
 ; ' ■ rr natus. 
 
 cell US 
 
15 
 
 - Of the Sutures and Bones of the Head. 
 
 cef us Innominatus. In the infide of this Bone 
 I- under each Procejfus Coronalis^ is a large 
 foramen which runs under the Teeth through 
 Aiveoiu the Bone and pafles out at the Chin, and in 
 the upper Edge of this Jaw are the Alveoli 
 for the Teeth. 
 
 Dentes, the Teeth feldom exceed 
 Sixteen in each Jaw, the Four firfl: in each 
 inciforei. arc Call’d ineijorei, the two next Canini^ and 
 Moures. sH tlic reft MoUtbs, the Four laft of thefe 
 have obtain’d the proper Name of Dentes 
 s«pieuti*. becaufe they do not appear ’till 
 
 Men arrive at Years of Diferetion. The, 
 Jnciforei and Canini in each Jaw have only 
 one finglc Root, but the Molares more, the 
 Eight firft. Two; and the reft, fome Three, 
 ForsmiTia. Four, efpeciall)' in the upper Jaw ; each 
 
 vafa. of thefe Fangs or Roots have a Foramen, 
 M^ana. tlitough which pafs an Artery Vein and 
 Nerve, which are expanded in a fine Mem- 
 brane lining a Cavity in each Root of a 
 Tooth. This Membrane is the Seat of the 
 Tooth-ach. 
 
 The Teeth of Men caft off (and not 
 change intirely) e’er they arrive at Puberty, 
 the fucceeding ones always rifing larger than 
 the former, the Jaws encreafing falter than 
 the Teeth, muft otherwife of neceffity have 
 left Chafms between ’em, as we may ob- 
 ferve there are in the Mouths of Brutes. 
 
 Whenever an entire Tooth is drawn, the 
 Socket clofcs, and none fucceeds. 
 
Of the Sutor s and Bones of the Head. i ^ 
 
 We extirpated a Tumor from a Woman’s Chapter 
 Cheek about as large as a Hen’s Egg , HI. 
 which was judg’d Schirous ; but when we 
 cut near the Center of its Bafis , there 
 came out a large quantity of Lympid 
 Matter, and upon fearching with a Probe, 
 found the Os Mali, part of both Jaws, and 
 the Os Sfhcenoides at the Bafis of the Scull, 
 
 Caries, which being imprafticablc to exfo- 
 liate, we endeavour’d to heal the Wound, 
 which we did to a very fmall compafs, but 
 cou’d not quite becaufe of the Gleet which 
 came from the Bones, ’till we made a palTage 
 from the infide of the Mouth to it, and turn’d 
 the Matter that way, and after about Three 
 Months this PalTage alfo clos’d, and then the 
 Cavity began to fill again, and in two Years 
 time grew as large as before. Then we let the 
 Matter out through the Mouth, and now 
 fhe feems to be in the fame Condition that 
 fbe was in after the former Operation. 
 
 When we confider this, and the many Bones 
 we have found Caries in dead Bodies, with- 
 out any mark of Dilbrder in the flefhy 
 Parts, fome of which we have known 
 the Perfons when living have never com- 
 plain’d of, we cannot but think (though it 
 is the bell Praftice if it can be done fofely 
 to exfoliate a Caries') that there is not lb 
 great necelfity of doing it, as is commonly 
 believ’d. 
 
 Chap. 
 
BOOK 
 
 I 
 
 Chap. IV. 
 
 Of the B o N E s T R u N K. 
 
 T H E Bones of the Trunk arc thofe 
 which compofe the Spihe or Chain 
 of Bones from the Head down to the Rump, 
 the Ribs and Sternum. 
 
 The Spine, Is compos’d of Twenty- 
 Four befides thofe of the Or Sacrum 
 
 and Coccygis ; Seven belong to the Neck, 
 the Fir ft of which is call’d Atlas, the Se- 
 A-iis. Dtn. cond Dentata, from a procels in that Bone 
 Pro.' Denta* beating the fame Name; Twelve to the Back, 
 tus. Five to the Loyns ; The Os Sacrum is fome- 
 times Five, fometimes Six Bones, and the 
 Os Coccygis Four. If this Chain had been 
 compos’d of fewer Bones, they muft have 
 either not been capable of bending fo much 
 as they do, or have bent at lels obtufe Angles, 
 which wou’d have prefs’d the Spinal Mar- 
 row. 
 
 In all thefe Vertebra, except the firft, is a 
 Corp. Spon- middle Anterior Spongy Body, by which 
 liofum. jU firmly articulated with a very 
 
 ftrong intervening Ligament, and from the 
 middle of the hind- part ftands a Procefs from 
 each, nam’d Spinalis, and from every one of 
 proc. Spin»- thc Vertebra, a Procefs on each fide, call’d 
 
 Proc Tranf- tWO fiipCtiot, and tWO 
 
 Krr»!«s. inferior fhort ones by which the back-part 
 
 of 
 
Of the Bones of the 1 rank. i ^ 
 
 of the Vertehrie are articulated, nam’d Ohli- Chapter 
 qui, SaferioreSy and Inferiores, HI'. 
 
 The anterior part of the Seven Vertebra ' 
 
 the Neck and Two fuperior of the Back areq“‘- 
 flat forwards, the Third and Fourth of thespoSgioft. 
 Back very acute, to give way to the Veflels 
 of the Lungs and Hearty and inclin’d to the 
 Right Side, which makes that Side of the 
 Body Naturally ftrongeft. 
 
 The Spinal Proccfles of the fecond, third, 
 fourth and fifth Vertebra of the Neck are fork- Proceflus. 
 ed, the two laft of the Neck long and hori-®‘’“*‘“' 
 zontal, the three or four fuperior Ones of the 
 Back like them, only a little declining, the 
 middle ones of the Back run obliquely down- 
 wards, and the ProcelTes of the remaining 
 Vertebra become fucceflively thicker, ftrong- 
 er, and lefs declining, thofe of the Back be- 
 ing Horizontal, like the laft of the Neck. 
 
 The tranfverfe Proceffes of the Vertebra of 
 the Neck are perforated ; the Eight or Ninepmceirus ' 
 Superior Ones of the Back, receive the fu-,^'“"‘’“‘^ 
 perior Ribs ; and the reft, with thofe of the 
 Loins , ferve only for infertion of Mut 
 cles. 
 
 The Os Sacrum has two fuperior oblique 
 Proceffes, fome fmall Spinal Proceffes, and 
 two foramina in each Interfticc of the 
 Bones it is compos’d of, both before and 
 behind. 
 
 The Os Coccygis has none of thefe Parts. 
 
 Through every Bone of the Spine, the Os 
 Coccygis excepted, is a large foramen, in 
 
 which 
 
i6 Of the Bones of the Trunk. 
 
 BOOK which is contain’d the Medulla Spinalis ; and 
 I- laterally in all the Interftices of the Vertebra 
 is a large Hole for the Nerves to pafs out. 
 
 ’Tis wortli Confidering, the wonderful 
 Provifion Nature has made to prevent Luxa- 
 tions in this Chain of Bones. In the Neck 
 the oblique Procelfes of the receiv’d Bone 
 are wrap’d over thofe of the receiving Bone, 
 which forbids their Luxating forwards, and 
 a fmall Jpophyfts of the body of the fame 
 Bone, in like manner fecures them from 
 fliping backwards, and an Jpophyfts on each 
 fide of the body of the receiving Bone, hin- 
 ders them from flipping to either fide. The 
 Vertebra of the Back are hinder’d from Diflo- 
 cation forwards by the fame Provifion with 
 thofe of the Neck ; and from Luxating back- 
 wards by the Ribs which are faflen’d to the 
 tranfve»fe Procefles of thsinknot Vertebra^ 
 and againft the back-part of the body of the 
 next fuperior they alfo hinder ’em from mov-^ 
 ing to either fide ; but the Ribs at the two 
 or three laft Vertebra of the Back are not fix’d 
 to the tranfverfe Procefles, and therefore it 
 is that Luxations are moft frequently feen in • 
 this Part; but the Vertebra o{' are 
 receiv’d into deep Cavities, and are ty’d 
 with much llronger Ligaments for their 
 fecurity. 
 
 The Ribs are Twelve in number on 
 each Side ; the Seven uppermoft are call’d 
 True Ribs, becaufe their Cartilages reach the 
 Stermm ; and the Five loweft are call’d Ba* 
 
 ftard 
 
Of the Bones of the upper Limb. 1 7 
 
 ftard Ribs: They are articulated to the Chapter 
 
 T welve Vertebr<e of the Back. V . 
 
 Sternum, Or Breaft-boue, is generally 
 made up of Three Bones, to this the True 
 Ribs are articulated by their Cartilages. 
 
 Os Hyoides, is a fmall Bone at the 
 Root of the Tongue ; it ferves only for Muf- 
 cles to arife from, and be inferted into. 
 
 We haye feldom found fewer than Four- 
 and-twenty Vertebrae in the Spine, befides the 
 Os Sacrum, but often more ; fometimes Thir- 
 teen of the Back, with as many Ribs of a- 
 iide ; and fometimes Six in the Loyns : And 
 in fome Bodies Two Ribs from the Ver- 
 tebra of the Loyns ; but then it has always 
 wanted tranfvcrfe PrqcclTes. 
 
 Chap. V. 
 
 \ 
 
 Of the Bones of the Vpper Limb. 
 
 L AVI C U L A, is of the figure of 
 the Italick f, one end is articulated to 
 the Sternum, and the other m the Proeejfus 
 Jlcromion of the Scapula ; it l^ves to fuftain 
 the Scapula, and to determine its Motions. 
 
 Scapula, Has to be obferv’d in it, 
 the Acetabulum, which is a fhallow Cavity to 
 receive the Os Humeri : A large Spine fromspm», 
 whoft fore-part ftands a Prqcefs call’d 4cro- ' 
 
 C ” * man. 
 
1 8 Of the Bones of the upper Limb. 
 
 BOOK mion, and another Procefs from the fore-part 
 of the upper Edge of the Scaputa nam’d Co- 
 rdcoides^ its upper Edge is nam’d Cofla ft/peri- 
 coiuTup?’ lower one CoJIa inferior^ and the 
 
 pofterior Edge its B*fts. 
 
 It is no very uncommon Accident, to 
 have the Proceffus Acromion broke, and then 
 the Arm can never after be rais’d to Advan- 
 tage ; for no Care of the moft Skilful Sur- 
 geon can reduce fuch a Frafture ; for the 
 Deltoid Mufcle will draw the Ends of the 
 broken Procefs afunder, and will itfelf want 
 a fix’d Point to aft from. 
 
 Os Humeri, This Bone has at its up- 
 ctpat. pet End a Found Head for its Articulation,' 
 Apopiiyf«. and near that an Apophjfes, which isfome-. 
 what divided by a Sulcus^ in which runs a 
 Tendon of the Biceps fexor Cubiti. At its 
 ’Apopx ex. lower End are two Jpophyfesythe one exterior, 
 Apoph. ini. and the other interior. Between thefe Apor 
 Sinus anc. phjfcs and the fore-part of the Bone is a fmall 
 Sinus, which receives a Protuberance of the 
 Sinus poft. j large and deep one, which re- 
 
 ceives the Olecranon of the Vina. 
 
 Ulna, At its Articulation to the for- 
 mer Bone has Two ProcelTes, One large and 
 Olecranon. nam’d Okcranon, and One fmall one 
 
 Frocec an:, nam’d Procejfus anterior, and at the lower end 
 Frocef. Sty- of this Bono is a fmall Procefs nam’d Sty- 
 
 bides, / • j 
 
 Lotdes. 
 
 When about two Inches or lefs ®f this 
 Bone is broke off at the lower End, it is 
 fcarce pofiible to raife it into its Natural 
 
 fituation 
 
Of the Bones of the upper Limb. j ^ 
 
 . ' \ — — 
 
 fituation ’till the Arm is turn’d prone ; be- Chapter 
 caufe the Tendon of t\\o,Te?2forVLnaris rides V. 
 over it and prefles it forward. 
 
 Radius, Is receiv’d at the upper end 
 by the Os Humeri and at its lower 
 
 end it rceeives the Vina and Carpus^ by its 
 turning upon the Vlna^ is perform’d the 
 Prone and Supine Motions of the Arm ; 
 about an Inch below its upper end is an ex- 
 tuberance for the infertion of the Biceps 
 Mufcle. 
 
 Carpus, is compos’d of Eight Bones of 
 irregular figure ; they are diftinguiflh’d into 
 Four of the firft Order, and Four of the fe- 
 cond. The Two firft of the firft Order areprim. ord. 
 articulated with the Radius^ the firft of he 
 fecond Order is articulated to the Thumb, 
 and the remaining Three to the Metacarpal 
 Bones. The infide of thefe Bones leave a 
 ^ femilunar Cavity for the Tendons of the 
 Mufcles of the Thumb and Fingers to pals 
 through. 
 
 Metacarpus, is compos’d of Four 
 Bones. 
 
 Pollux, is made of Three Bones. 
 
 Digiti, a7e each compos’d of Three 
 Bones. For the Figure of thefe, we refer 
 you to the Table, which will give a better 
 Idea of them than a verbal Defeription. 
 
 C % 
 
 Chap# 
 
ao 
 
 BOOK' 
 
 Chap. VI. 
 
 Of B o N E s of thz lower Limb. 
 
 O S Innominatum, is, before Pu- 
 berty, compos’d of Three Bones; 
 Ilium. uppermoft is nam’d Ilium, the lower and 
 
 Oi Pubis, anterior Os Pubis, the lower and pofterior 
 ifchium. Ifchii. The under Edge of the Ilium is 
 Spina. ■ call’d its Spine, the anterior part of the 
 Spine is its Afex, and lower than this is the 
 proc. inno- Pyoceffus Innominutus. The Ifchium has Two 
 Proc. Aeu- Proceffes, the one call’d Acutus^ the other 
 pToc. obcu- Obtufus. In the Center of thefc Bones is the 
 Acecabu- Acetahulum or Socket to receive the Thigh 
 lum. Bone, and between the JJehium and Pubes 
 
 Foram«n. |.|^g PoYCimen. 
 
 Os Femoris, at its upper End has a 
 round Head, which is receiv’d into the Ace- 
 tahulum of the Os Innominatiim A fmall di- 
 '.fiance from this are Two Proceffes nam’d 
 Trochanter J'rochanter major ^ and Trochanter minor. The 
 Trochan, Space between thele ProcelTes and the Head 
 .of the Bone, is call’d its Neck, and from 
 •.the lelfer Trochanter down the back-part of 
 ■ihis Bone ’till within Four Inches of the 
 Liuea Afp, End, is a Ridge call’d Linea Afpera. At the 
 Apoph.exc. lower End of this Bone are Two Apophyfes, 
 Apuph. inr. Qjjg exterior, and One interior. 
 
 In Two Bodies which I have DilTefted, I 
 -.have found this Bone broke at its Neck, and 
 
 by 
 
Of the Bones of the lower Limb. 2 1 
 
 by that Means the Limb. fhorten’d, and the Chapter 
 Cafe miftaken for a Luxation of the Hip. VI. 
 When we confider the depth of this Articu« 
 lation, and the wonderful ftrength both of 
 the Mufcles and Ligaments, we cannot but 
 fufpefl: that this Bone is much oftner fo 
 broke, than out. 
 
 It often happens, that from a flux of Hu- 
 mours upon the Hip, this Joynt appears dif- 
 located ; for when it is attended with Pain, 
 the Mufcles contrafting alter the pofture of 
 the Limb, and make it appear flhorter, as 
 the Limb which is lifted from the Ground 
 is when we fland on One Leg : But if the 
 Fluxion is without Pain, the Mufcles re- - - 
 lax, and the Limb falls into the fame figure 
 that the Limb is in which we ftand on in 
 that Cafe, and appears longer. Therefore the 
 certain Way to know if this Joynt is out, or 
 broke near the Joynt, is by Meafuring firft 
 the well Limb with a Line drawn from 
 the Os IIH over the great Trocha?tter to the 
 Knee, allowing for any Swelling, and to ap- 
 ply the fame Meafure in the fame manner 
 to the other Limb, it being put in the fame 
 pofture, which will be known by the Angle 
 at the Trochanter being the fame. Then if 
 the Diftance from the Os llii to the Knee 
 be not the fame in both, the Bone is mofl: 
 certainly broke, or out. 
 
 Patella, is feated upon the Joynt of 
 the Knee ; its Ufe is for the Extenfors of the 
 Ttbia to be inferred into, leafl: pafling over 
 
 C I that 
 
3 7 Of the Bones of the lower Limb. 
 
 BOOK that Joynt they might be too much expos’d 
 I- to external Injuries ; it alfo gives an advan- 
 tags to the Mufcles by removing their Di- 
 retKon farther from the Center of Motion. 
 
 Tibia, has nothing to be remark’d, but 
 a Procefs at the lower End, which makes 
 Malleolus the inner Ankle, and another at its upper 
 gjjj Pqj. Ligaments to be inferted into. 
 
 Fibula, has no fliare in fupporting the 
 Body, but ferves only to ftrengthen the Ar- 
 ticulation of the Tihia with the Tarfas, and 
 for Mufcles to be inferted into, and arile 
 from. The upper End of this Bone is call’d 
 Apendix fu. Jppc/idlx fuperior ; and the lower End, which 
 Apendixiof. makes the outer Ankle, Apendix inferior. 
 
 Tarsus, is made up of Seven Bones, 
 wdiich are call’d AJiragalus, Os Calcis^ Navi- 
 culare, Cuboides, Cuneiforme majus, Medium, 
 Minimum. 
 
 Metatarsus, is compos’d of Four 
 Bones. 
 
 Pollex Pedis, is compos’d of Three 
 Bones. 
 
 Digiti Pedis, each is compos’d of 
 Three Bones, but the Two laftof the little 
 Toes often grow into One. 
 
 For the Figure of thefe Bones, we refer 
 you to the Table of ’em, as we have done 
 in the Hand. 
 
 Ossa Sesamoidea, are faid to be 
 found to the number of Forty-eight ; But 
 we commonly find no more in the Feet than 
 Two under the Ball of each great Toe; 
 
 ' ' and 
 
of the Cartilages. 2 5 
 
 and in the Hands fometimes Two very fmall Chapter 
 ones at the middle Joynt of each Thumb ; VIh 
 and Ibmetimes One at the lower End of'"''**^'”^ 
 each Thigh-bone at the beginning of the 
 Plantaris Mufcle. Their Uie is the fame 
 witli the Patella. 
 
 We find alfo in fome Bodies the little 
 Cartilages at the receiving Ends Olfefy’d of 
 the Bones of the Fingers ; which we fuppofe 
 thofe Authors have reckon’d among the 6V- 
 famoid Bones ; which, fay they, are found to- 
 the number of Forty-eight. 
 
 Chap. VII. 
 
 Of Car T I L A G E s. 
 
 'C' V E R y Part of a Bone which is arti- 
 ^ culated tp another Bone for Motion, the 
 Ribs and Bodies of the Vertebrae excepted, is 
 cover’d or lin’d with a Cartilage, as far as 
 it moves upon, or is mov’d upon by ano- 
 ther Bone in any Aftion ; for Cartilage 
 being fmoother and fofter than Bone, both 
 renders the Motions more eafy than they 
 wou’d have been, and prevents the Bones 
 wearing each other in their Adlions. Thefe 
 Cartilages in the largeft Joynts, are as thick 
 as a Shilling, and in the fmallcft, as thin a§ 
 
 C 4 In 
 
H 
 
 BOOK 
 
 I. 
 
 Lilian's. 
 
 Cartilago 
 
 Enljfuimis. 
 
 Of the Cartilages, 
 
 ff'AMtmymmw ■■ .» mi.» 1-- n n ^l^lll— TiM w m —— ——ii ■■ . .^^ui 
 
 In each Articulation of the Lower Jaw, 
 there is a loofe Cartilage upon which the 
 Condyloid Procefs rides on one fide, while 
 the Jaw is mov’d to the other ; and the 
 T wo Proceffes being thus rais’d at once, the 
 Jaw is thrufl: forwards. 
 
 In the Articulation of the Knee there are 
 two femilunary Cartilages whofe outer edges 
 are much thicker than the inner ; they ferve 
 to render the Cavities upon the upper part of 
 the Tiiia deeper, and the friCcions of the Bones 
 lefs ; being upon a double furface. This Con- 
 trivance is made ufe of by Mechanics in large 
 Screvys and Hinges that bear great Weights. 
 
 There are other Cartilages which ferve 
 to give fhape to Parts. Of this Sort are 
 the Ciliary Cartilages at the Edges of the 
 Eye-lids, the Cartilages of the outer Ears, 
 and that which compofes the low'er part of 
 the Nofe. 
 
 The Ribs have Cartilages of a confidera- 
 ble length, which articulate the Seven up- *' 
 permoft, and fometimes Eight on each fide 
 to the Sternum ; which Cartilages being very 
 pliable, fuifer the Ribs to move eafily in 
 Refpiration, and the Body to twift or bend 
 on either fide without difficulty. But the 
 Cartilages of the lower Ribs do not reach 
 the Sternum. 
 
 The Sternum, has a Cartilage at its 
 lov^er End call’d Enjiformts, 
 
 There are other Cartilages which com- 
 pofe the Larynx and Afpera Arteria. The 
 
Of the Ligaments. 
 
 15 
 
 Larynx is form’d of Five : The foremoft is Chapter 
 like a Sadie, but is nam’d Thyroides^ behind VIII. 
 ^this are Two CdXVd Aryt£noldes \ they com- 
 pofe the RitnuU of the Larynx. Over thefe 
 is the Epiglottis to cover the Rimula while Epigims. 
 the Aliment paifes to the Pharynx ; and un- 
 der them One like a Seal Ring nam’d CW-cricoid«. 
 mdes. The Cartilages which compofe the 
 Jfpera Arteria^ or remaining part of the 
 Wind-pipe, are not quite Annular, but 
 connefted by Membranes at their back- 
 part, to give way to the Aliment defcend- 
 ing thro’ the Pharynx. 
 
 There are other Parts that Authors call 
 Cartilages, which we rather chufe to rank 
 with the Ligaments : And therefore will 
 Defcribe them in that Chapter, as thofe 
 between the bodies of the Vertebra^ See. 
 
 We have Icveral times found fupernume- 
 rary Cartilages from the Sternum^ running 
 between the Ribs; and frequently thQ Car- 
 tilago Enjiformis Bifid. 
 
 Chap. VIII. 
 
 Of the Ligaments. 
 
 E J V E R Y Bone that is articulated to 
 j another for Motion, is ty’d to that it 
 • moves upon by a Ligament. 
 
 The 
 
Of the Ligaments, 
 
 a6 
 
 BOOK The Bones of the Limbs that move to 
 !• all Sides, have Ligaments like Purfes, which 
 arife near the Edges of the Sockets of the 
 receiving Bones, and are inferred all round 
 the receiv’d Bones a little below their 
 Heads. 
 
 Thofe Bones whofe Articulations admit 
 only of Flexion and Extenfion, differ from 
 the former in this ; That their Ligaments 
 are fhorter and ftronger at their fides, and 
 thiner backwards and forwards. 
 
 At the upper part of the Articulation of 
 the Os Femoris and Os Innominatum, is a 
 ftrong Ligament (difcover’d by Dr. Douglafi) 
 of great Confequence, it contributing very 
 much to preferve that Joynt from being 
 luxated by the weight of the Body. And 
 from the lower Edge of the Acetabulum of 
 f the Os Innominatum, runs a Ligament to the 
 middle of the Head of the Os Femoris, call’d 
 f,%.Ter«. whofe Ufe is to prevent the Os Femo- 
 
 ris from being luxated upwards, or from be- 
 ing thrown out forwards by its own Rotator 
 Mufcles, and to prefs the Gland in the bot- 
 tom of the Acetabulum. 
 
 Towards the great Foramen of the O^a 
 Innominata the Acetabulum has a deep Notch, 
 from one fide of which to the other, runs a 
 Ligament, which we have feen Offefy’d, 
 Such a Ligament there is alfo running from 
 one Procefs of the Scapula to the other, 
 which renders the Acetabulum ScapuU more 
 complete, 
 
17 
 
 Of the Ligaments. 
 
 The Bodies of the Vertebra^ the Procejfus Chapter 
 Ventdtus of the fecond Vertebra to the Head, 
 the Ribs to the Spine, and the Offa hmmt- 
 mta^ are all articulated by intervening Liga- 
 ments, commonly call’d Cartilages. 
 
 The Procefs of the fecond Vertebra^ is like- 
 wife reftrain’d by another Ligament running 
 from one fide of the firft Vertebra to the other 
 within its great foramen^ that the Spinal 
 Marrow might not be injur’d by the Mo- 
 tions of the Head ; and when either this Li- 
 gament or Procefs is broke, it makes that 
 fort of broken Neck which is attended with 
 fudden Death. 
 
 The Bones of the Carpus and Tar/us are 
 ty’d together by Ligaments running pro- 
 mifcuoufly upon their Surfaces from one to 
 another.' 
 
 There is to the Carpus^ a ftrong Liga- 
 ment which runs from the Fifth Bone to the f' 
 Eighth and Procefs of the Fourth Bone. The 
 proper Ufe of this is, to bind down the 
 Flexors of the Fingers. 
 
 The Os Hjoides to the Proceffus Styliformis 
 of the Os Petrofum ; the Patella to the Tibia^ 
 and the Sefamoid Bones in their places, are 
 all ty’d by Ligaments. 
 
 In Ibme Bodies, we have obferv’d a Li- 
 gament running from the Lower Jaw to the 
 froceffus Styliformis of the Os Petrofum*^ but 
 this is very rare. 
 
 From the Edge of the Ilium to that 
 of the Os Pubis j runs a Ligament to cover 
 
 the 
 
38 
 
 Of the Ligaments. 
 
 BOOK the Iliack Veflels as they defcend to the 
 I. Thigh : Under this Ligament, together with 
 the Veflels, we have twice met with a Rup- 
 ture from the Abdomen into the anterior part 
 of the Thigh immediately below the Groin. 
 This Cafe is well worth the Obfervation of 
 Surgeons ; becaufc Opening fuch a Tumor ^ 
 may be of bad Confequence. 
 
 The Tendons of all the Mufcles that are 
 not involv’d in Fat, are either ty’d down to 
 the Bones they pafs over, by Ligaments 
 which contain a lubricating Mucue , or 
 have communications with the Joynt they 
 move : As has been curioufly obferv’d by 
 Dr. DougUfs. The Ufe of thefe Ligaments 
 is to confine them to their proper Di regi- 
 ons, and contain the Mucus that lubricates 
 their Surfaces, to make their Motions more 
 eafy. 
 
 From the Tibia to the Fibula, and from the 
 Vina to the Radius, are tranfverfe Ligaments 
 which help to keep thefe Bones together, 
 and give Origins to a great many Mufcles. 
 Another there is of this Sort in the great 
 Foramen of the Os Innominatum ; and One be- 
 tween the Os Sacrum and Procelfes of the Os 
 IJchii ; and fome more in the Body, too 
 fmall to have a particular Account given of 
 ’em in this Place. 
 
 Authors agree. That the Ligaments are 
 infenfible ; and give for their Reafon, That 
 they wou’d elfe be injur’d by ordinary Mo- 
 tions. But the A-ll-Wise is a better Archi- 
 
 te(^ 1 
 
of the Lubr icating Glands of the Joynts. 39 
 
 te£t ! For none of ’em. except thofe which Chapter 
 lie between the Bones, are fubje£l to Attri- 
 tion ; and thofe they have call’d Cartilages. 
 
 We will not pretend to fay, That thefe lall: 
 are fenfible ; but the other we have Daily 
 Experience are fufceptible of very acute 
 Pains , there being not any thing our Pati- 
 ents more grievoufly complain of, than col- 
 leftions of Matter within thefe Parts, or 
 fharp Medicines apply’d to ’em when laid 
 bare. 
 
 Chap. IX. 
 
 Of the Lubricating Glands of the 
 Joynts. 
 
 F ' V E R Y Joynt, where the Bones are 
 j fac’d with a Cartilage, is furnifh’d 
 with fmall Glands which feparate a mucila- 
 ginous Matter for the lubricating of the Ends 
 of the Bones, that they may move eafily 
 upon one another ; and that there may not 
 be too great expence of this necelfary Fluid, 
 it is contain’d in the invefting Ligaments, 
 which for this very reafon are no where di- 
 vided,, except to communicate with the Li- 
 gaments of Tendons. 
 
 Thefe Glands are generally feated near 
 tlie infertions of the Ligaments, that they 
 
 may 
 
go Of the Lubricating Glands of the Joynts. 
 
 BOOK, may be cotnprefs’d by them when the Joynts 
 I- are in Motion, which is a proper time to 
 have tlieir fluid prefs’d out. 
 
 There is One large Gland of this Sort, 
 feated in a Sinus at the bottom of the Jceta- 
 bulum of the Os Innominatum, which is com- 
 prefs’d by the Ligamentum Teres. The other 
 Glands are fo fmall, even in the largefl: 
 Joynts, that they can fcarce be difcern’d 
 with the naked Eye ; but with a Microfcope 
 they may be feen in great plenty in the Place 
 before mention’d. 
 
 When from violent BruHes, or any other 
 Caufe, thefc Glands are Ulcerated, they 
 throw off a corrofive Matter, which erodes 
 the Cartilages of the Bones ’till it infinuates 
 itfelf into their fpongy Heads, and renders 
 their whole Subftance Caries. When this 
 Evil happens to the Hip, it always makes its 
 way thro’ the Ligament, becaufe the Socket 
 in that Joynt is depending ; and then it gets 
 under the Gluteus Maximus to the outfide of 
 the Thigh under the flat Tendon of the Faf~ 
 cialis Mufcle. Thefe Cafes are incurable. 
 
 TA- 
 
^ ilfc 
 
 
 Table I. 
 
 The Fore View of a Sce l e T o n 
 From Dr. Douglafs, 
 
 1 S Frontis. 
 
 2 OJfa FeBoris. 
 
 5 Clavicula. 
 
 4 Scapula. 
 
 5 Os HumerL 
 
 6 Radius. 
 
 7 Vha. 
 
 8 Carpus. 
 
 9 Metacarpus. 
 
 10 Spina Dor(i. 
 
 11 Os Innominatum < 
 
 -12 0/ Femoris. 
 
 1 3 Trochanter major. > , . 
 
 14 Patella. 
 
 15 
 
 -16 Fibula. 
 
 17 Tarjus. o 
 
 18 Metatarfus. Ta- 
 
 -JJL 
 
 Table I. 
 
31 
 
 Table ' 
 
 II. 
 
 TABLE. II. 
 
 The Back View ofaScELExoN: 
 From Dr. Dougiafs. 
 
 1 S Bregmatis. 
 
 2 Os Occipitis. 
 
 ^ Clavicula. 
 
 4 Scapula. 
 
 5 Procejfus Acromion. 
 
 6 Os Humeri. 
 
 7 Radius. 
 
 8 Vina. 
 
 9 Olecranon. 
 
 10 Cojld. 
 
 11 Spina. 
 
 12. Os Innominatum. 
 
 1^ Os Sacrum. . .. 
 
 14 Oj Coccygis. " 
 
 1 5 0 / Femoris. . 
 
 16 Trochanter major. 
 
 17 Trochanter minor. ' ' 
 
 18 
 
 19 Fibula. T A‘ 
 
vat. 
 
''Sy* ' 
 1 
 
 II: 
 
 'i 
 
 i'-' ; 
 
 =' 
 
TABLE III. 
 
 The Bones of the Head 
 F rom Dr. Douglafs. 
 
 1 ^ Vtura Corondisi 
 
 2 Sutum Sagittalis; 
 
 J Sutura Lamhdoidalis. 
 
 4 Sutura Squamofa. 
 
 5 Sutura Tranjverfalisi. 
 
 6 Os Frontis. 
 
 7 Os Bregmatisk 
 
 8 Os Occipitisk 
 
 9 Os Temporis. 
 
 10 Procejfus Mammillaris; 
 
 1 1 Meatus AuditoHus. 
 
 1 2 Procejfus Sty It for mis; 
 ij Procejfus Jugalis. 
 
 14 Oj Sphcenoidesi 
 
 15 Oj Mali'. 
 
 16 Os Naji. 
 ly Os \Jnguisi 
 1% Os Planum. 
 
 1 9 Du6ius ad Nafum; 
 
 20 Maxilla fu perior i 
 
 21 Foramen Ma^ilU fuperioriS; 
 
 22 Maxilla inferior. 
 
 2j Procejfus Coronalis. 
 
 ,24 Procejfus Condy hides; 
 
 25 Foramen. 
 
 26 Dentes Inciforii. 
 
 27 Dentes Canini : 
 
 28 Dentes Molares. 
 
 D 
 
 Table 
 
 III. 
 
 • 
 
 TA- 
 

 TABLE IV. 
 
 The Fore V iew of the Scull. 
 
 ^ 8 ' 
 
 Zkura Coronalis, 
 
 Sutura Sagittalis, 
 
 Sutura Smamofa, 
 
 Sutura Sphcenoidalis, 
 
 Os Frontis, 
 
 Os Bregmatis, 
 
 Os Mali, 
 
 Os Nafi, 
 
 9 Maxilla fuperior. 
 
 By A View df the Bafis of theScuLL-' 
 Sutura Lamhdoidalis, 
 
 Occipitis, 
 
 Temporis, . 
 
 Procejfus Mammillaris, 
 
 Procejfus Styloides, 
 
 Proce (Tus 
 Oi Mali, ^ 
 
 Oi Palati, 
 
 9 Maxilla fuperior, 
 
 10 Procejfus Pterjgoides, 
 
 Cy The Oj Hyoides y 
 
 1 Bafs. 
 
 2 Cornua, 
 
 D, The OJfa Sefamoidea of the Great Toe. 
 
 Ey The OJfa Sefamoidea of the Thumb. 
 
 Fy The Selamoid Bone that is found near 
 the beginning of the Plantaris Mufcle. 
 
 G, The fir ft Vertebra, 
 
 1 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 5 
 
 6 
 
 7 
 
 8 
 
 I Pro- 
 
T^.m. 
 
 SuUon. Ifichclh 
 
 i' 
 
 ! 
 
1 Procejfus Trar/Jverfus» 
 
 2 Procejfus Obliqt/us. 
 
 Hj The fecond Vtrtebra. 
 
 I Procejfus Dentatus. 
 
 . >2 Procejfus TranfverfuSi ^ 
 
 J Procejfus^ Obliquus. . 
 
 4 Procejfus 'Spinalis. 
 
 /; One of the Vertebra of the Thorax* 
 
 1 Corpus Spohgiojum. 
 
 2 Procejfus Tranfverfus.^ - ^ 
 
 J Proce f us Obliquus. 
 
 4 Procejfus Spinalis. 
 
 Kji One of the Vertebra of the LoinSc 
 
 1 Corpus Spongiofum. - 
 
 2 Procejfus Tranfverfus. ' 
 
 J Procejfus Obliquus^. • - » 
 
 4 Procejfus Spinalis, « " * 
 i) The Bones of the Foot. ’ . ^ 
 
 1 AJlragalus^ 
 
 2 Os Ca'.cis. 
 
 5 Os Naviculare. - 
 
 4 Os Cuboides. * ^ f.. » r 
 
 • 5 0/ Cuneiforme majus. ^ ^ , / 
 
 6 Os Cuneiforme medium. 
 
 7 0^ Cuneiforme minim u?n. 
 
 8 Metatarfus..^^ . 
 
 9 Q/T^ Pollicis Pedis. 
 
 : (> ■'5 
 
 r 
 > < 
 
 
 ^ 'Id 0 if a^ Digitorum Pedis. ^ 
 
 My The Bones .of the Hand. ? • 
 
 ?? Ad The Eight Bones of the 
 5> 7? S*j Carpus. 
 
 9 Metacarpus* 
 
 lo The Bones of the Thumbs 
 IX The Bones of the Fingers. 
 
 TA^ 
 

 36 
 
 BOOK 
 
 I. 
 
 TABLE V. ^ 
 
 Ay OHEWS the Sceleton of a 
 ^ full grown in which may be 1 
 
 obferv’d, The Epifhyfes , the Corpus and 
 Tarfus, which are Cartilaginous, flirunk in 
 drying, and the ftiape in general differing | 
 from the Sceleton of an Adult. | 
 
 i 
 
 By The Scapula of a Body Twelve Years old. 
 
 I An Epiphyjis at the Bajis. 
 
 t The Epiphyfes of its Procejfes. 
 
 7 The Epiphyjis at the upper End of the 
 Or Humeri from the fame Body. 
 
 C, The Bregma of a fcetus Five Months 
 old prepar’d, to fhcw the Fibues Of- 
 fifying from a middle Point , and 
 Ihooting out on every fide. 
 
 r>, The Tibia faw’d length- ways. ^ 
 
 E The Tibia of a festus Five Months old 
 with the Epipf^fiio^. 
 
 TA 
 
SvUcTLJn'cJiellr cUlut:e.t jcuJf-. 
 
t 
 
 
 ):A:f 
 
 - t'v „ \ ,iH 
 
 h 
 
 ■' 't fe 
 
 'H. 
 
 ■ / '.■ 
 
 .•-'V 
 
 fir 
 
 
 n‘""" 1 : 
 
 
 
 'lif 
 
 ■H 
 
 "I 
 
 I 
 
 I 
 
 ’■'i' 
 
 • i 
 
 ;I "'■ 
 
 * ' ' -'J 
 
 t , 
 t 
 
 ^ ■ 
 
 I 
 
 'J 
 
 ■f 
 
r 
 
 'Iab "VL 
 
37 
 
 TABLE. VI. 
 
 Table 
 
 VI. 
 
 A 
 
 A 
 
 Diftorted Spine. 
 
 Ji, The Os Femori* of a Man Eight Foot 
 high. 
 
 1 Shows Three Trochanters, 
 
 2 a Fourth Trochanter. 
 j The Line* Afpera. 
 
 4 The Two inferior Jpophj/es. 
 
 C, Part of an Os Femoris Carious. 
 
 D, Half the Lower-Jaw exfoliated. 
 
 £, Part of a Carious Leg and Foot, with all 
 the Bones grown into One. 
 
 1 The TiiU. 
 
 2 The FtbuU. 
 
 F, Part of a Thigh-bone, 
 
 I A Bony Excrefcence. 
 
 G, The Head of the Os Femoris broke off, ■ 
 
 and miftaken for a Luxation. 
 
 Hf Another piece of an Os Femoris with the 
 Head broke off ; which was alfo mif- 
 Ukenfbr a Luxation. 
 
 BOOK 
 
BOO K II. 
 
 Chap. I. 
 
 Of the Muscles in general. 
 
 H E Mufcles are fo many mov- Chapter 
 I ing Powers, or Cords, applyM to I. 
 i perform the Motions of the feve- 
 ral Parts : Which they do by con- 
 trafting their Length ; and thereby bring 
 the Parts to which they are fix’d nearer to- 
 gether. The immovable', or leaft mov’d 
 Point any Mufcle is fix’d to, is call’d its Ori- 
 gin, and the other its Infertion. 
 
 The Power or Force of any Mufcle, is to 
 be computed by its number of Fibres, and 
 the manner of its Infertion. For the Strength 
 of each Mufcle is as the number of its Fi- 
 bres ; and the Power with which it afis up- 
 on the mov’d Limb, is as the diftance of its 
 Infertion from the Center of Motion, and 
 the nearnefs of its Direftion to a Right An- 
 gle with that of the Bone mov’d. The quick- 
 refs or quantity of Motion in a Limb, will 
 be as the length of the Fibres of the mov- 
 ing Mufcle, and the nearnefs of Infertion to 
 the Center of Motion. In thefe Cafes, 
 
 D 4 whatever 
 
Of the Mufcies in general. 
 
 BOOK whatever is gain’d in velocity, is loft in 
 ft. ftrength ; and fo the contrary. 
 
 From this it appears, That a Mufcle of 
 any Figure may be made fit either for 
 ftrength or quicknefs of Motion by its In- 
 fertion : For a Mufcle of long Fibres may 
 caufe a flow and ftrong Motion by an Infer- 
 tion diftant from the Center of Motion ; and 
 a periiform Mufcle, or any other of ftiort 
 Fibres, may caufe a quick Motion from a 
 near Infertion. 
 
 Thefe Things being Confider’d , it will 
 not be difficult to account for the great diffe^ 
 rence we obferve in the Aftivity or Strength 
 of Men or Brutes, or for one Man’s being 
 ftronger or nimbler than another of greater 
 Bulk. 
 
 It muft alfo be confider’d in Calculating 
 the ftrength of any Mufcle, thar its force as it 
 contraQs in its length, decreafes in the fame, 
 pr near the fame, proportion. The Flexors 
 have neverthelefs the fame, or near the fame, 
 power in all Pofitipns, ’till they bring the 
 Limb mov’d to Right Angles with their own 
 Direftions ; for the advantage of their Di- 
 r eel ion increafes; in the fame, or near the 
 fame , proportion that their power de- 
 creafes. 
 
 In the Extenfors of the large Joynts, as 
 the Thigh and Arm, there are feveral Muft 
 cle^ imploy’d, which are lb contriv’d, that 
 as the firll Movers decreafe in power by ap- 
 proaching to the fame Direflion with the 
 ■ ' • ' ' 
 
of the Membranes of the Mujcles, 
 
 4 ^ 
 
 Eone mov’d, fome other Mufcle begins toChupter 
 aft, which increafes its power in the fame II- 
 degree, by the advantage of a more convc- 
 nient Direftion, and greater bulk. Hence 
 refults that great Regularity that there is in 
 the Motions of the feveral Parts. 
 
 We may alfo obferve, That the Mufcles 
 >vhich are in continual Motion, as thofe of 
 the Thoraxy and thofe which fuftain great 
 Weights, are inferted at Right Angles, 
 while other Mufcles of lefs-confequence have 
 left advantageous Infertions. 
 
 Chap. II. 
 
 Of the Membranes of Muscles. 
 
 M EMBRANjE Musculorum. 
 
 All the External Mufcles are either 
 cover!d with a ftrong tendinous expanfion, 
 or with a thin lax Membrane : Tlie former 
 is either the flat Tendon of fome other Muf- 
 cle or Mufcles, as may be obferv’d upon the 
 Abdomen and Loyns, or a Fafcia detach’d 
 from the Tendons of other Mufcles, as may 
 be feen in the Limbs : Or not deriv’d from 
 any, as we may obferve upon the InfrA- 
 ff inati of the ScapuU. Moft of the other are 
 of the later Sort ; but thofe that adhere to. 
 the Skin, as in the Face, have no Membranei 
 ■’ '' ■" ‘ ’■ ’• ■ The 
 
 • 5 
 
 / 
 
4^ 
 
 Of the Mufcles. 
 
 Book The interior Mufcles, and the under-fide of 
 II. the exterior ones, have only a loofe Mem- 
 brane for the moft part, or in thofe whole 
 Surfaces do not touch each other, little more 
 3 . Membrmt adipofa. 
 
 f 
 
 ■ «LJI r. , I I i -j 
 
 Chap. ,111. 
 
 ' * I • 
 
 - . iv- . J j > 
 
 V ... Of 'the Muscles;. 
 
 Mufcles of B LI.Q^U U S Defcendem^ arifes fleffiy 
 min. the extremities of the Eight 
 
 inferior Ribs, the upper part of its Origin 
 being indented' with the Serratus major anti^^ 
 and the lower lying under a fmall porti- 
 on of the Latijfmm Dorji^ and is inferred, 
 flefliy into the upper part of the Spine of the 
 lUumj and by a broad flat Tendon, which 
 uniting with 'that; of the following Mufcles 
 at the 'outfidc of the Re^us., and thence 
 pafTing over the Rectus^ is inferred into the 
 Os Puhisj and a ftrong tendinous Line extend- 
 ed from the Os Pubis to the Sternum.^ be- 
 tween the Mnfeuli Re^r^ call’d Lmea alba. 
 
 O B L I Q^u u s Accendens., arifes flefliy .un- 
 der the former Mufcle from the Spine of the 
 liium^ and is inferred flefliy into the Carti- 
 lages of the Three loweft Ribs, and by a 
 flat Tendon into the Os Pubis and Lima aUa^ 
 together with the Tendon of the foregoing 
 Mufcle ; the jpyning of thefe two Tendons 
 
 on 
 
Of the Mufcles, 
 
 4? 
 
 on the outfide of the Reff /0 Mufcle, is call’d Chapter 
 JemtlunarU. 
 
 It may be obfcrv’d, tho’ fo much of this 
 Mufcle as is inferted'flefhy, runs obliquely 
 upwards, yet the middle and lower part is 
 direfted tranfverfe and downwards, and be- 
 fide the Tendon which it unites with the 
 Obliqi4ii6 defcendtnsj it detaches another to 
 be inferred with the Tranfverfdis under the 
 
 Pyramidalis, arifes from the Os Pu^ 
 his^ and is inferred into xhQ Linen albmhout 
 three or four Inches bel6w the Navel : This 
 with its fellow are often w^anting. 
 
 - Rectus, arifes fomewhat tendinous 
 from the Os Pubis ; but flefliy when the Py- 
 rnmiddes are wanting, and is inferred into 
 the lower part of the Sternum near the CnrtL 
 Ugo Enfiformis. This Mufcle is divided into 
 four or five portions by tranfverfe tendinous 
 Interfeftions, that it might not prefs the 
 contain’d Parts only in one Place ; but thefe 
 Interfeftions are chiefly above the Navel, a 
 larger Belly being convenient below to fup^ 
 port the Vtfeera. 
 
 Transversalis, arifes by a flat 
 Tendon from the tranfverfe Procefles of the 
 Jumbal Vertebra^ and flefhy from the infide 
 of the Ribs below the Diaphragm, and from 
 the Spine of the Ihum^ and becoming a flat 
 Tendon, pafles under the Rectus to its Infer- 
 fion into the Linen dbn. 
 
 This 
 
44 
 
 Of the Mufcles, 
 
 BOOK This flat Tendon is miftaken by Anato- 
 li. mifts ior a Membrane, and made part of the 
 Peritontum ; Hence that Membrane is faid to 
 be double. 
 
 Thefe five Pair of Mufcles all confpire to 
 coniprefs the Parts contain’d in the Ahdomeft. 
 The ObU^umDefce»de»s on the Right Side, and 
 Afcendens on the Left afting together,turn the 
 upper part of the Trunk of the Body towards 
 the Left & vice verfa ; but the Trunk of the 
 Body is turn’d chiefly upon the Thighs; the 
 Rebii bend the Body forwards, and pull the 
 Sternum downwards in Expiration ; the Two 
 Oblique Mufcles and the Tranfverfe on each 
 fide near the Groins, are perforated to let 
 thro’ the Procejfics Fagindis with the Sperma.^ 
 tick Veflels. Thefe Perforations are diftant 
 from each other, both to fuffer the Veflels 
 to dcfccnd in a Right Line, and to prevent 
 a Rupture of any fort out of the Abdomen 
 into the Scrotum. 
 
 Mafciw of Cremaster Testis, Is a fmall por- 
 tkeTeftes. Fibres produc’d from the Obliquiu 
 
 Afcendens near its Perforation, thence de- 
 fending with the Procelfus Faginalis, is 
 loofely expanded over the Tefticle. This 
 Mufcle is too fmall to be plainly difeover’d 
 in Emaciated Bodies. 
 
 Mufcles of Erector Penis, arlfes from the Os 
 tht Penis, and is inlerted into the Crus Penis 
 
 near the Os Pubis : It is faid, by brefing the 
 Penis againft the Os Pubis to comprefs the 
 Venn Ipfsus Penis, and hinder the reflux of 
 
 ' ' ' Blood, 
 
Of the Muftles. ^5 
 
 ■ ■- . 
 
 Blood, whereby the Penu becomes extended Chapter 
 and ereft. Ilf* 
 
 Acceleratok. Urinj?, This with 
 its Fellow, we will defcribe as One Mufcle ; 
 it arifes from the beginning of the Vrethm^ 
 and thence being extended over all its bul- 
 bous part, is inlerted into the Penu. The 
 Ufe of this Mufcle is not to accelerate the 
 Urine, for that is protruded by the Detrufor 
 Vrirhe, or Mufcular Coat of the Bladder, but 
 to eje£l the Semen, which is done only by 
 this ; and it being feated oppofite to the Os 
 Puhis, at the fame time pulls the Penis down, 
 whereby the Blood is fuffer’d to return by 
 the Vein, and the Penis inftantly begins to 
 grow empty and flaccid after ejeftion. 
 
 Sphincter Vesical Urinari^^, is a 
 fmall portion of mufcular Fibres, not eafily 
 to be diftinguifh’d, running round the Neck 
 of the Bladder to prevent the involuntary 
 effufion of Urine. 
 
 Detrusor Urinje, is the mufcular 
 Coat of the Bladder ; its Fibres arc diflerent- 
 ly difpos’d; but chiefly terminating in the 
 SphMer veficx, whereby it not only prefles 
 the Urine forwards, but becomes, when 
 the Bladder is full, an Antagonift to the 
 Sphinifer. 
 
 Erector Clitoridis, arilesfrom 
 the ifehium, and is inlerted into the Crus Murd«*'' 
 Clitoridis, like the Erector Penis in Men, and**®'""’* 
 is faid, to caufe eredion in the fame man- 
 ner. 
 
 S P H I n- 
 
46 
 
 Of the Mufcles. 
 
 BOOK Sphincter Vagina, is an Order 
 il- ofMufcuIar Fibres intermix’d withMem- 
 bra nous Fibres, fur rounding the 'IP/m 
 uc«r*'“ Orifice ; it is connefted fomewhat 
 
 loofely to the Ojfa Pubis, and fometimes to 
 the adjacent Parts; its Ufe is, to reftringe 
 the Orifice of the Vagina, to pr'efs out a Li- 
 quor from the Glands, and imbrace the Penis 
 in coition. 
 
 Mufcles of 
 the Anus 
 
 Sphincter Ani, is a Mufcle near 
 
 -two Inches breadth, furrounding the Jnus 
 to clofe it, and to prevent involuntary falling 
 out of the Fences. Part of this Mufcle is con- 
 nefted to the beginning of the Vrethra, and 
 is by fome Anatomilts divided and call’d 
 Tranjverfalis Penis. 
 
 Levator An i, arifes from the Or Pu- 
 bis, Ifchium Sacrum and Coccygis, and is in- 
 fertcd into the foregoing Mufcle. TheUle 
 of it is to fupport and dilate the Anus while 
 ,, ,, the Excrement is detruded. 
 
 Mufcles of ^ • iL K r t 
 
 fhes.alpand OCCIPITO- FRONTALIS, IS a MulclC 
 
 with Four fleflay Bellies, ^commonly nam’d 
 Frontales and Occipitales , it arifes behind 
 each Ear from the Os Occipitis, and foon be- 
 coming tendinous, paffes under the Hairy- 
 fcalp to the Forehead, where it becomes 
 broad and flefhy, adhering to the Skin, and 
 is inferted into the upper part of the Orbi- 
 cular Mufcles of the Eye-lids, and by two 
 Proceffes in to the Bones of the Nofe. When 
 this Mufcle a£fs from the back-part, it pulls 
 the 
 
 Forehead. 
 
Of the Mufdes. 
 
 47 
 
 the Skin of the Forehead upwards and wrin-Ch peer 
 kies it tranfverfe ; but when the fore-part of Ih. 
 ita£ls, it draws the Skin with the 
 brows downward, and towards the Nofc 
 when we Frown. 
 
 What we commonly call Mufeuli Corruga-- 
 tores^ is a portion of this Mufcle toward the 
 inner corner of the Eye ; and we- fufpeff, 
 that a thin portion of this Mufcle towards 
 the Ear, may have been miftaken for an Ele- 
 vator JuricuUj as its Tendon has been for 
 a Membrane of the Cranium. 
 
 • Retractor Auric'ulj?i, arifes Mufcle» of 
 by one, two or three fmall portions from the'^^ 
 Temporal Bone above the Mamillary Pro- 
 
 cefs, and is inferred into the Ear to pull it 
 backwards. 
 
 ' Ancient Anatomifts, that took their De- 
 feriptions from Brutes, reckon Four Mufcles 
 of the Ear ; and from them moft of our Co- 
 pying Writers. * Mufcles of the internal Ear. 
 
 See Chap. Of the Organs of Hearing. 
 
 Orbicularis Palpebrarum^ furrounds Mufcie* of 
 the Eye-lids on the Edge of the Orbit, and 
 'fix’d to the Sutura Tranjverfalis at the great 
 Corner of the Eye ; it fhuts the Eye-lids, 
 efpecially in Winking. 
 
 Ciliaris, is . a very frrlall portion of 
 this Mufcle, next the Ciliary Cartilages of 
 the Eye-lids. 
 
 Elevator Palpebrje fuperioris re^us\ 
 arifes from the bottom' of the of the Orbit of 
 
 * the Eye above the Optick Nerve, and is in- 
 
 ferred 
 
Of the Mufcles. 
 
 BOOK lerted into the Ciliary Cartilage of the upper 
 II* Eye-lid by a very thin flat Tendon ; it 
 draws the fuperior Eye-lid up, and inward 
 over the Ball of the Eye. 
 
 ^ Elevator Oculi, ariles from the bot- 
 tom of the Orbit, oetween the Optick Nerve 
 and the foregoing Mufcle, and is inferred 
 into the upper part of the Tunica, Sclerotis of 
 the Eye, near the Cornea. 
 
 Depressor Occuli, both arifes, and is 
 inferred, dire£Uy oppolite to the laft de- 
 fcrib’d Mufcle. 
 
 Adductor Oculi, ariles from the bot- 
 tom of the Orbit, near , the Optick Nerv6 
 internally, and is inferred into the Tunica 
 Sclerotis on the fide next the Nofe. 
 
 Abductor Oculi, -has both its Origin 
 and Infertion, direftly oppolite to tht jd- 
 duBor. 
 
 O B L I Q.U u s Suferior feu Trochlearis, ariles 
 between the Elevator and Adductor Oculi at 
 the bottom of the Orbit, thence afeending by 
 the Sutura Tranfverfalis, becomes a round 
 Tendon, which pafling through a Pulley at 
 the upper and inner part of the Orbit near 
 its Edge, is inferred near the bottom of 
 the Globe of the Eye, which it pulls up- 
 wards and inward, and thereby directs the 
 Pupil outwards and downward. 
 
 Obliq.uus Inferior, arifes from the 
 Edge of the Orbit, between the Maxilla 
 fu ferior and Os Mali ; thence pafling over 
 the Defrejfor, is inferred near the Ahdu- 
 
 Bof 
 
of the Alufclts. 
 
 duBor&tthe bottom of the Eye, but not fo Chapter 
 low as the Infertion of the Ohliqtm Juferior : HI. 
 
 It turns the Pupil upward and outward. The 
 two Oblique Mufcles acting together, ferve 
 as an Axis to the Motion of the other Four . 
 Mufcles; and as the Power of thefeTwo is 
 leiTen’d by Age or Difeafe, the Eye finks in- 
 to the Orbit. Another Ufe thefe Mufcles 
 have, is, to direft the Pupils according to 
 the different diftances of ObjeGs. 
 
 Sphincter or Confiricior Oris, fui;- Mufd«s h 
 rounds the Mouth about ^ of an Inch broad. 
 
 Elevator Labii Superioris proprius, 
 arifes from the Bone of the upper Jaw under 
 the anterior and inferior part of the Orbicu- 
 laris Palpebrarum, and palling down by the 
 fide of the Nofe, is inferred into the upper 
 part of the Spbincier Oris. This at once raifes 
 the upper Lip, and dilates the Noftrils. 
 
 Depr ESSOK Labii Superioris proprius^ is a 
 fmall Mufcle arifing from the upper Jaw 
 near the Dentes injcijorii^ and is inferted in- 
 to the upper part of the Lip ; this alfo con- 
 ftricfs the Noftrils. Befides thefe Mufcles, 
 the Nofe is faid to have a fmall Mufcle ly- 
 ing on its fide, nam’d Retrahor AU Naji. 
 
 In flefhy Bodies we often meet with fome- 
 thing very like one ; but feeing the Nofe is 
 not to be mov’d without the Lips, and that 
 this appearance is exceeding fmall, we arc 
 not fond of calling it a diftincl Mufcle. 
 
 Depressor Labii Inferioris propritss^ 
 arifes broad from the Lower Jaw at the 
 
 E Cliin^ 
 
 / 
 
50 Of the Mufchs. 
 
 BOOK Chin, and is foon inferred into the SphinBer 
 II. Oris ; the Order of Fibres in this is not lb 
 confpicuous, as in the other Mufcies of the 
 Face. 
 
 Elevator Labii I^ferioru propritts, arifes 
 from the Lower Jaw near the Dentes incijo- 
 rii, and is inferred into the lower part of the 
 Lip. 
 
 Elevator Labiorum Communis, arifes 
 from a deprefs’d part of the fuperior Maxilla 
 under the middle of the Orbit, and is inferr- 
 ed into the SphinBer Mufcle near the Corner 
 of the Mouth. 
 
 Depressor Communis Labiorum, arifes 
 laterally from the Lower Jaw near the Chin, 
 and is inferred into the SphinBer, oppofitc to 
 the former. 
 
 Zygomaticus, arifes from the ante- 
 rior part of the Os X^goma or Mali, and run- 
 ning obliquely downwards, is inferred into 
 the SphinBer at the Corner of the Mouth, 
 betwixt the Elevator communis and Buccina- 
 tor ; it draws the Corner of the Mouth out- 
 wards and upwards. When this Mufcle 
 grows weak, the Corner of the Mouth finks, ■ 
 as may be obferv’d in Old Perfons. 
 
 Buccinator, arifes from the Procef- 
 fus Corone of the Lower Jaw, and paffing 
 contiguous to both Jaws; is inferred in- 
 to the SphinBer Mufcle at the Corner of 
 the Mouth. It ferves either to force 
 Breath out of the Mouth, or thruft the Ali- 
 ment between the Teeth in Maftication, 
 
 or 
 
or to pull the Corner of the Mouth out- BOOK 
 ward. 11- 
 
 Platysma Myoides, begins loofe frotii 
 over the Peftoral and part of the Deltoid 
 Mulclc, and running obliquely forwards, is 
 inferted into the Chin, and Depreflbr Muf- 
 clesof the Lips: This Mufcle being exceed- 
 ing thin (a mere Membrana Carnoja) ferves 
 to cover the unequal furface of the fubjacent 
 Mufcles, and render the Neck even ; it alfo 
 pulls down the Corner of the Mouth, and 
 from its infertion at the Chin, may con- 
 tribute to the pulling down of the Lower 
 Jaw. 
 
 M YLOHYOIDEUS, with itS FclloW, M'fc’n rf 
 may be efteem’d a Digaftrick Mufcle : It 
 arifes from the Linea Jfpera on the infide 
 of the Lower Jaw znA Proceffus InnOminatuSy 
 both fides meeting in a middle Line upon the 
 following Mufcles ; and is inferted by a fmall 
 portion of Fibres into theBafis of the Os 
 Hjoides ; it moves the Tongue upwards and 
 forwards, and alfo compreffes the following 
 Mufcles, whereby they raife the Tongue 
 more commodiouily, and alfo hinders them 
 from drawing the Bafis of the Os HyoUes in- 
 to a Right Line betwixt the Chin and Ster- 
 num at fuch times as the Stylohyoidei can- 
 not ad. 
 
 Geniohyo ideus, arifes from the 
 Proceffus Innominatus of the Lower Jaw, un- 
 der the foregoing Mufcle, and is inferted in- 
 
 E 2 to 
 
5 ^ 
 
 Of the Mujcles. 
 
 Chapter to the Bafis of the Os Hyoidesj which it pulls 
 iih upwards and forwards. 
 
 Stylohyoideus, arifes from the 
 Procejfus Styliformis near its R.oot, and paf- 
 fing contiguous to the Horn of the Os Hjnides 
 becomes inferted laterally into its Bafis : This 
 Mufcle is frequently perforated about the 
 middle by the Tendon of the Digaftrick 
 Mufcle of the Lower Jaw. Its Ufe is, to 
 pull the Os Hyoides up and backwards. 
 
 CoRACOHYoiDEUS, arifes from 
 the upper Cojla of the Sc^ifuU near the Fro- 
 ceffm Coracoidesy and paffing under the Mf- 
 jhideus Mufcle becomes in that place a round 
 Tendon ; thence pafling almoll parallel to 
 the following Mufcle, is inferted together 
 with it into the Bafis of the Os Hyoides ; this 
 draws the Os Hyoides downwards, and hin- , 
 ders the fohowing Mufcles from pulling the 
 Bafis o\ the Os Hyoides into a Right Line be- 
 twixt the Sternum and Chin. 
 
 Sternohyoideus, arifes from a rough- 
 nefs at the under part of the Clavicula near 
 the Sternum^ and is inferted into the Bafis of 
 the Os Hyoides y to pull it downwards. 
 
 Mufcles of Genioglossus, arifes from the Prf)- 
 ceffus Innominatu^s of the Lower Jaw, and is 
 inferted broad into the under part of the 
 Tongue to pull it up and forwards. 
 
 Cerataglossus, arifes from the 
 Horn of the Os Hyoides, and is inferted late- 
 rally into the Tongue near its Root to pull ! 
 it downwards and foreward. 
 
 Sty- 
 
Of the Mufcles. 
 
 55 
 
 Styloglossus, arifes from the ex- Chapter 
 tremity of the Vrocefm Styliformis^ and is in- Hh 
 jferted into the Tongue near the former to 
 pull it up and backwards. This with its 
 Fellow and the Stylohyoidei^ contribute very 
 much to the keeping the Os Hyoides from fink- 
 ing, and being drawn into a Right Line be- 
 twixt the Chin and Sternum, 
 
 Hyothyroideus or Ceratathyroideus,, Mufcles of 
 arifes from the Horn of the Os Hyoides^ and 
 is infer ted into the lower part of the CartiU- 
 go Thyroides^ to pull it upwards. 
 
 Sternothyroideus, arifes from the in^ 
 fide of the Sternum^ and is inferted with the 
 former ; it pulls the Thyroid Cartilage di- 
 reftly downwards ^ 
 
 Cricothyroideus, arifes from the an- 
 terior part of the Carlilago Cricoides^ and run- 
 ning obliquely upwards and outwards, is 
 foon inferted into the infide of the Cartilago 
 Thyroidesj which it pulls towards the Cartilago 
 Cricoides, Both this Mufcle and its Fellow, 
 for the moft part appear double. 
 
 Cricoarytenoid iius pojlicus , arifes c.f 
 from the back-part of the Cartilago Cricoides^ 
 and is inferted into the Aryt^nmdes to pull 
 it backwards. 
 
 Cricoa rytenotdeus Lateralis , 
 arifes laterally from the Cartilago Cricoides , 
 and is inferted laterally into the 'Aryt.enoides, 
 
 This with its Tellow, pulls down each Car- 
 tilage towards their Origin, and thereby di- 
 lates the Rimula, 
 
 E I Thy-^ 
 
Of the Aiufcles. 
 
 MnTc’ss of 
 ilic I’haiynx, 
 
 MtlfC?C5 of 
 ?i*e taiitc. 
 
 Thyroarytenoideus, arifes from the 
 fuperior, middle, and inner part of the Car^ 
 tildgo Thjroides^ and is inferted with the for- 
 mer into the Aryt^noides Cartilage to dilate 
 the Rimula, Thefe Two laft Defcrib’d Muf- 
 cles, cannot be well diftinguifh’d but in 
 flefhy Bodies. 
 
 Arytenoideus, is One (ingle Muf- 
 cle arifing from One Aryt^noidd Cartilage, 
 and is inferted into the other, to draw them 
 together and clofe the Rimula. 
 
 Stylopharyngeus, arifes from 
 near the bottom of the Rrocejfus Styloides of 
 the Os Petrofum ^ and running obliquely 
 downward, is inferted into the Pharynx, 
 This 'Mufcle with its Fellow, pulls up and 
 dilates the Pharynx to receive the Aliment, 
 
 OE sopHAGEUs, arifes like a Wing 
 from the Cartilago Cricoides^ all the back- 
 part of the Thy r aides ^ and Horn of the Os 
 Hyotdes^ and is inferted direftly into the 
 Pharynx. This with its Fellow, conftringes. 
 the Pharynx^ and preffes the Aliment down 
 the Gullet. Mufculus Vagindis GuU, is the 
 Mufcular Coat of the GuU : Which we fhall 
 Treat of in the Chapter of the Du^us Jli^ 
 mentalis. 
 
 Pterygopharyngeus, is not a diftinft 
 Mufcle, but the beginning of the Pharynx 
 near the Procejfus Pterygoides^ of the Sphenoi- 
 dal Bone. 
 
 Pterygostaphilinus Internus , arifes, 
 from the Procejfus Salpingoides near the Ptery^ 
 
 goidis^ 
 
Of the Ma feles. 55 , 
 
 goUeSj and is inferred into the Vvula^ which Chapter 
 it pulls up while we breathe thro’ the Mouth, iif 
 or fwallow our Aliment. 
 
 Pterygostaphylinus Exterms ^ arifes 
 by the fide of the laft Defcrib’d Mufcle, and 
 is alfo inferred near it ; but becomes its An- 
 tagonift by being refieflied, as on a Pulley, 
 over the Proceffus Injfomhiatus at the lower 
 part of the Pterygoidal ProcelTes of the Sphe- 
 noidal Bone. 
 
 Digastricus, arifes from the Siyjus Mpfcies cf 
 of the Mamillary Procefs of the 
 and from a flefhy Belly, becoming a round 
 Tendon palfes thro’, and fometimes under 
 the Stylohyoideus Mufcle, and then being ty’d 
 down by a Ligament to the Os Hyoides^ grows 
 flefliy, and is fo inferred into the anterior part 
 of the Lower Jaw internally : This Mufcle’s 
 Direftion being alter’d by its being ty’d to 
 the Os Hyoides^ where it makes an Angle, 
 
 (and not at its paffage thro’ the Stylohyoideus') 
 pulls the Lower Jaw downwards, which it 
 otherwife cou’d not have mov’d fo commo- 
 diouily. 
 
 Temporalis, arifes from the Os Eror.^f 
 tis^ Parietale^SfhoenoideSj and Ter/^poris^ and pa& 
 fing under the two ProcelTes, by fome nam’d 
 Osjugalty is inferred externally into the 
 Procejfus Corone of the Lower Jaw, which it 
 pulls upwards. This Mufcle is cover’d with 
 a ftrong tendinous Eii[ciA exceeding fenfi- 
 hlco 
 
56 Of the Mu feles. 
 
 BOOK Masseter, arifes from the lower Edge 
 II* of the Os Mdi or XjgomA and its Procefs, 
 and is inferred to the outer part of the An- 
 gle of the Lower Jaw, which it pulls up 
 and forwards. This Mufcle is not to be 
 divided from the Temporal without violence, 
 and therefore Ihou’d be DefcribMwith it as 
 One Mufcle. 
 
 Pterygoideus Internus ^ arifes from 
 the Procejfus Pterygoideus externus^ and is in- 
 ferred internally to the Angle of the Lower 
 Jaw ; this a£ling fmgly, pulls the Jaw up 
 forwards and to the contrary hde. 
 
 Pterygoideus Externus^ arifes from„ 
 the Os Spheenoides by the Root of the Ptery- 
 goid Procefs, and is inferred internally to 
 the Procejfus Corone the Lower Jaw, which 
 it pulls to one fide. 
 
 Mufcies of Subclavius, arifes from the fuperior 
 thc Sttmum^ and is inferred into the 
 inferior part of the middle half of the CLu 
 vkula. Its Ufe is to ftrengthen the Articu- 
 lation of che CUvienU with the Sternum., that 
 they may not be fever’d in the Motions of 
 the Scapula. 
 
 thc'scl^’f Trapezius, arifes Tendinous from 
 capu.a. y ^ Occipitis aiid the Proceffes of 
 
 the Two \wItx\ox Vertehrez of the Neck, and 
 Eight of the Back, and from eagh other be- 
 tween thefe Procefies, and is inferred in- 
 to one third part of the Clavicula next the 
 Scapula., the Procejfus Acromion, and the up- 
 per Edge of the Spine of the Scapula. This 
 
 Mufcle 
 
Of the Mujcles. 
 
 57 
 
 Mufcle with its Fellow, pulls the Scapula to- Chapter 
 wards each other. 111. 
 
 This Mufcle is erroneoufly faid to have 
 dilTerent Aftions, according to the feveral 
 Direftions of its Fibres ; for no Mufcle aQis 
 in one part and not in another at the fame 
 time, without dividing the Part afting, from 
 the Part not in Aftion. j 
 
 R H o M B o I D E s, arifes Tendinous under S 
 
 the former, from the Spinal Proceffes of the ^ I 
 
 Two inferior of the Neck, and Four i I 
 
 fuperior of the Thorax^ and is inferted into v 
 
 the Bafis of the ScApula^ which it pulls up i. 
 
 and backwards. ‘ \ 
 
 Elevator Scapula , arifes from the 
 tranfverfe Proceffes of the Four or Five fu- 
 perior Vertebra of the Neck, and is inferted 
 into the upper Angle of the Scapula. 
 
 Serratus Minor anticus.^ arifes under 
 the Pectoralis^ from the third, fourth and 
 fifth Ribs, and is inferted into the Proceffus \ 
 
 Coracoides Scapula^ which it pulls forwards 
 and downwards. 
 
 Serratus Major anticus., arifes from 
 the anterior part of the Eight fuperior Ribs, 
 and is inferted into the Bafis of the Scapula^ 
 which it draws forwards and upwards. 
 
 All the Mufcles inferted into the Bafis of 
 the Scapula^ are alfo inferted into one an- 
 other. . - 
 
 Pectoralis, arifes from near two^ 
 thirds of the Clavicula., next the Sternum., 
 and ^11 the length of the Os Pe^oris^ and is 
 / inferted 
 
5 » 
 
 Of the Mufcles. 
 
 BOOK infcrted into tlie Os Humeri, between the Bi- 
 II. ceps and the Infertion of the Deltoides. The 
 Ufe of it is to draw the Arm forwards. 
 
 A fmall portion of the lower part of this 
 Mufcle is commonly confounded with the 
 Ohliquus defeendens Abdominis-, and in fome 
 Bodies, neither the upper part nor its Ten- 
 don can be eafily fe para ted from the Deltoides-, 
 and in others, even that part of it that 
 arifes from the Clavicula, is a diftincl: por- 
 tion. 
 
 Dei/Toi des, arifes exaftly oppofitc 
 to the Infertion of the Trapezius from one 
 third part of the Clavicula from the Acromion 
 and Spine of the Scapula, and is inferted Ten- 
 dinous about the middle of the Us Humeri. 
 which Bone it lifts direftly upwards. 
 
 This Mufcle with the Suprafpinatus and 
 Coracobrachialis adift in all Aftions of the Hu- 
 merus, except the Depreffion, it being con- 
 venient the Arm fhou’d be rais’d and fuf- 
 tain’d in order to its moving to any fide. 
 
 Supraspinatus, arifes from the 
 Dorfum Scapula above the Spine, and paffing 
 between the two Procedes , is inferted in- 
 to the upper part of the Os Humeri, which 
 it helps to raife. ’till it becomes parallel to 
 the Spina Scapula. 
 
 Infraspinatus, arifes from the Dor- 
 fum Scapula below the Spine, and is inferted 
 j ' f wrapping fomewhat over it) at the fide of ~ 
 
 the Head of the Os Humeri, which it turns 
 prone and backwards. 
 
 4 / .* *• 
 
59 
 
 Of the Mufcles, 
 
 Teres mi»or, is a fmall Mufcle arifing Chapter 
 below the former from the inferior Cojia Sea- HI- 
 fttU, and is inferred together with it. This 
 ihou’d not be confider’d a diftinft Mufcle, 
 but a portion of the laft deferib’d. 
 
 Teres mapr^ arifcs from the lower An- 
 gle of the Scapula^ and is inferred at the un- 
 der part of the Os Humeri about three Fingers 
 breadth from the Head. ' This draws the 
 Os Humeri towards the lower Angle of the 
 Scapula. 
 
 Latissimus Dorji, arifes by a flat 
 Tendon from the Spinal Procefles of the Se- 
 ven inferior , of the Back, and thofe 
 
 of the Loyns, Sacrum and llium^ and grow- 
 ing flelhy after it has pals’d the Extenlors of 
 the T runk, receives another fmall flelhy be- 
 ginning from the loweft Ribs, and is inftrt- 
 cd into the Os Humeri near the former. This 
 turns the Arm backwards and inwards, to 
 which the foregoing Mufcle contributes. 
 
 Subscapularis, arifes from the 
 hollow fide of the Scapula, which it fills up, 
 and is inferted into the Head of the Os Humeri, 
 wrapping fomewhat over it. This pulls the 
 Arm to the Side. 
 
 Coracobrachialis, arifes from 
 the Proeejfus Coracoides Scapula in common 
 with the Infcrtion of the Serratus minor an- 
 ticus, and is inferted into the Os Humeri inter- 
 nally about its middle. This raifes theAini 
 and turns it fomewhat outwards. 
 
 Bi- 
 
6o 
 
 Of the Mufcles. 
 
 book Biceps Cubiti Flexor^ arifes with 
 II. Two Heads, the One from the Procejfus Co- 
 ScaptiU in common with the Coyaco- 
 thecX. brachialis^ and the other by a round Tendon 
 from the Edge of the Acetabulum ScafuUy 
 which paffing in a Sulcus of the Os Humeri be- 
 comes flefby, ,and joyns the firfi: Head to be 
 inferted with it into the Tubercle of the Ra- 
 diusj and by the Tendinous Fafcia which it 
 detaches over the Mufcles that arife from the 
 inner Extuberance of the Os Humeri. This 
 bends the Cubit and turns it fupine. 
 
 We have fometimes found this Mufcle | 
 with a third Head beginning from the mid*, 
 die of the Os Humeri. 
 
 Bracheus Internus j arifes from below ! 
 the middle of the Os Humeri^ and is inferted | 
 into a rough place of xho^Vlna immediately j 
 below the Juncture. This alfo bends the I 
 Cubit. 
 
 Triceps Extenfor Cubiti , commonly 
 , dlftinguifli’d into Biceps and Bracheus externus. 
 The fir ft of thefe Heads arifes from the lower 
 Cojia of tht Scapula near the Acetabulum ; the 
 fecond from the outer and back-part of the 
 Os Hu?nerij the third, lower and more in.- 
 ternal; and are inferted into the Procejfus Ole- 
 cranon of the Vina. 
 
 Anconeus, arifes from the outward 
 Extuberance of the Os Humeri^ and is infert- 
 ted into the upper part of tfie Vina : This is 
 alfo an Ext^ifor ; but its proper Ufe is to 
 draw the Vina towards tliat Extuberance, 
 
 and 
 
Of the Mu feles. £ r 
 
 and thereby keep the Radius up to the Os Chapter 
 Humeri when the other Extenfors aO:. l*k 
 
 Palmaris Longus, arifes fmall from 
 the inner Extuberance of the Os Humeri, and 
 forming a fhort Belly foon becomes a Ten-' ‘ 
 don, which is conne£led to the Ligamentum 
 Tranfverfale Car ft, and expanded in the Palm 
 of the Hand. This Mufcle is often wanting, 
 but the Expanfion in the Hand never : It 
 may ferve both to conftrift the Hand, and 
 affift the Flexors of the Carpus. 
 
 Palmaris Brevis or Caro jQuadrata,arifes 
 obfeurely from the Ligamentum tranfverfale 
 Carpi, and feems to be inferted into the 
 eighth Bone of the Carpus and the Metacar- 
 pal Bone of the Little Finger. This helps to 
 conftrift the Palm of the Hand. 
 
 Flexor Carpi Radialis, arifes from 
 the inner Extuberance of the Os Humeri, and 
 forming a large Tendon, is inferted into 
 the eighth Bone of the Carpus. 
 
 Flexor Carpi Ulnaris, arifes from 
 the fame Extuberance v/ith the former, and 
 a Fafcia betwixt this Mufcle and the Tenfor 
 Vlnaris contiguous to the Vina, and is infert- 
 ed by a fhort Tendon into the fourth Bone 
 of the Carpus. 
 
 Extensor Carpi Radialis, is always 
 Two diftinft Mufcles with fliort bellies ; the 
 firft arifes from the Os Humeri immediately 
 below the the Supinator Radii longus, and is 
 inferted into the Metacarpal Bone of the firft 
 Finger ; the fecond arifes immediately below 
 
6a 
 
 Of the MufcleSi 
 
 BOOK this from the outer Extuberance of the Oi 
 II. Humeri^ and is inferted into the Metacarpal 
 Bone of the fecond Finger. 
 
 Extensor Ulnaris, ariles from 
 the fame Extuberance with the former, and 
 half the Vina below the Anconeus Mufcle ; 
 then becoming a Tendon, runs in a fmall 
 Sinus at the bottom of the Vina, and is in- 
 ferted into the Metacarpal Bone of the Little 
 Finger. The flexor and Ten for Vlnaris aft- 
 ing together turn the Hand downwards, the 
 Tenfor and flexor Radialis upwards. 
 
 ■ Mufcios of Perforatus or flexor fecundi interno- 
 the Fiugers. digitorunt, arifcs from the inner Tubercle 
 of the Or Humeri, and from the upper part of 
 the Radius and Vina ; then becoming Four 
 ftrong Tendons, paffes under the Ligamen^ 
 turn tranfverfale Carpi, and is inferted into the 
 beginning of the fecond Bone of each Fin- 
 
 Perforatus or flexor tertii internodii 
 digitorum, arifes from half the Vina, part of 
 the Radius, and the Ligament between thefe 
 Bones, and becoming Four Tendons, palfes 
 under the Ligamentum tranfverfale Carpi, and 
 thro’ the Tendons of the former Mufcle to 
 their Infertion into the third Bone of each 
 Finger. The Tendons of both thefe Mufcles 
 are ty’d down to the Fingers by a ftrong Li- 
 gament. 
 
 Lumbricales or flexores primi inter» 
 dii digitorum, arife from the Tendons of th® 
 laft mention’d Mufcles, and are inferted la- 
 terally 
 
Of the Mufcles. 
 
 6 ? 
 
 terally towards the Thumb into the begin- Chapter 
 ning of the firft Bone of each Finger. III. 
 
 Extensor Digitorum Communis, a- 
 rifes from the outer extuberance of the Os 
 Humeri, and from the Vln* below the Anco- 
 neus Mufcle, then pafles under a Ligament, 
 and is divided into four Tendons which 
 communicate upon the firft Joynt, and Ibme- 
 times on the back of the Hand, and are in- 
 ferted into the fecond Bone of each Finger. 
 
 Extensor Auricularis or Minimi 
 digiti, is a portion of the lame Mufcle pal^ 
 ing under the Ligament in a diftinft Chan- 
 nel. 
 
 Extensor Indicis, arflesfromthe 
 lower and back-part of the Vina, and palfing 
 under the Ligament of the Carpus, is infcrt- 
 ed with the Extenfor Communis into the Fore- 
 Finger. This Mufcle extends the Fore-finger 
 fingly. We have once leen it wanting. 
 
 Interossei, are Six in the Interftices 
 of the Metacarpal Bones, arifing from their 
 fides, and running obliquely to the Top of 
 each Finger, are inferred into the laft Bone 
 of each Finger. Thefe either extend or di- 
 varicate the Fingers with the alliftance of the 
 Two following Mufcles. 
 
 Abductor Indicis, arifes from the 
 lower part of the firft Bone of the Thumb 
 and the Metacarpal Bone of the firft Finger, 
 and is inferred into the laft Bone of the Fin- 
 ger, like the Interojfei. 
 
 Abductor Minimi Digiti, is commonly 
 
 Two 
 
" 64 Of the Mufcles. 
 
 BOOK Two diftin£t Mufcles; the firfl: arifes from 
 II. the Ligamentum tranfverfde and eighth Bone • 
 of the and is inferred into the Meta- ■ 
 
 carpal Bone and firfl: Joynt of this Finger : ^ 
 This part we may obferve is turgid when we 
 draw the Little-finger towards the Thumb ; 
 and has by fome Authors been call’d Adduc- 
 tor. The other part of this Mufcle arifes. 
 from the outer Edge of the Metacarpal Bone 
 of the Little Finger, and is inferred into the 
 fecond and third Bone of that Finger, like 
 the Interojfei. 
 
 i^ThvLb'^ Extensor Primi internodii Pollicis^ ariles 
 from the Vina below the Anconem Mufcle and 
 the Ligament between the Vina and Radius, 
 then becoming Two, Three, mr Four Ten- 
 dons, is inferted into the fifth Bone of the j 
 Carpus, and firfl of the Thumb. The firfl of I 
 thefe Infertions can only aflifl the bending | 
 of the W rifl upwards, and in turning the ; 
 Arm fupine. 
 
 Ex TENSOR Secundi internodii Pollicis , 
 arifes immediately below the former from 
 the fame places, and is inferted by a few Fi- 
 bres into the fecond Bone of the Thumb, but 
 chiefly into the Third. 
 
 Extensor Lertii internodii Pollicis, arifes 
 immediately below the lafl Defcrib’d, from 
 the fame Bone and Ligament, and palfes 
 over the Radius nearer the Vina to be infert- 
 ed at the third Bone of the Thumb ; This ex- 
 tends the Thumb more towards the Vina 
 than the former ^llufcle. 
 
 Flex- 
 
Of ' the Mujcles. 65 
 
 Flexor Primi fecuridi Offis Pollicis^ Chapter 
 i arifes from the fifth Bone and tranfvcrfe Li- ih. 
 
 I gament of the Carpus^ and is inferred into 
 the whole length of the firft Bone of the 
 Thumb, and Tendinous into the beginning ^ 
 of the fecond. This Mufcle may, in molt 
 Bodies, be divided into Three* 
 
 Flexor Tertii internodii Pollicis^ a riles 
 large from almoft all the upper part of the 
 Radius^ and becoming a round Tendon palTes . 
 under the Ligamentum tranfverfale Carps to be 
 inferred into the third Bone of the Thumb : 
 
 This Mufcle fmgly afting. draws the Thumb 
 I to the Metacarpal Bone of the Little Finger ; 
 s but the lafl: mention’d Mufcle adting with 
 I it, turns it towards the Fingers. This we 
 I obferv’d in a Man that loft by a Gun-fhot 
 Wound the Flexor primi & fecundi Offis and 
 Jddu^iofj who cou’d never after dired the 
 Thumb to grafp with the Fingers. 
 
 Adductor Pollicis, arifes from 
 the fifth, fixth, and feventh Bones of the 
 Carpus^ and almoft the whole length of the 
 Metacarpal Bone of the Long-Finger, and is 
 i inferted into the beginning of the fecond 
 Bone of the Thumb. This xMufcle naturally 
 enough divides into Two, and might better 
 be call’d a Flexor than Addu^cri 
 
 Abductor Pollicis, arifes from 
 the fifth Bone and Ligamentum tranjverfale of 
 the Carpus^ and is inferted laterally into the 
 beginning of the fecond Bone of the Thumb 
 to draw it towards th6 Radius. 
 
 F 
 
 Sup 
 
66 
 
 Of the Aiufcles. 
 
 BOOK Supinator Radii Longtu , arifes 
 If. from the lower and outer part of the Os Hu- 
 is inferted into the upper fide of 
 the Radius, tjje ueat the Carpus ; This contributes 
 
 very much to the bending of the Cubit the 
 Hand being turn’d fupine. 
 
 Supinator Radii Brevis , ariles 
 from the outer Extuberance of the Os Hume- 
 ri and upper part of the Vina, and running 
 half round the Radius^ is inferted near its 
 Tubercle.- 
 
 Pronator Tfw, arifes from the in- 
 ner Apophyfts of the Os Humeri, and upper 
 part of the Vina, and is inferted Tendinous 
 into the Radius below the former. 
 
 Pronator fMsadratus, arifes from the 
 lower Edge of the Vina near the Carpus, and 
 paffing under the Flexors of the Fingers, is 
 inferred into the upper part of the Radius. 
 Thefe Mufcles are occafionally alfifted in 
 their Actions by the Mufcles of the Hand ; 
 the Tenfors chiefly aflifting the Supinators, 
 and the Flexors the Pronators. 
 tb^^Head Mastoideus, arifes T endinous from 
 ” ■ the Sternum near the Clavicula, and by a le- 
 parate flefliy portion’ from the Clavicula 
 which foon unites with the other beginning, 
 and is inferted to the outer part of the Mam- 
 millary Procefs of the Temporal Bone. This 
 with its Fellow, pulls the Head towards the 
 Breafl: ; but either afting alone, turns the 
 Face fide- ways over the contrary Shoulder. 
 
 Rec- 
 
Of tk^ Mufcks. 
 
 Rectus Internus major^ arifes from the Chapter 
 anterior part of the Tranfverfe Proceffes of ill. 
 the Five inferior Cervical Vertebr^^ and 
 fing over the Two fuperior, is inferred into 
 a Roughnefs of the Occipital Bone near the 
 fore-part of the Great Foramen, This binds 
 the Head on the Two firft Vertebra of the 
 Neck. 
 
 Rectus Minor internus,, arifes Under 
 this from the firft Vertebra,, and is inferred 
 under it into the Os Occipitis, This bends 
 the Head on the firft Vertebra, 
 
 Rectus Lateralis,, arifes from the an- 
 terior part of the Tranfverfe Procefs of the 
 firft Vertebra of the Neck, and is inferred in- 
 to the Os Temporis and Occipitis between the 
 Mammillary andStyioid Proceifes. This turn^ 
 the Head to one fide. 
 
 Splenius, arifes by a thin Tendon 
 from the Spinal Proceffes of the Four fupcri- 
 or Vertebra of the Thorax, and Two inferior 
 of the Neck, and Linea alba Colli, and is in- 
 ferred into the Os Occipitis, the upper part of 
 theMammillary Procefs of theTemporalBone 
 .and the Tranfverfe Proceifes of the Three 
 fuperior Cervical Vertebra, This pulls the 
 Head and Neck backwards, and to the con- 
 trary fide ; but both of thefe afting together 
 pulls them direftly backwards. 
 
 Complexus, arifes from the Tranf^ 
 verfe Proceffes of the Six fuperior Vertebra. 
 of the Thorax and Six inferior of the Neck^ 
 and is inferred into the 0^ Occipitis and 
 
 P ^ back- 
 
68 
 
 Of the Mufcles, 
 
 BOOK back-part of the Os Temporis ; which lafl: part 
 . II. in fome Bodies is feparate. This pulls the 
 Head back. 
 
 Rectus Major fofitcus, arlfes from the 
 Spinal ProcelTes of the fecond Vertebra of the 
 Neck, and is inferred broader into the Os Oc~ 
 c(pitis._ It pulls the Head back on the Two 
 fiviWertebra. 
 
 Rectus Minor pojikns, arifes from the 
 back-part of the firft Vertebra of the Neck, 
 (it having no Spinal Procefs) and is inferred 
 below the former into the fame Bone to pull 
 the Head back on tlie firft Vertebra. 
 
 Obliq^uus Superior, ariles from the Tranf- 
 verfe Procefs of the kcon&Vertebra, and is in- 
 ferred into the Os Occipitis near the Rectus 
 major; either of thefe afting, afliftthe 
 lateralis on the fame fide; but both together, 
 pull the Head back. 
 
 thf iSS. Obliq^uus Inferior, arifes from the Spi- 
 
 nal Procefs of the fecond Vertebra of the Neck, 
 and is inferred into the Tranfverfe Procefs of 
 the firft. This with its Fellow, alternately 
 afting, turn the Head with the firft Vertebra 
 in a rotatory manner on the fecond, whofe 
 Procejjus Dentatus is the Axis of this Motion^ 
 
 Inter SPINALIS Colli, are Three 
 ■or Four Pair of Mufcles between the Bifid 
 ProceiTes of the Cervical Vertebrx, which 
 they draw nearer each other when the Neck 
 is bent backwards. 
 
 Scalenus, arifes from the T ranfverfe 
 ProcefTcs of the fecond, third, fourth and 
 
 filth 
 
Of the 
 
 fifth Cervical Vertebr^^ and is inferred in Chapter 
 three parts (being divided for the tranfmiffi- 
 on of the Subclavian VelTels) into the firft 
 and fecond, and fometimes third Rib. This 
 ». with its Fellow fuflain the upper Ribs. ViL 
 r Serratus Juperior pojlicus. 
 
 Longus Colli, arifes laterally from 
 • the Bodies of the Four fuperior Vertebra of the 
 t Thorax and from the anterior part of the 
 ^ Tranfverfe Procelfes of the Five inferior Ver- 
 i tebra of the Neck, and is inferred into the 
 K fore-part of the firft and fecond Vertebra of 
 i the Neck, which it bends forwards.. 
 
 To thefe Mufcles of the Neck, we may 
 t add fome Fibres, not very diftinft from the 
 j Scalenef4s ^ fituate between the Tranfverfe 
 f Procelfes of the Cervical Vertebra by their In- 
 5 ventor, call’d Intertranfuerfalis» 
 
 M uscULUS Sp I N AL I s, and 
 i falis Colli ^ I fhall treat of under the common 
 1 Name of Extenfor^ Trunci Corporis. ^ 
 Serratus Superior poflicus^ arifos with 
 a thin Tendon infeparable from the Rhom- 
 : boides^ from the Spinal Procelfes of the Two 
 inferior Cervical Vertebra and two fuperior 
 of the Thoraxj and is inferred into the fe- 
 cond, third, and fourth Rib, immediately 
 beyond the bendings ; this with the Scalenus^ 
 fuftains the upper Ribs, that they might 
 not be pull’d downwards, as the lower 
 Ribs are upwards, in Infpiration, nor by 
 the Deprelfors of the Ribs in Exfpira- 
 tion. 
 
70 
 
 Of the Mu feles. 
 
 BOOK Shkratus Inferior pofticus^ arifes with 
 a broad Tendon (infeparable from that of the 
 Latiffimus Dorf) from the Spinal Proceffes of 
 the Four fuperior Vertebra of the Loyns and 
 Two inferior of the Thorax^ and is infert- * 
 ed into the Four lov/eft Ribs, chiefly the { 
 ninth and eleventh. It pulls down the Ribs i 
 in Exfpiration. 
 
 The lower part of this Mufcle is often in- 
 feparable from the Obliquus afeendens Abdo- 
 minis. 
 
 Intercostales, are Eleven Pair 
 on each fide in the Interftices of the Ribs ; 
 from their Order of Fibres diftinguilh’d into 
 External and Internal ; they all arife from 
 the under Edge of each Rib, and are inferr- 
 ed into the upper Edge of the Rib below. 
 The External are largeft backwards, having 
 their firfl: beginning from the tranfverfe Pro- | 
 ceffes of the Vertebr£ like diftinQ: Mufcles. 
 Thefe run all from above obliquely forwards ; 
 but the Internal obliquely backwards ; being 
 thickeft forwards, and thinnefl: towards the 
 • Spine. The Internal are continu’d betwixt 
 the Cartilages of the Ribs, with Fibres per- 
 pendicular to the Cartilages ; between the 
 Cartilages of the loweft B.ibs, they are infe- 
 parable from the Obliquus afeendens Abdominis. 
 Thefe Mufcles by drawing the Ribs nearer 
 to each other, pull ’em all upwards, (they 
 being fuftain’d at the Top by the Scalenus 
 and Serratus fuperior poJHcus^) and dilate the 
 Thorax. Mr. Corvper has pblerv’d, That part 
 
7 * 
 
 Of the Mu feles. 
 
 of the internal Intercoftdsj in Ibrhe places Chapter 
 pafs over one Rib to the next, and fomc- 
 times farther ; thefe Portions , he wou’d 
 have confider’d as diftinfl: Mufcles. But fee- 
 ing they have the fame Ufe with* the Inters 
 cojialsy we do not think it material to di- 
 vide them. 
 
 Triangularis Sterni, arifes in- 
 ternally from the Edge of the Os PeEtoris^ 
 and is inferted into the End of the fecond, 
 third, fourth, fifth, and fixth Ribs. This 
 pulls the Ribs to the Bone of the Sternum^, 
 and thereby bends its Cartilages in Exfpi- 
 ration. 
 
 D lAPHRAGMA, arifes on the Right 
 Side by a Procefs from the Three Lumbal 
 Vtrtehr£ and One of the Thorax ; and on the 
 Left, from the one Superior of the Loyns, and 
 Inferior of tht Thorax (this laft part being 
 lefs to give way to the great Artery,) and is 
 inferted into the lower part of the Sternum 
 apd the Five inferior Ribs. The middle of 
 tfiis Mufcle is a flat Tendon, from whence 
 the flefhy Fibres may be faid to begin, and 
 be diftributed, like Raiii^ from a Center to 
 a Circumference. In its Action it draws the 
 lower Ribs down, and the Fibres nearer 
 each other, whereby the Thorax is conflrift- 
 ed in Expiration ; it is aflifited by the Muf- 
 cles of the Abdomen^ chiefly the Recti ; and 
 they at the fame time comprefflng the con- 
 lain’d Parts, thrufl: them up againft the Dia- 
 P 4 phragm, 
 
Of the Alufcles. 
 
 BOOK phragm, and render it Convex upwards, I 
 If. even in the time of Aftion. I 
 
 Spinalis, and Trmfverfdis CoIIi^ Sacer^ 
 
 ^ Lorjgifftmus Dorfi ^ and Semi- • 
 ffindis^ are all that portion of Flefli betwixt ) 
 the Sdcrum and fecond Vertebra of the Neck, \ 
 Sflenius and Complexus excepted, which fee- - 
 ing there is no proper Membrane to diftin- • 
 giiifh it into feveral Mufcles, and that it is : 
 all imploy’d in the fame Aftion, we (hall 
 give it the Name of Extenfor Trunci Corporis ^ , 
 and defcribe it all as One Mufcle. 
 
 Extensor Trunci Corporis, 
 arifes from the back-part of the Sacrum and 
 Spine of the Ilium ; the outer part of this; 
 Mufcle, (viz. Sacrolumhdlis') arifes alfo from i 
 the Tranfverfe Lumbal Procefles, and is in- 
 - ferted fiefliy into the Two or Three loweft 
 Ribs, and by fmall Tendons into the Curves 
 of all the other ; receiving acceffory Ten- 
 dons from each Rib nearer the Spine, and is 
 inferted alfo with the following part, in 
 fome Bodies, into the Tranfverfe Proceffes 
 of the Six inferior Vertebr£ of the Neck. The 
 middle part , ( viz. Longi ffimus Dor ft ) a- 
 rifes alfo from the Tranfverfe Proceffes of 
 the Three inferior Lumbal Vertebr^^ and is 
 inferted into ail the Oblique Proceffes of the 
 Two fii perior of the Loyns and laft of the 
 Back'; and the Tranfverfe Proceffes of the 
 other'Eleven,and the Six inferior of the Neck, 
 or all the Seven : The remaining part, (viz. 
 Semijpmalis^ and Sacer^ will feldom bear any 
 
 fort 
 
Of the Mujclef. 
 
 7 ? 
 
 fort of reparation : This arifes alfo from the Chapter 
 Oblique Procelles of the Lumbal Vertehr^^ hi. 
 and Tranfverfe and Oblique of all, but the 
 Two fu perior Vertebra of the whole Spine, 
 and is inferted into all the Spinal Pro- 
 celles , but not into the firft Vertebra. 
 
 When this Part comes near the Neck, it in 
 fome Bodies divides, and inferts the outer 
 part only into the Spinal Procefs of the fe- 
 cond Vertebra of the Neck : This portion is 
 commonly known by the Name of Spwalis 
 Colli ; and that next the Bones, ofTra^fverfa- 
 Us ; befides the Extenfion of the Back, this 
 Mufcle with its Fellow, afl: alternately in. 
 raifing the Off a Innominata in Progreffion, as 
 wc may eafily obferve by laying our Hands 
 on the Back in that Aftion. 
 
 Qu’A drat us Lumbrorum, arifes 
 from the upper part of the Spine of the 7//- ^ 
 um^ and is inferted into all the Tranfverfe 
 Lumbal Procefles. This with its Fellow, 
 afting alternately, alii ft the laft mention’d 
 Mufcle in raifing the Ojfa Innominata in Pro- 
 grefiion. Each afting fingly, while the lower 
 Limbs are not mov’d, inclines the Body to 
 one fide ; or both, draw the Body forwards. 
 
 PsoA Parva ^ arifes laterally from the 
 Body of the firft Lumbal Vertebra^ and foon 
 becoming a fmall Tendon, is inferted into the 
 Os Innominatum at the joyning of the Ilium 
 and Pubis.^ It either alTifts them in the bend- 
 ing the Loyns forwards, or raifing the Os 
 
 ■ Innomi<i 
 
74 
 
 Of the Alujcles. 
 
 BOOK mtum in progreflive Motion. This Mufde 
 II- is often wanting. 
 
 Ps o A Magna, arifes laterally from the Bo- 
 the Thigh, dies of the Four fuperior Vertebra of the 
 Loyns, and is inferted with the following 
 Mufcle into the Os Femoris, at the Root of 
 the Trochanter. This binds the Thigh. 
 
 Iliacus Internus, arifes from the con- 
 cave part of the Ilium, and from its lower 
 Edge, and palling over the Ilium near the 
 Fubis, joyns the former Mufcle, and is in- 
 ferted with it, to be imploy’d in the fame 
 Action. 
 
 Pectineus, arifes from the Os Fubis 
 or FetHnis, near the joyning of that Bone 
 with its Fellow, and is inferted into the Li- 
 nea Jffera of the Thigh-bone for about Four 
 Fingers .breadth below the lelfer Trochanter. 
 This bends the Thigh and turns the Toes 
 outwards. 
 
 Triceps Femoris, The two lelfer 
 Heads of this Mufcle arife under the Pectine- 
 us, and the third from the inferior Edges 
 and back-parts of the Pubis and ifchium, and 
 is inferted into the whole length of the Li- 
 nea Afpera and the inner Apophyfis of the Os 
 1 Femoris. This alfo bends the Thigh and 
 .turns the Toes outwards. 
 
 The larger Head of this Mulcle has its Di- 
 reffion parallel to that of the Thigh-bone 
 when the Thigh is Perpendicular to the 
 ■Center of Gravity of the Body ; therefore 
 when the Limb is either betided, or extend- 
 
 I 
 
Of the Mu feles. 7 $ 
 
 cd beyond' that Line, this Mufcle or Head of Chapter 
 a Mufcle, will affifl: in bringing it to that lil- 
 Direftion ; fo that in Walking, it alternately 
 affifts the Flexors and Extenfors in their firft 
 Motions, which is when their own Direfti- 
 on is leaft advantageous. 
 
 Gluteus Maximus^ arifes from the back 
 part of the Spine of the Ilium and the Dor- 
 fum Iliiy and fide of the Sacrum., and a Liga- 
 ment extended between thefe Bones, and 
 from a thin fafda fpread over that part of the 
 following Mufcle which this does not cover, 
 and is inferred by a ftrong Tendon into the 
 upper part of the Linea Jfpera of the Thigh- 
 Bone, and alfo into the flat Tendon of the 
 Fafcialis Mufcle, which latter Infertion, tho’ 
 very confiderablc, is not often obferv’d. This 
 extends the Thigh, and both thefe together 
 being contrafted, occafionally aflifl: the Sphin- 
 cter Jni in fupporting the Jnus. 
 
 Gluteus Medius^ arifes from all the 
 anterior part of the Spina and Dorjum llii and 
 under part of the laft mention’d Mufcle^ and 
 is inferred into the upper part of of the great 
 Trochanter of the Thigh-bone. This extends 
 it outwards. 
 
 Gluteus Minimus^ arifes intirely un- 
 der the former from the Dorfum Ilii^ and is 
 inferred into the upper and anterior part of 
 the great Trochanter^ to extend the Thigh. 
 
 Pyriformis, arifes internally from 
 the upper part of the Sacrum., and growing 
 in more than half its progrefs into a round 
 
 Tendon^ 
 
'Jo Of the Mufcles. 
 
 BOOK Tendon, is inferted into the upper part of “ 
 II. the great Trochanter. This affifts fomewhat^l 
 in extending the Thigh, but more in turn-.|| 
 ing it outwards. •‘<|j 
 
 Q.UADK.ATUS Femoris, arifes fromi|i 
 the obtufe Procefs of the Ifchium, and is in-|j. 
 ferted into the upper part of the Linea. Jfpera 
 of the Thigh-bone. This draws the Thigh *! 
 inwards, and direfts the Toes outwards. 
 
 Obturator Internus, or Marfupialis, 
 arifes internally from a ftrong Membrane 
 or Ligament, which fills up the Hole of the 
 Os Innominatum and from the Circumambient- 
 bone, thence palling over a Channel in the. 
 Ifchium betwixt its two Procefles, it receives 
 from them two other portions, which are a 
 fort of Marfupium, and is inferted, into the 
 Sinus of the great Trochanter.' This turns the 
 Thigh outwards. ! 
 
 Obturator Externus, a riles oppofite 
 to the former from the outfide of the Os Inno- 
 minatum, and is inferted into the Sinus of the 
 great Trochanter ; this alfo turns the Thigh 
 outwards. Thefe Four laft mention’d Muf- 
 cles afting with the Extenfors, prevent their 
 turning the Toes inwards, or a£l:ing alone 
 they turn them outwards, and draw the 
 Thigh inwards.; and as thefe direO:, the fame 
 Extenfors will turn the Thigh either out., 
 wards, or backwards, with their full force. 
 ^Mafcies of Fascialis or Membranofus , ariles 
 ' * from the fore-part of the Spine of the Ilium, 
 and in about Four fnches progrels becomes a 
 
 flat 
 
77 
 
 Of the Mu feles. 
 
 flat Tendon or Pafda, which is joyn’d by a Chapter 
 confiderable detachment from the Tendon hl- 
 of the Gluteus maximus^ and then covering 
 in an efpecial manner the Vajlus externus 
 Mufcle, grows connefted at the top of the 
 PibuU and the upper part of the Mufcles 
 fituate on the outfide of the Tibia, and then 
 about the middle grows loofe, and is fo con- 
 tinu’d to the top of the Foot, being conne- 
 fted to the Ligaments which tye down the 
 Tendons ; this Tendon where it covers the 
 Vajlus externus, receives additional tranC- 
 verfe Fibres, which run round the Thigh, 
 but are more confpicuous on the outfide. 
 
 This draws the Leg outward. 
 
 Gracilis, arifes from the Os Pubis 
 clofe to the Penis, and is inlerted into the 
 Tibia Four or Five Fingers breadth below the 
 Knee. 'This draws the Leg inwards. 
 
 Sartorius, arifes from the fore-part 
 of the Spine of the Ilium, and thence de- 
 fending obliquely to the infide of the Tibia, 
 is there inferred Four or Five Fingers breadth 
 below the Joynr. This at once helps to 
 bend both the Thigh and Leg, fo as Taylors 
 lay the Legs a-crofs. 
 
 Semitendi nosus, arifts from the, 
 obtufe Procefs of the Ifchium, and growing a 
 round Tendon in fomewhat more than halt 
 its progrefs, is inferred near the former Mufi 
 cles into the Tibia to bend it. 
 
 Semimembranosus, arifes by a flat 
 Tendon like a Membrane from the obtule 
 
 Procefs 
 
?8 
 
 Of the Mufcles. 
 
 BOOK Proceft of the Ifchium^ and being continu’d 
 II. tendinous betwixt the Bellies of the laft g 
 mention’d and following Mufcles, and then 
 growing flefhy, becomes again tendinous a- 
 boye the Joynt, and is inferred with the for- 
 mer Mufcle for the fame Ufe. Thefe Two j 
 make the internal Hamftring. 
 
 Biceps Tibi^, the firft Head arifes 
 in common with the Two preceding Mulcles 
 from the obtufe Procefs of the Ifchium ; the 
 fecond from the lower part of tbeLi^ea Af- 
 pera of the Thigh-bone ; this foon joyns the 
 former, and is inferred with it into the up- ' 
 per part of the Fibula to bend the Leg. The j 
 Tendon of this Mufcle, makes the external 
 Hamftring. 
 
 Popliteus, arifes from the outer Jpo- 
 phyfts of the Os Femoris, and thence running 
 obliquely inwards, is inferred into the Tibia 
 immediately below its Head. This affifts 
 the Flexors, and draws the towards the 
 outer Apophyfis of the Thigh-bone, whereby 
 they make an obtufe Angle, and the Leg be- 
 comes Perpendicular to the Center of Gra- 
 vity in progreftion. 
 
 Rectus Tibiae, arifes with a Ten- 
 don from the upper part of the Acetabulum of 
 the Os Innominatum , and by another Ten- 
 don (which is a fort of Ligament to this/ 
 from an obfcure Procels of the Ilium below its 
 Spine forwards, and is inferred together with 
 the Three following Mufcles into the Patella. 
 
 Vastus 
 
0 / the Muf'cles. 
 
 79 
 
 Vastus Externus^ arifes from the ante- Chapter 
 rlor part of the great Trochmter and outfide 
 of the Linea Jfperaof the Thigh-bone, and is 
 inferted into the upper and external part of 
 the Patella, 
 
 .Vastus Internus,^ arifes from the inner 
 and lower part of the Linea Jfpera^ and is in- 
 ferted into the upper part of the Patella. 
 
 C R u R E u s, arifes between the Two lafl: 
 and under the Re5tm^xom2i[\ the convex part 
 of the Os Femoris^ and is inferted in like man- 
 ner into the Patella ; the Patella being ty’d 
 down by a ftrong Ligament to the Tthia. 
 
 Thefe Mufcles extend that Bone, and might 
 all be reckon’d One Extenfor Quadriceps. 
 
 When the Patella is fraftur’d tranfverfe, 
 thefe Mufcles draw up the Part they are in- 
 ferted into ; fo that the two Parts of the 
 Bone cannot be brought together again : 
 
 Hence thefe Fraftures are incurable. 
 
 Gasterocnemius, arifes by Two 
 fmall Beginnings from the back-part of the 
 Apophyfes of the Os Femoris^which foon becom- 
 ing large Bellies unite, and then becom- 
 ing a flat Tendon joyns the following Muf 
 cles to be inferted into the Os Calcis. The 
 two parts of this Mufcle, are by fome Wri- 
 ters diftinguifh’d into Two Mufcles. 
 
 Plantaris, arifes under the outer 
 Beginning of the lafl: nam’d Mufcle from 
 the external Jpophjfis of the Os Femoris^ and 
 foon becoming a fmall Tendon, is fo con- 
 tinu’d 
 
8o 
 
 I Of the Mufcles. 
 
 "?Sl 
 
 
 ^ - . (' 
 
 BOOK tinu’d betwixt the foregoing and fubfequent| 
 II* Mufcles, and is inferted witli them. f 
 
 Authors derive the Tendinous expanfionj 
 on the bottom of the Foot from the Tendon!' 
 of this Mufcle ; But feeing the Expanfionj 
 is much more than this Tendon cou’d make,.: 
 and that we never cou’d trace it farther than' | 
 the Os Cdci'ss, and that we find the Expand- | 
 on as large when the Mufcle is wanting, 1 
 which is not feldom, we cannot be of that 
 Opinion. | 
 
 Gasterocmenius Internus , arifesn 
 from the upper part of the Tibia and one thirdp 
 of the Fibula below the Popliteus, and is in-<) 
 ferted with the Two foregoing Mufcles by a, 
 ftrong Tendon into the upper and back-part|j 
 of the Os Calcis. Thefe Mufcles extend thell 
 Tarfus. _ l|. 
 
 Tibialis Anticus, arifes from the up-|i 
 per and exterior part of the Tibia, and is in-Ji 
 ferted laterally into the Os Cuneiforme mtyus^ 
 of the Tarfus. This bends and turns the Tar-\ 
 fus inwards. ' | 
 
 Tibialis poJHcus , arifes under the!' 
 Flexors of the Toes from the middle of the| 
 Ftbula and the Ligament betwixt the Tibiaf 
 and Fibula, then growing a round Tendon, 
 palTes under the inner Ancle, and is infertedl 
 .into the lower part of the Os Naviculare^ 
 This extends and turns inwards the Tarfus. ? 
 Peroneus Longus, arifes from the up-/ 
 
 " per and outer part of the Fibula, and grow4 
 ing a Tendon towards the lower part of this]' 
 
 ' Bone,( 
 
 '4 
 
Of the Mufcks. h < 
 
 Bone, pafles under the outer Ancle and the Chapter 
 Mufcles fituated on the bottom of the Foot, 1*1. 
 and is inferted into the beginning of the Me- 
 tatarfal Bone of the great Toe. This turns 
 the Tarfus outwards, and dire£ts tlie force of 
 the other Extenfors of the Tarfas towards the 
 Ball of the great Toe. 
 
 Peroneus Brevis, ariles from the mid- 
 dle of Fibula, under a part of the former, and 
 growing tendinous, pafles under the outer 
 Ancle, and is inferted into the beginning of 
 the Os Metatar ft of the Little Toe. 
 
 This Mufcle fometimes bellows a fmall 
 Tendon upon the Little Toe. 
 
 Extensor Pollicis Longus, arifes Mufcles of 
 from the middle and lower part of the Fibula 
 and Ligamentum Tranfverfale, and foon be- 
 coming a ftrong Tendon, is inferted into the 
 laft Bone of the Great Toe. 
 
 Extensor Pollicis Brevis, arifes 
 from the upper part of the Os Calcis, and is 
 inferted into the fame place with the for- 
 mer. 
 
 Flexor Pollicis Longus , ariles 
 from the Fibula and Ligament oppofite to the 
 Extenjbr longus, and is inferted to the under 
 fide of the laft Bone of the Great Toe. 
 
 Flexor Brevis, and , Adductor FoUicis, 
 are the fame Mufcle, arifing from the two 
 lefler OJfa Cuneiformia and Os Cuboides, and 
 is inferted into the OJfa Sefamoidsa, and they 
 are ty’d to the firft Bone of the Great Toe. 
 
 G 
 
8a 
 
 Of the Mufcles. 
 
 BOOK 
 
 II. 
 
 Mufcles oj 
 the Four lef- 
 fer Toes. 
 
 Abductor Pollicis, arifes pret- 
 ty large from the inner and back-part of the! 
 Os CaLcis, and by a fmaller Beginning fromf 
 the Os Ntivkuhre ; thence paffihg forwardsli 
 contiguous to the Os Cuneiforme majus, be- 
 comes inferted into the external Sefamoid-: 
 Bone of the Great Toe. This Mufcle is noti 
 an Abductor, but a Flexor PoSicis pedis, as is 
 evident from its Infertion. 
 
 Transversalis Pedis, arifcs; 
 
 from the lower End of the Metatarfal-bone] 
 of the Toe next the leaf!:, and is inferted in- 
 to the internal Sefamoid-bone. This is tru- 
 ly an Adducor, and helps both to kefp the 
 Conftriffure of the bottom of the Foot, and 
 to correfl: and determine the Aftion of the 
 AhduStor Pollicis. 
 
 f Extensor Digitorum Pedis Longus , 
 arifcs acute from the upper part of the Tibia 
 and from the upper and middle part of the 
 Fibula And Ligament between thefe Bones; 
 then dividing into Five Tendons, Four of 
 ’em are inferted into the fecond Bone of each 
 lefler Toe, and the fifth into the beginning 
 ofthe IVletatarfal-Bone of the leaft Toe. This 
 laft portion, for the moft part, in fuch Per- 
 fons as have not been us’d to wear ftiff Shoes, 
 is feparate at its beginning, "and in them 
 may be accounted a diftinft Mufcle. How- 
 ever, it is certain (from its Infertion) that 
 it is a Flexor of the Tarfus. 
 
 We often meet in Diffeftion, with a Ten-, 
 don from this to the Little Toe. 
 
 Ex- 
 
Of thi Mufcks. 8 :^ 
 
 Exte.nscr Digitorum Brevis , Chapter 
 arifes together with the Exte^for PoHicis bre- III- 
 vis from the Os Calcis^ and dividing into 
 Three fmall Tendons, is inferred into the 
 fecond Joynt of the Three Toes next 
 the great One. The long Extenfor of all 
 the Toes ferve not to extend them only, 
 but alfo contributes to the bending of the 
 Ancle, which Motions are ufually perform’d 
 together in ProgrelTion ; but the fnort Ex- 
 tenfors arifing below the Ancle, extend the 
 Toes only ; and if the long Extenfors are- 
 imploy’d in that Aftion, the Extenfors of 
 the Tarffis muft aQ: at the fame time, to pre- 
 vent the bending of the Ancle ; this is the 
 reafon why the Toes have need, tho’ their 
 Motion is lefs, of more Extenfors than the 
 Fingers. 
 
 Flexor Brevis or Perforatus^ arifes from 
 the under and back-part of the Os Calcis^ 
 thence palling towards the Four lefler Toes, 
 divides into Four Tendons, which are inferred 
 into the beginning of the fecond Bone of each 
 lefler Toe. Thefe Tendons are divided to let 
 thro’ the Tendons of the following Mufcle. 
 
 Authors mention another Beginning of 
 this Mufcle ; but that is a portion of the 
 following Mufcle, and not of this, as will 
 appear both from Difleftion and Reafon ; for 
 it lying under the Perforans^ cannot be perfo- 
 rated for the Tendons of that Mufcle, feeing 
 they are inferted above it. 
 
84 
 
 Of the Mu f des. 
 
 BOOK Flexor Longus or Performs, arifes from 
 If- the back-part of the Tibia under the Infertion 
 of thePopliteus, thence defcending to the bot- 
 tom of the Foot becomes a Tendon, which 
 crolTes and, in moft Bodies, communicates 
 with the Flexor longus Pollicis Pedis, then di- 
 viding into Four Tendons, they pafs thro’ 
 thofe of the laft deferib’d Mufcle to their In- 
 fertion into the third Bone of each of the 
 Four leifer Toes. 
 
 The fecond Beginning of this Mufcle a- 
 •rifes from the Os Calcis, and joyns the Ten- 
 dons where they divide. 
 
 Lumbricales, arife from the Ten- 
 dons of the Perforans, and are inferred into 
 the firft Bone of each. of the leffer Toes, 
 which they bend. 
 
 Abductor Minimi digiti Pedis, a riles 
 with the Perforatus from the Os Calcis, and 
 by a fecond Beginning from the Metatarfal 
 Bone of the Little Toe, and is inferted late- 
 rally into that Toe. This is not an Abduc- 
 tor, but a Flexor ; For no Man can draw his 
 little Toe from the reft, tho’ this Mufcle is 
 large. 
 
 Interossei, are Four Pair of Mufcles 
 which cannot be divided, arifing from the 
 fides of the Metatarfal Bones, and the infide 
 of the firft of the Great Toe ; thofe of the 
 lelfer Toes run to the upper part of each, to 
 be connefted at the fecond Joynt, and be in- 
 ferted into the third Bone. Thefe extend 
 the Toes ; but that which goes to the Great 
 
 Toe 
 
Of the Mufcles. 85 
 
 — - — — __4 
 
 Toe ends in the firft Joynt, and affifts the Chapter 
 Flexors^ 
 
 NB. The following Mufcle fbou^d have been 
 placed before the Mujcles of the hoy ns p. 7 J. 
 
 CocYGEUS,' arifts from the acute 
 Procefs of the Os Ifchiij and is inferted into 
 the Os Cocygisy which it pulls forward. 
 
 G 3 
 
 TABLE 
 
86 
 
 BOOK 
 
 II. 
 
 TABLE VII. 
 
 'RroKtalii. 
 
 'F 
 
 2 ^ Majtoideus. 
 
 5 Coracobrachidis» 
 
 4 Sternohyoideus. 
 
 5 Part of the Trapezius, 
 
 6 Deltoides. 
 
 7 PeSioralis. 
 
 8 Part of the Serratus Major anticus. 
 
 9 Obliquus defcendens. 
 
 lo The Portions of the the Left being* 
 diverted of its Fafcia. 
 
 1 1 Pyramidales. 
 
 1 2 Biceps Cubiti Flexor. 
 
 1 1 Brachem Flexor. 
 
 14 Triceps Extenfor. ' 
 
 15, 16 Supinator Radii Longus. 
 1 7 Flexor Carpi Radialis. 
 
 r r 
 
 '■ 1 8 Flexor Carpi Vlnaris. 
 
 19 The firft Head of the Extenfor Carpi Ra- 
 dialis. ] 
 
 20 The 
 
Tab. W. 
 
mSrnM 
 
 20 The fecond Head of the fame Mufcle. 
 X I Extenfor Digitorum Communis. 
 
 22 Fafcialis or Memhranofus. 
 
 23 Sartorius. 
 
 24 One Head of the Triceps. 
 
 25 Femineus. 
 
 26 The great Head of the Triceps. 
 
 27 Gracilis. 
 
 28 Re^us. ' \ 
 
 29 Vajlus Externus. 
 j o VaJIus- Internus. 
 ji Semitendinofus. 
 
 J2 Gajlerocnemeus, 
 
 Soleus. 
 
 54 Tibialis Anticus^ 
 
 3 5 Tenfor Pollicis Pedis Longus. 
 
 Table 
 
 VII. 
 
 G 4 TA- 
 
BOOK 
 
 II. 
 
 TABLE, VIII. 
 
 M USCLES of the Face. 
 
 * \^Kontdis. 
 
 ^ Temfordis. 
 
 C, MaJfeUr. 
 
 Dj OrbicuUriu 
 £, Sphincter Oris. 
 
 Fy Elevator Labii fuperioris proprius. 
 
 Gy Elevator Ldiorum communis. 
 
 Hy Deprcffor Ldoiorum communis, 
 ly Depreffor Labii inferioris proprius^ 
 
 Kj> Zygomaticus. 
 
 Ly Buccinator. 
 
 My The Right Eye, with its Mufcles* 
 Ny Obliquus fuperior. 
 
 Oy The Trochlea. 
 
 Py Obliquus inferior. 
 
 Elevafor Oculi. 
 
 JR, Depreffor Oculi. 
 
 Sy xs^^iictor Oculi» 
 
I 
 
89 
 
 T, AbduStor Oculi. 
 
 V, The Optick Nerve. 
 
 Table 
 
 VIII. 
 
 A View of the Foflerior External 
 
 Muscles. 
 
 3 A fmall part of the Elevator ScapuU. 
 
 4 Part of the Rhomboidei. 
 
 5 Deltoides, 
 
 6 LatiJJimus Dorfi. 
 
 7 Teres Major, 
 
 8 Infraffimlis ScapuU, 
 
 9 Triceps extenfor Cubiti, 
 
 10 Anconeus e, 
 
 1 1 Extenfor Carpi Vlnaris, 
 
 12 Extenfor Carpi Radialis, 
 
 1 j Extenfor Digitorum Communis, 
 
 14 Extenfor Vrimi Internodii Pollicis. 
 
 1 5 A fmall part of the Supinator Radii 
 
 longus. 
 
 1 6 Gluteus Maximus. 
 
 17 Guteus Medius. 
 
 18 Membranofus or Fafcialis. 
 
 1 9 Gracilis, 
 
 20 The great Head of the Triceps. 
 
 21 Semimembranofus. 
 
 22 Semitendinofus. 
 
 2j Biceps TibU. 
 
 2j Vaflus Externus, 
 
 24 Gajlerocnemeus,, 
 
 2 5 SoleuSe> 
 
 TA^ 
 
90 
 
 BOOK TABLE IX. 
 
 A View of the upper- fide of the 
 Diaphragm: FromDr. 
 
 1 T T S Infertion to the Cartilago Enfi- 
 
 fortnis. 
 
 2 Its Infertion to the Cartilages of the 
 
 lower Ribs. • 
 
 j The Pericardbm adhering to it. 
 
 . '4 TheValvulanbhilis ohheCava afcef>dens. 
 5 The Perforation for the paflage of the 
 Pharynx. 
 
 B, A View of the u'nder-fide of the Dia- 
 
 phragm: Prom Dr. Doaglafs. 
 
 1 Its Infertion to the Cartilago Enfformis, 
 
 2 It’s infertion ..to the Cartilages of the 
 lower Ribs. 
 
 5 Its Infertion to the laft Rib. 
 
 4 Its Origin from the fides of the Vertebra. 
 
 5 Its. ProcelTes that arife from the Ver- 
 
 . . tehra. ' r ■ '• 
 
 6 The place where the great Artery de- 
 
 fcends, and the DuBusXhoracicuf af- 
 cends. 
 
 8 The Perforation for the defccnt of the 
 
 Pharynx. 
 
 9 The Perforation for the afcent of the 
 
 Cava afcendens. 
 
 10 A particular Order of Fibres, 
 
 1 1 The Phrenic Artery. 
 
 , 12 The Phrenic Vein. 
 
 C, A portion of Longltunal Fibres. 
 
 ' D, A Penniforme Mufcle. 
 
 E E) Their Tendons. BQOI^ 
 
^ 
 
 BOOK III. 
 
 Chap. I. 
 
 Of the External Parts^ and 
 Integuments, 
 
 common 
 
 T he Vulgar Names of the External Chapter 
 Parts of the Human Body being fuf- I. 
 ficiently known for the Defcription of any 
 Difeafe or Operation ; we fhall only Defcribe 
 thofe which Anatomifts have given for the ' 
 Illuftration of the fub-contain’d Parts. 
 
 The hollow on the middle of the Thorax^ 
 under the Breafts, is call’d Scrobiculus Cordis. 
 
 The middle of the Abdomen for about three 
 Fingers breadth above and below the Navel, 
 is call’d Regio Vmbilicdis. The middle part 
 above this, Efigaflrium. On each fide of the • 
 Epigajlrium under the Cartilages of the lower 
 Ribs, Hypochondrium ; and from below the 
 Regio Umbilicalis down to the OJfa Ilia, and 
 Pubis, Hypogaflrium. 
 
 CuTi CULA, or Scarf-Skin, is that thin 
 inlenfible Membrane which we raife by Bli- 
 ftering in living, and by aftual Cauteries in 
 dead Bodies ; It is extended over every part 
 of the true Skin, unlels where the Nails are. 
 
 If 
 
92 
 
 Of the External Parts j &.C. 
 
 BOOK 
 
 III. 
 
 Reticulum 
 
 inucofum. 
 
 If we examine it with a Microfcope,it appearsj 
 full of very fmall Pores, and Scaly. Lerve»- [ 
 
 hcock reckons, That in one Scale there may I 
 be 500 Pores, and that a Grain of Sand willj 
 cover 250 Scales; fo that a Grain of Sandj 
 will cover 125000 Pores, thro’ which we I 
 Daily perfpire. Its Ufe is to defend the true 1 
 Skin that it may not be expos’d to Pain from 1 
 whatever it touches ; and alfo to preferve it : 
 from wearing : On this account, the Cuticle l 
 is fo contriv’d, as to grow in proportion to ^ 
 the Friftion it receives, as we may obferve, , 
 it being thickeft on thofe parts of the bottom 
 of the Foot which fuftain the Body, and in 
 Hands much us’d to Labour ; and thinneft 
 of all on the Lips, if that Membrane may 
 be call’d Cuticula, 
 
 Between this and the true Skin, is a fmall 
 quantity of Mater nam’d Reciiculum Muco- 
 J'um, it is moft confiderable where the CutU 
 cula is thickeft, and is black, white, or dusky, 
 fuch as is the Complexion ; the Colour of 
 this, being the only difference between Vro- 
 fians and Africans or Indians, the Fibres of 
 the true Skin being alike white in all Men ; 
 but the florid Colour in the Cheeks, is ow- 
 ing to the Blood in the minute Veffels of the 
 Skin, and that in the Lips to the Veffels in 
 the Mufcular Flefh, for the Cuticula being 
 made of cxcrementitious Matter, has no Vef- 
 fels. 
 
 Cutis or True Skin, is a very eompaft, 
 ftrong, and fenfible Mernbrane, extended 
 
 oyer 
 
Of the External Parts^ &c. 
 
 over all the other Parts of the Body having Chapter 
 Nerves in great plenty terminating in all its I-. 
 Superficies which are the Organs of the Senfe 
 of Touching. Thefe Terminations tho’ invi- 
 ble are call’d PapilU PjramidAlu ^h^c^iuk they 
 appear fo in fome Brutes, 
 
 Glandulae Miliares, are fmall 
 Glands like Millet Seeds, fitua ted immediate- 
 ly under the Skin in the Axilla’s , they are 
 fuppos’d to feparate the Materia Perfpirahilis^ 
 which is there thrown off in greater plenty 
 than in any other Part of the Body. It is a 
 generally receiv’d Opinion, That they are in 
 like manner feated under all parts of the Skin : 
 
 But feeing no GlaiTes, nor Difeafes havedif- 
 cover’d them, we cannot but doubt of their 
 exiftence in every part, efpecially, when we 
 confider the whole Body Perfpirable. 
 
 Membrana Adiposa, is all that 
 Membrane under the Skin which contains 
 Fat in Cells ; it is the thickeft on the Abdo- 
 men and Buttocks, and thinneft neareft the 
 Extremities ; and where the Mufcles adhere 
 to the Skin, none ; .as on the Forehead. It 
 contributes to keep the anterior Parts warm, 
 and by filling the Interftices of the Mufcles, 
 renders the Surface of the Body fmooth and 
 beautiful. 
 
 Mamm^, the BreaJIs^ are of the fame 
 ftruclure in both Sexes; butlargeft in Wo- 
 men. They are a. number of fmall Glands 
 to feparate Milk, feated in the Membrana 
 adrpofay with their Excretory Duels tending 
 
 to 
 
94- Of the Membranes in general. 
 
 BOOK toward the Niple, which as they approach, ! 
 
 Ill- they unite and make but a few Dufts at'their ; 
 exit. 
 
 There is to be met with in Authors In- ' 
 ftances, fufficiently atteftcd, of Mens giving ' 
 Suck, when they have been excited by a ve- 
 hement Defire of doing it. And it is a com- - 
 mon Obfervation, That Milk will flow out 
 of the Breafts of new-born Children, both 
 Male and Female. We have known one 
 Bitch give fuck to the Puppies of another, 
 when herfelf has had none, nor given fuck 
 to any for more than a Year before. 
 
 Chap. II. 
 
 Of the Membranes in general. 
 
 V E R Y Bowel and Cavity in the Body 
 _j is cover’d and lin’d with a Angle Mem- i 
 brane, whofe thicknefs and ftrength is as the ^ 
 bulk of the Part it belongs to, and as the 
 Friftion it is naturally expos’d to. 
 
 Thofe Membranes that contain the Bowels, 
 keep the parts of the Bowels they contain to- 
 gether, and render the furface fmooth, and 
 not fubjeft to be velicated by the Actions of 
 the Body. Thofe which line Cavities, ferve 
 to render the Cavities fmooth, and fit for 
 the Parts they contain to move againft. 
 
 The 
 
Gf the Membranes of the lower Venters. 95 
 
 The Membranes of all the Cavities that Chapter 
 contain folid Parts, are ftudded with Glands HI. 
 which feparate a Muct/s to make the Parts 
 contain’d move glibly, and not grow toge- 
 ther. And thofe Cavities which are expos’d 
 to the Air, as the Nofe, Ears, Mouth, and 
 Trachea Arteria, have their Membranes be- 
 fet with Glands, which feparate Matter to 
 defend them from the outer Air. For the 
 Membranes which haze proper Names, and 
 thofe which compofe Fejfels, See their proper 
 Chapters. 
 
 Chap. III. 
 
 Of the KysE. s of the Two 
 
 Lower Venters. 
 
 P ERITONEUM, is a fine Mem-. 
 
 brane lining all the Cavity of the Ab- 
 domen, except the under fide of the Dia- 
 phragm, which is cover’d with its own pro- 
 per Membrane : Internally it is fmooth and 
 equal ; but not fo externally, by realbn of 
 its cohefion to the adjacent Parts ; it is ex- 
 tended backwards over the great VelTels and 
 Urinary Parts in a loofe manner, like a Mem- 
 brana adipofa ; and over the Pelvis of the Ab- 
 domen on the upper part of the Bladder of 
 Urine. It contains the Liver, Splene, Pan- 
 creas, 
 
96 Of the Membranes of the lower Venters- 
 
 BOOK creas, Stomach, Guts, Omentum and Me- 
 III. fentery, with all their Veflels and Glands. 
 
 This Membrane has the repute of being' 
 double ; But what is miftaken for one Lami- 
 na of it, is the flat Tendons of the Tranfver- 
 files Mufdes. Between thefe the Water is 
 contain’d in the Dropfy of the Peritoneum. 
 
 We open’d a Woman,which in two places 
 one above and one below the Navel, con- 
 tain’d three Gallons of Water ; the Peritone- 
 um was rotten, and near three Inches thick. 
 
 Glands. In this Body the Glands of this Membrane 
 might be feen with the naked Eye. 
 
 For the Umbilical Vejfels, See Chap. Of the 
 Foetus. For the Procejfus V tginalis. Chap. Of 
 the Parts of Generation in Men. 
 
 P L E u R A, is a fine Membrane lining the 
 Cavity of the Thorax, except on the Dia- 
 phragm, (which is cover’d with no othef 
 than its own proper Membrane) the back- 
 part of it is extended over the great VelTels, 
 like the Peritoneum. It ferves to render the 
 infide of the Thorax fmooth and equal. 
 
 Mediastinum, is a thin fmooth 
 Membrane dividing the Thorax lengthways 
 down from the Sternum to the Pericardium 
 and Pleura. This Membrane divides both 
 before and behind, and becomes continuous 
 to the Pleura on each fide ; it is fo difpos’d 
 as to make each Cavity exaftly fit for the 
 Lungs, and confequently, to need lefs Cir- 
 cumambient Air ; alfo by keeping the Two 
 
 Lobes 
 
Oj' the Salivary Glands, s 
 
 Lobes of the Lungs afunder, and prevents Ch;:r: r 
 any Diforder in the one, from aftefting the ^ * 
 other. ^ 
 
 Chap. Iv". 
 
 ' Of the Salivary Glands. 
 
 P AROTIS or MaxiHaris fuperior,^ Is 
 the largeft of the Salivary Glands ; it 
 j is fituate behind the Lower Jaw under the 
 Ear, its Excretory Duels paiTes over tlte iip- 
 I per part of the Majfeter Mufcle, and enters 
 the Mouth thro’ the middle of the huednator. 
 This Gland has its Saliva promoted by the 
 Motions of the Lower Jaw. 
 
 If the Duft of this Gland be divided by 
 an external Wound, the Saliva will flow cut 
 on the Cheek, unlefs a convenient Perforati- 
 on be made into the Mouth, and then the 
 external Wound may be heal’d. 
 
 Mv.Fer^e^ while I was his Apprentice, had 
 Two Patients with this Gland Ulcerated , 
 from which there was a conftant effufion of 
 Saliva^ ’till he confum’d the greateft part of 
 the Gland with Red Mercury Rrectuhate^ and 
 then it heal’d with little trouble. Htldanus 
 mentions the fame 'Cafe, which for Tw^o 
 Years had been under the Care of a Chyrur- 
 gioQ without Succefs ; and at laft cur’d by 
 the application of an actual Cauterv; 
 
 H ' Max- 
 
9 8 Of the Salivary Glands, :j 
 
 BOOK Maxillakis inferior, is fituatc between I 
 lib the Lower Jaw and the Tendon of the Di- 1 
 gaftrick Mufcle; its Du£t paffes under the. j 
 Mufculw Mylohyoideus, and enters the Mouth ] 
 under the Tongue near the Dentes ineijorii. 
 This Gland is comprefs’d in the time of Ma- 
 fjication by all the circumambient Parts. 
 
 We was at the opening ofa Woman who 
 was Suffocated by a Tumor which begun in , 
 this Gland ; it extended itfelf from the Ster- | 
 num to the Parotid Gland on one fide in Six ' 
 Weeks time, and in Nine Weeks kill’d her. 
 
 It was a true Schirous, and weigh’d Twenty ; 
 fix Ounces. 
 
 In a Man which we Differed, we found 
 a quantity of Pus near this Gland, and a Bun- 
 dle of Matter not unlike Hair, as large as an 
 Hen’s Egg. 
 
 A Woman which was my Mafter’s Pati- - 
 ent in the Hofpital, had a great number of 
 Chalk Stones in this Gland. The like Con- ' 
 cretions we have met with in other Places in 
 Bodies which we have Differed. 
 
 Sublingualis, is a fmall Gland 
 fituated under the Tongue between the Jaw 
 and the Cerataglofus j^^ufcle ; it fends its 
 Duel into that of the Maxillaris inferior. 
 
 Tonsilla, is a Globular Gland about 
 the bignefs of a Hazel-Nut, fituate upon the 
 Pterygoideus internus Muffle between the 
 Root of the Tongue and the ; it has 
 
 no Duft diftant from itfelf, but empties all 
 its fmall Dufts into a Sinus of its own, which 
 
 Sinus 
 
99 
 
 Of the Salivary Glands. 
 
 StMs, when the Gland is inflam’d, is often Chapter 
 miftaken for an Ulcer. This Gland with its IV. 
 
 Fellow, direfts the mafticatedAliment into 
 :he pharynx ; and alfo ferves for the VvuU to 
 riiut down upon when we breathe thro’ the 
 Nofe. They are comprefs’d by the Tongue, 
 and the Aliment, when the former raifes 
 the latter over its Root , and thereby 
 opportunely emit their Saliva to lubri- 
 cate the Food for its eafierdefcent thro’ the 
 Pharynx. 
 
 A Schirous Tumor of either of thele 
 Glands, is a common Difeafe, and ia admits 
 of no Remedy but Extirpation : Yet it mull: 
 not be perform’d upon the whole Gland, but 
 fo much of it as is become fupernaturally 
 eminent ; becaufe that wou’d render it un- 
 fit for the afore- mention’d Ufes. 
 
 Glandula in Orbite Oculi, is a pret- 
 ty large Gland, fituated between the Ele^ 
 vator and Abduiflor Mufcles of the Eye. 
 The Antients efteem’d it a Lacrymal Gland ; 
 but fome Moderns reckon it among the Sa- 
 livary. Nuck fays. That he has obferv’d in 
 a Sea-Calf, a Duft from it into the Mouth 
 on the outfide of the Grinding-Teeth , But 
 whether that is or no a fufficient Reafbn to 
 give it the Name of a Salivary Gland in 
 Men, we leave our Reader to judge. But 
 we fufpeft it to be either a Lacrymal Gland, 
 or of the Tribe of Glands accompanying 
 
 H 2 
 
 To 
 
lOO 
 
 Of the Omentum^ DuElus 
 
 BOOK 
 
 Ul 
 
 To thefe. we add the Membrane which 
 lines the Mouth and compofes the Palate 
 and VvuU (tho’ thefe latter, efpecially the 
 VvtiU , feem to have Mufcular Fibres ) 
 which is ftudded with fmall Glands to afford 
 Saliva in all parts of the Mouth to keep it 
 moift for thofe more remote, are chiefly 
 concern’d in time of Maftication. Thefe 
 
 fmall Glands have Names given ’em accord- 
 
 ing to their refpeftive fituations ; as Bfdcca-^^ 
 les^ LahialeSy Lir/guahs^ Bauciales^ Palatin^^ 
 ‘VvuUres. 
 
 HAP. 
 
 V. 
 
 op O mentum, Ductus Alimen-| 
 TALis and Mesentery. 
 
 o 
 
 Ala fuperi 
 or. 
 
 MENTUM or Caw L, is a fine! 
 
 Membrane larded with Fat, fome-\« 
 
 what like Net-work : It is fituatcd on theft 
 furface of the fmall Guts,' and refembles ani 
 Apron tuck’d up ; its outer or upper part» 
 nam’d AU Jufenor^ is connected to the bot;f : 
 tom of the Stomach, the Splene, and part} ' 
 . of InteJHnum duoienum ; and thence de-| j 
 fcending a little lower than the Navel, is re-^ 
 flefted and ty’d to the hrejimum Col(m^ the ' 
 Splene, and part of the : This laft," 
 
 Ala inferior, part is Call’d AU ip?ferior y and the Spacep 
 
 between' 
 
lOl 
 
 Alimentalis and Mefentery. 
 
 ( between each Jla^ is nam’d Burja, Some- Chapter 
 'times we find both .^/4; ty’d to the Liver ; V. 
 l and in Difeas’d Bodies, to the Peritoneum, 
 
 ‘ilts Ufe is, to keep warm and lubricate the 
 i' Guts for their better performing their Peri- 
 ftaltick Motion. 
 
 ' In Dropfies of the Abdomen^ and in Per- 
 fons who from any other Caufe, have dy’d 
 Tabid, we have found it rotten and decay’d, 
 and not feldom, the Guts adhering to one 
 ' another : But whether thefe Adhefions pro- 
 ceed from the OmentunPs ceafing to perforin 
 its Office, or from the Periftaltick Motion of 
 the Guts being long difeontinu’d thro’ Ab- 
 ftinence, or both, we think not neceiTary to 
 Difpute. 
 
 Ductus Alimentalis, is the 
 OEfophxgm^ Stomach, and Guts, viz. Duode- 
 num^ Jejunum^ Ilium^ Colon^ Cdictim or Apen- 
 dicuLi Vermiformis^ and Return. 
 
 OEs o p H A G u s or Gullet,, is the Begin- 
 ning of the Alimentary Duft ; its upper part 
 is wide and open, fpread behind the Tongue 
 to receive the mafiicated Aliment ; it begins 
 from the Bafis of the Scull, near the Procejfus 
 Pterygoides of the Sphenoidal-bone, and is ^ 
 call’d by fome Anatomifts Mufculus Pterygo- 
 pharyngeus ; this defeending becomes round, 
 and is call’d Vaginalis GuU ; it runs from the 
 Tongue clofe to the Spine, into and thro’ 
 the Thorax on the left fide under the great 
 Artery, then piercing the Diaphragm, im- 
 mcdiatelv enters the Stomach. It is com- 
 
 H j pos’d 
 
I01 Of the Omentum^ DuHus 
 
 BOOK pos’d of a thin outer Coat, which is no more 
 ill. than a proper Membrane to the middle or 
 Mufcular Coat. The middle Coat, is com- 
 pos’d of a Spiral Order of Mufcular Fibres," 
 abundantly thicker than the fame Coat in | 
 the Inteftines ; both becaufe this has no fo- j 
 reign power to alTift it, as the Guts have, and j 
 becaufe it is neceflary the Food ihou’d make I 
 a fhorter flay here than there. The inner 
 Coat, is a pretty fmooth Membrane, befet 
 with many Glands, which fecrerc a Mu- 
 cilaginous Matter, both to defend the 
 Membrane, and render the defcent of the 
 Aliment left difficult. 
 
 Ventriculus, the Stomach, is fitua- 
 ted under the left fide of the Diaphragm, its 
 left fide touching the Splene, and its right 
 cover’d by the thin Edge of the Liver ; its ^ 
 figure exactly refembles the pouch of a Bag- 
 pipe, its left End being moft capacious, the 
 upper Side concave, and the lower convex ; 
 it has two Orifices, both on its upper part ; 
 the left (thro’ which the Aliment palfes into 
 Kardia. the Stomach) is nam’d Kjrdia ; and the right 
 (tiiro’ which it is convey’d out of the Sto- 
 pyiorus m^ich into the Duodenum') is nam’d Pylorus, 
 where there is a circular Valve to hinder the 
 return of Aliment out of the Gut. 
 
 Iffie Coats of the Stomach, are but 
 Three; the external Membranous, the mid- 
 dle Mufcular, whofe Fibres are chiefly Lon- 
 gitudinal and Circular, the inner Membra- 
 nous, and befet with Glands, which lepa- 
 
 ratc 
 
Alimentali^s and Mefentery. 105 
 
 irate that Macas, which is falfely call’d Mem- Chapter 
 ^l?rAP7a Quart A or Villofa. As the Mufcular ^ 
 Coat of the Stomach contrafts, the inner 
 Coat falls into folds, which conveniently re- 
 tard the Aliment when the Stomach be- 
 ‘comes almoft empty. 
 
 ® Duodenum, is the firft of the Three 
 Iffmall Guts it begins from the Pjlorus of the 
 f'Stomach, and is thence reflefted downward, 
 
 ■it firft pafies by the Gall-bladder, and then 
 'Under the following Gut and Mefentery, 
 and coming in fight again in the left Hj- 
 fochondrium, it commences Jejunum, which 
 is the fecond of the fmall Guts. 
 
 Jejunum, is fo call’d from its being 
 found for the moft part empty ; it’s fituated 
 in the Regio Umbilicalis, and makes fome- 
 what more than a third part of the fmall 
 Guts. It may be known from the follow- 
 ing Gut, by obferving its Coats, which are 
 a fmall Matter thinner, and left pale. 
 
 Ilium, is the Continuation of the for- 
 mer, fituated in the HjPogaflrium, and very of- 
 ten fome part ot it in the Pelvis of the Jbdo^ 
 men, upon the Bladder of Urine, efpecially; 
 
 In Women it enters the Colon on the right 
 Side, near the upper Edge of the Os Ilium, 
 
 Colon, is the firfb of the great Guts ; 
 it begins at the upper Edge of the right Os 
 Ilium', thence afeending, pafies under fome 
 part of the Liver, and the bottom of the 
 Stomach frQiTi the right Hypochondrtum to the 
 
 U 4 ' left, 
 
1 Of the Omentum^ DuBus 
 
 K left, and thence defcends to the Pelvis Jb- 
 
 C c u M or JjJcndicuU J^ermiformis , is 
 iituated on the Beginning of tht Colon it is 
 lefs than an Earth-worm, with a fmall Orifice 
 opening into the Colon. This Gut has fch 
 dom any thing in it. 
 
 The Beginning of the Colon^ is vulgarly 
 call’d .the blind Gut, it feeming to have but 
 one entrance when the Valves are fliut 
 againfi: th^ limn. And we are apt to think, 
 Modern Anatomifis have made a Miftake in 
 palling the Jpendicula Venniformis^ Cacum ; 
 feeing they reckon it among the great 
 Guts. 
 
 In Dogs, Cats, and Squirrils it is very 
 large : i\nd feme Fifin have ’em in great 
 number; we have counted in a Mackarell, 
 above 150. 
 
 R £ c T u M, is the Continuation of the Co- 
 lon riiro’ the Pekju to the Anus. 
 
 Th.e Guts have the fame Coats with the 
 Stomachi ; the Fibres of their middle or Mufi 
 cuiar Coat, are either Circular, Spiral, or 
 Longitudinai ; of the latter, but very few. 
 The great Guts, have at equal diflances a 
 fircight Membrane on their cutfide running 
 their whole 'length, call’d Ligaments; thefe 
 Idgaments draw the Guts into fmall Sacculi. 
 The leffer Guts, have at very fmall diftances 
 Semilunar Valves plac’d oppofite to the In- 
 terdices of each other ; thefe prevent the 
 Aiinient from palling too fpeedily. But Brutes 
 
 have 
 
Alimentalm and Mefentery. 
 
 105 
 
 have ’em not : becaufe they are not necef- Chapter 
 fary to an Horizontal Pofture. At the En- V. 
 trance of the Ilium into the Colon^ are Two 
 very large Valves, which effeftually hinder 
 the regrefs of the Faces into the Colon ; the 
 other Valves in the Colon^ are plac’d oppo- 
 fite (but not in the fame Plane) to each o- 
 ther, and make with their anterior Edges 
 an Equilateral Triangle ; but as the Gut ap- 
 proaches the AnuSy they become lefs re- 
 markable, and fewer in number. 
 
 All the Guts have in their inner Mem- viands, 
 brane an almoft infinite number of invifible 
 Glands, which feparate the Mucus that de- 
 fends the Guts. Thefe Glands will, fomc of 
 ’em efpecially in the large Guts, appear to 
 the naked Eye when they are difeas’d, and 
 are then call’d GUnduU Pjeriana, 
 
 The length of the Guts to that of the 
 Body, is as Five to One, in a middle-fiz’d 
 Man ; in taller Men, the proportion is lefs, - 
 and in fmall Men greater. 
 
 Mesentery, is a Membrane begin- 
 ning loofely upon the Loyns, and is thence 
 producM to all the Guts ; It preferves the 
 Jejunum and Ilium from twilling in their Pe- 
 rifialtick or Vermiciilar Motion, and con- 
 fines the reft to their Places ; it fuftains all 
 the Velfels going to and from the Guts, z>iz. 
 Arteries^ Veins ^ Ljmphaducts ^ Lacteals and 
 Nerves^ and alfo contains many Glands, call’d 
 frprn their fituation Mefent erica. c*. 
 
 Chap- 
 
io6 
 
 BOOK 
 
 lil- 
 
 C H 
 
 A P. 
 
 VL 
 
 Of the Liver ^ Gall-bladder, 
 Pancreas and Splene. 
 
 T he Liver, is the largeft Gland in 
 the Body, of a dusky-red Colour, it 
 is fituated immediately under the Diaphragm 
 in the right Hypochondmrm ; its exterior fide 
 is convex, and interior concave ; backwards 
 towards the Ribs it is thick, and thin on its 
 fore-part where it covers the upper fide of 
 the Stomach, and effeftually defends it from 
 being injur’d by the Cartilago Ei^fiformis ; the 
 upper fide of it adheres to the Diaphragm^ and 
 is allb ty’d to it and the Sternum by a thin 
 Ligament, which is defcribM commonly as 
 Two; the upper part call’d Sufpenjerium ^ 
 The Liga- ^ud the antericT Latum ; either of which 
 SrLive/ Names, were fufficient for it all : It is alio • 
 ty’d to the Navel by a round Ligament call’d 
 Teres or Vmbilicale^ which is the Umbilical- 
 Vein degenerated into a Ligament ; it be- 
 gins at the Navel, and is inferred into the 
 Liver at a fmall Fiffure in its lower Edge, 
 The Ligamentum Latu?n or Sufpenforium, fuf- 
 tains the Liver in an ereft Pofture, or ra- 
 ther fixes it in its Situation, while it is fup- 
 ported by the interior Parts, they being 
 •' comprefs’d by the Abdominal Mufcles ; 
 when we lie down, the Teres prevents it 
 
Of the Liver^ G^ll' Bladder^ &c. loy 
 
 from prefling on the Diaphragm ; and when Chapter 
 we lie on our Backs , they both together VI. 
 fufpend it, that it may not comprefs and 
 caufe an Obftruftion in the afcending Vena 
 Cava. Its Blood-Veflels, that compofe it as TheBiood- 
 a Gland, are the Porta (which receives Blood c^e^uverr 
 from all the Parts contain’d in the Abdomen 
 ( Vtd. Vena Porta) and here re-diftributes it 
 ' to have the Bile fecreted from it) and the 
 Branches of the Cava in the Liver, which 
 return the redundant Blood into the Cava 
 ajeendens ; it has alfo Arteries call’d Hepa- 
 tica^ and feveral Branches of Nerves, and 
 a great number of Lymphaticks : Of which 
 we fball fpeak in their refpeftive Places. 
 
 The Gall-bladder, is a receptacle 
 of Bile, feated in the hollow-fide of the Li- 
 ver ; it is compos’d of one denfe Coat not 
 Mufcular, and cover’d with another, which 
 is common to it and the Liver. 
 
 The Excretory Dufts of the Liver leading 
 to the Gall-Bladder, are, the CyJHhepatict^ 
 which pafs in great number into it, and fo 
 fmall as not to be feen by the naked Eye : 
 
 From the Gall-Bladder towards the Diwde- 
 ntim^ runs a Duft call’d Cyjlicus; and from 
 the Liver to thisDuQ:, one call’d Hepaticus^ DuausHe. 
 which carries off the Gall this way, when 
 the Gall-Bladder is full ; then the Ductus 
 Cyfticus and Hepaticus being united, com- 
 mence Duclus communis Choledochus^ which 
 enters the Duodenum obliquely about Four 
 inches below its Beginning. The Orifice of 
 
 this, 
 
Of the Lher^ Gall-Bladder j 
 
 io8 
 
 BOOK this DuQ: in the Gut is fomewhat eminent, 
 but has no Caruncle. ' 
 
 The Situation of the Gall-Bladder is very 
 remarkable ; for it being feated againft the 
 Duodenum^ it will have its Fluid prefs’d out 
 by the Aliment paffing thro’ that Gut, and 
 confequently, not only at a right Time, but 
 alfo in due Proportion ; becaufe the greater 
 the quantity of Aliment is, the greater will 
 be the Compreffion ; and fo the contrary. 
 
 Pancrea s, the S^vect-Brede^ is a large 
 Gland of the Salivary-kind, lying a-crofs the 
 upper and back-part of the Ahdomer^^ along- 
 fide the Duodenum^ it is what the Antients 
 call’d a Conglomerate Gland, appearing fo 
 (without DilTettion) to the naked Eye ; it 
 lias a fhort Excretory Duft, not more than 
 half fo large as a Crow-quill, (tho’ it is com- 
 monly painted as large as the Ducius com- 
 munis Choledochus') which enters the Duode- 
 num very near the Bile DuT, and not fel- 
 dom, together with it. 
 
 The Juice of this Gland, together with 
 the Bile, ferves to attenuate the fluid Par- 
 ticles of the digefted Aliment, and render it 
 fit for the Lafteals. 
 
 The Splene, is feated in the left Hj- 
 pochondrium , immediately under the Dia- 
 phragm, and above the Kidney , between 
 the Stomach and the Ribs ; it is fupported 
 by the fub-contain’d Parts, and often fix’d 
 to its Place by a fmall adhefion to the Fento- 
 
 neum * 
 
Pancr Cits and splene. « 10 «^ 
 
 mum\ it is alfo corinefted to the Omentum^ as Chapter 
 has been obferv’d. The Figure of it is a fort VI. 
 of deprefs’d Oval, near twice as long as 
 broad, and almoft twice as broad as thick : 
 Sometimes it is divided into Lobules, but 
 for the moft part, has only one or two fmall 
 FilTures on its Edge, and fometimes none ; 
 in its Colour, it refembles Caft-Iron. The co«s. 
 inner Texture is Veficular, like the Pm'i; 
 thefe Cells have in ’em fmall Glands and 
 grumous Blood. This Bowel has no Excre- 
 tory DuQ:, that we can difcovcr, and all the 
 Ufe that we can affian to it, is to retard the 
 Blood in. its courfe to the Liver, that it may 
 there arrive vifcid and languid enough for 
 the Secretion of fo thick a Fluid as is the 
 Bile. 
 
 The Liver, ordinarily weighs, in a O^ierra- 
 middle-fizM Man, about Three • Pounds, 
 
 Twelve Ounces, the Three Ounces, 
 
 and the Splene Fourteen Ounces. 
 
 The Splene, we have taken out of a 
 Dog, without any remarkable inconveni- 
 ence to him. 
 
 We have found Three Splenes in a Wo- 
 man that was executed. 
 
 We have feen a difeas’d Liver in a 
 Man, that weigh’d Fourteen Pounds, Four 
 Ounces. 
 
 In a Boy but Nine Years old, that dy’d 
 Hydropick, we found the Liver full of Hy- 
 dmdsy and with Cyfts of Hydatids adhering 
 
 to 
 
iio Of the Liver ^ Gall-Bladder^ Sec. 
 
 ’I 
 
 
 BOOK to it, M^hich together weigh’d Seven Pounds, 
 III- One Ounce and a Half, tho’ feveral Pints of $ 
 Water had been let out of it before. The' r j 
 Splene, in the fame Boy, together with Hy~ jil 
 datids contain’d in its Membrane, weigh’d 
 Three Pounds. 
 
 In a Man, we have found a difeas’d Splene 
 weighing Five Pounds, Two Ounces. 
 
 In an old Man Six Foot high, we have 
 found a found Liver, weighing no more 
 than Twenty-eight Ounces, and the Splene 
 Ten Ounces. 
 
 In a Man that had been affliiled with a 
 Dropfy, and cur’d,. we have found a Poly- 
 pus almofl: filling the large Branches of the 
 Porta in the Liver, and a Stone between the 
 Liver and Gall-Bladder, larger than a Nut- 
 
 meg. 
 
 In a Man that dy’d of a Jaundice, wc 
 found the Ductus communis Choledochus, con- 
 ftricted by a Schirous Pancreas. The Gall- 
 Bladder was extended to the fize of a Goofe- 
 Egg, and all the Dufts to twice their na- 
 tural bignefs. This Cafe afforded a beauti- 
 ful fight of the Cyjlihepatick Du£bs to the 
 naked Eye. 
 
 We have met with' an Obftru£l;ion in the 
 Ductus Syflicus, without any remarkable in- 
 convenience ; the Bile being in that Cafe,' 
 carry’d'off thro’ the Ductus Hepaticus with- 
 out entering the Gall-Bladder. 
 
 C H A Prf 
 
Chap. VIL 
 
 Chapter 
 
 Of the Y ASX Lactea, 
 
 ASA Lactea, are th^ Lac- 
 
 tea^ Receptaculum Chyli and Du^us Tho- 
 
 raicus. 
 
 Ven;e Lactje, &c^ are a vaft num- 
 ber of very fine pellucid Tubes, beginning 
 from the fmall Guts, and proceeding thence 
 thro’ the Mefentery, frequently unite, and 
 form fewer and larger Veifcls, which firft 
 pafs thro’ the mefenterick Gland, and then 
 into the Receptaculum Chyli ; thefe Velfels e’er 
 they arrive at the Mefenterick Glands (or in 
 Brutes the Ramreas Ajfellii^ which is thefe 
 Glands colle£led) are call’d Vena LaUea pri- 
 mi generis ; and thence to their entrance into 
 the Receptaculum Chyli^ Vena Lactea^ fecundi 
 eveneris. The Office of thefe Veins is, to receive 
 the fluid part of the digeffed Aliment , and 
 convey it to the Receptaculum Chyli^ that it 
 may be thence carry’d thro’ the Du^us Tho- 
 racic f^s into the Blood- Veffels. 
 
 ReceptaculumChyli, is a Gift 
 of irregular Make , into which the Vena 
 Laclea empty the Chyle; it’ is feated be- 
 tween the Diaphragm and Emulgent- Veffels 
 on the left fide of the firfl Lumbal Ver- 
 tebra. 
 
 Ductus Thoracicus, is a deli- 
 cate pellucid Tube, large as a Goofe-Quill, 
 
 begin- 
 
1 11 
 
 Of the Lun^s^ Pericardium^ and Heart. 
 
 BOOK beginning from the ReceftMulum O^li, and g 
 III. ending in the Subclavian- Vein. This Du£l 
 as it afcends thro’ the TW^ijc, firft palTes on 
 tlie left fide of the great Artery under the 
 Beginnings of the Intercoftals, and about the 
 middle of the Thorax, divides lor the^fpace 
 of Two or Three Inches, and uniting again, 
 runs on the fide of the Pharynx into the left 
 Subclavian-Vein. It has many Valves at une- 
 qual diftances, (more in Men than Brutes) 
 to prevent the regrefs of the Fluid it con- 
 tains, and One very large Valve there is in 
 the Subclavian-Vein to cover its entrance* 
 The Chyle is diluted in its palTage by th^ 
 Lymph. Fid. Chap. Of the Lymfhaticks. 
 
 HAP. 
 
 VIII. 
 
 Of the Lungs , Pericardium 
 and Heart. 
 
 [ "^HE Lungs, are compos’d of Two 
 .L 
 
 _ Lobes, One feated on each fide of 
 the MediaJHnum, each of which Lobes are 
 fub-divided into Two or Three Lobules ; 
 they are each Compos’d of very final! 
 VeficuU-, which FeftcuU, are the Extremi- 
 ties of the Afpera Arteria or Bronchos. The 
 Figure of tbefe Cells is irregular ; yet the 
 
 fides 
 
of the Litn^s^ Pericardium^ and Heart. \ l ^ 
 
 fides of ’em are exaftly fitted to each o-Chaptci’ 
 ther, fo as to, leave no void Space: In tliC Vilh 
 Membra^ies of thefe Veficulj^ are dififibuted 
 the Brandies of the Pulmonary Artery and 
 Vein, and here have their Blood impregnated 
 with Air, and its coher’d Globuli fepa rated. 
 
 Of which, Vid. Chap. Oj the Courfe of the Ali^ 
 merit and Fluids. 
 
 Pericardium or Heart^purfe^ is an 
 exceeding ftrong Membrane,' beginning 
 at the Bafis of the Heart above the great 
 VelTels, and confequently, not perforated by 
 ’em ; its lower fide is infeparable from the 
 Tendinous part of the Diaphragm , but 
 not foil! Brutes: It contains the Heart, and 
 hinders it from being mifplac’d in violent 
 and unnatural Motions of tlie Body ; for if 
 when we ftand on our Hands or Heads, the 
 Heart Ihou’d, as it wou’d by its own weight, 
 turn the Point downwards in that Pofture; 
 the Blood-Veffels going out of it, v/ou’d be 
 doubled and obfirufted, as the Du A us Arte- 
 riojus is by altering its Fofiticn after the 
 Birth ; and what Confequence this wou’d 
 be of to the Animal OEconomy, is obvious 
 enough ; for Death muft enfue in a little 
 time. Another Ufe this has, which is to 
 contain a quantity of Lymph fufficient for 
 the lubricating the external Fibres of tll^ 
 
 Heart. 
 
 The Heart, is a Mufcle of a CdnlcU 
 Figure, with Two Cavities or Ventricles J 
 it Bafis is fix’dby the Veifels 'going to, and 
 
 I fronl 
 
I 14 Of the Salivarj Glands. 
 
 BOOK from it upon the fourth and fifth Vertebra of 
 Ih- the Thora:>c, and its Jpex, or Point is inclin’d 
 downwards and to the left fide, where it is 
 receiv’d in a Cavity of tlie left Lobe of the 
 Lungs, as may be obferv’d the Lungs be- 
 ing extended with Air, this Incumbrance 
 on the left Lobe of the Lungs, is the 
 Caufe of that Side’s being moft fubie£l to 
 Pluretick Pains ; for what we call Plurefy, 
 is a true PeripneufKoma or Inflaniation of 
 the Lungs. 
 
 Auricles. At the Bafis of the Heart on each fide, is 
 fituated the Two Auricles to receive the 
 Blood ; the right from the Two Cava’s, and 
 the left from the Pulmonary-Veins : In the 
 ^ ^ riglit, at the meeting of the Cava’s, is an 
 iumLo'^eri. Eminence call’d Tuberculum Lower i, this is 
 . chiefly rais’d by the fuccumbent Pulmonary 
 Artery and Vein. Its Ufeis to prevent the 
 Blood in both thefe Veffels from obftrufting 
 each other, and to direft the Courfe of the 
 Blood in both of ’em into the Auricle ; imme- 
 diately below this Tubercle, in the ending of 
 thsCava afcendcnsTis the vejiigium of the Fora- 
 men Ovale ; (Vid. Chap. Of the Fxtccs) and a- 
 bove this, in the Auricle, the Mouth of tlie 
 Coronary-Veins. The left Auricle is abun- 
 dantly left than the right ; but that defe£t 
 is fupply’d by a large Cavity, which the 
 Two Veins from the Lungs afford in that 
 place ; and in both Auricles are Columna, 
 like thofe in the Ventricles, but fmaller. 
 
 The 
 
of the Salwary Glanis. 115 
 
 The Ventricles or Cavities, in the Heart Chapter 
 which receive the Blood, are hollow Muf- Vlll. 
 cles, or Two Cavities in One Mufcle, whofe 
 Fibres, like the Mufclcs of the Abdomen^ arc 
 .differently directed, that the preffiire they 
 give in the Syftole or contrafting Motion, 
 may be equal in all Parts, they are both of 
 the fame bignefs, tho’ the left appears the 
 fmalleft, and is commonly deferib’d fo ; but 
 this happens from a greater Contraftion in 
 the left than the right, in the Article of 
 Death, the left being abundantly thicker, 
 becaufe a greater force is requir’d to drive 
 the Blood thro’ the whole Body, than thro’ 
 the Lungs. Over the Entrance of the Au- 
 ricles in each Ventricle, are plac’d Valves to 
 hinder a return of Blood wdiile the Heart 
 contrafts. Thofe in the right Ventricle 
 are nam’d Trictifpides^ thofe in the left Mi- 
 trdes. One of thefe do further Service, by 
 covering the Mouth of the Aorta while the 
 Ventricle fills ; which is neceffary in this 
 Ventricle, that the Blood in the fyftole or 
 contraQiing Motion may be acted upon 
 with greater force. The inner Fibres of 
 each Ventricle are difpos’d into fmall Cords, 
 which we call Columna : From fome of thefe coiumna!« 
 ftand fmall portions of Fiefla call’d Papilla ; 
 thefe Papilla are ty’d to the Valves with blen- 
 der Fibres, by means of which, the Valves 
 are rais’d in the Diaftole of the Heart, the 
 Papilla being then fartheft remov’d from the 
 Entrance of the Auricles. For the Courfe of the 
 I 2 Blood 
 
I 1 6 Oy- the Lungs^ Pericardium^ and Heart. 
 BOOK Blood thro^ this Part^ (Vid, Chap. Of the 
 
 Ail LUC ueginning of each Artery from the 
 Heart, is ^plac’d Three Valves, which look 
 forwards and clofe together to hinder a re- 
 • grefs of Blood into the Ventricle. Thofe 
 in the Pulmonary-Artery, are nam’d Sigmoid 
 dales ^ thofe in the Aorta Semilunares. Cana- 
 lis Artiriofiis. Qld, Chap. Of the Fcetu^). 
 
 Obfervati- In a Boy we found a great quantity of 
 Pus in the Pericardium.^ and the Bafis of the 
 Heart Ulcerated. 
 
 In Perfons that have dy’d of a Dropfy, 
 we have always obferv’d the Heart large, 
 its Fibres lax, and the VelTels about it im- 
 moderately diftended, and Polypufes fome- 
 times in both Auricles and Ventricles, and 
 in the large Veins ; but more frequently in 
 the right Auricle and Ventricle. 
 
 We Diflefted a Man that^dy’d Tabid, in 
 whom we found the Pericardium univerfally 
 adhering to the Heart, and a portion of 
 the Mufcular part of the Heart Offefy’d as 
 large as a Six-pence. 
 
 The beginning of the Aorta^ we have fre- 
 quently feen Offify’d, efpecially, in Aged 
 Perfons. 
 
 Adhefions of the Lungs to the Pleura.^ is 
 fo common, we know not how to call it 
 a Difeafe; becaufe we find it more or lefs 
 in all adult Perfons, and without any incon- 
 venience, if they are not rotten. 
 
 Aliment and Fluids. 
 
 ^ The 
 
C H 
 
 IX. 
 
 Chapter 
 
 IX 
 
 Of the Art R-RiES and Veins. 
 
 F rom the right Ventricle of the Heart Arrena pui- 
 arifes the Pulmonary Artery, which 
 foon divides into Two Branches, One to 
 each Lobe of the Lungs, and then they fub- 
 divide into very fmall Branches, and are dL 
 ftributed into every part of the Lungs. 
 
 From the extreme Branches of the Pulmo- Atterupui- 
 nary Artery, arife the fmall Branches 
 the Pulmonary Vein, which uniting as they 
 approach the left Auricle of the Heart en- 
 ter into its Appendix or Bag in a few 
 Trunks, and the Blood being brought back 
 from the Lungs by this Velfel to the Heart, 
 is thence thrown into the Jorta, 
 
 Aorta, or great Artery, arifes from ^ona. 
 the left Ventricle of the Heart, and deals 
 out Branches to every part of the Body. 
 
 The firll Trunk of this Velfel, is call’d ylona Aorta afccn, 
 afcendens \ it paffes over the left Pulmonary 
 Artery, Vein and Branch of the JJpera Jr- 
 teria^ and being reflefted under the left 
 Lobe of the Lungs , it commences Aorta Aorta de- 
 defiendens, which Name it keeps thro’ the 
 'J'horAx and Abdomen^ where it delcends on 
 the left fide of the Spine, till its divifion in- 
 to Iliac? upon the fourth Vertebra of the 
 Loyns. 
 
 I I 
 
 From 
 
Oj' the Arteries and Veins. 
 
 1(8 
 
 BOOK 
 
 111 . 
 
 Arterias co- 
 ronalia: 
 Cordis. 
 
 Arteri* Ca- 
 rbcides. 
 
 From under Two of the Semilunar 
 Valves of tht Aorta^ which is e’er it leaves 
 the Heart arifes Two Branches (fometimes 
 but One) which are beftow’d upon the 
 Heart, and are call’d Coronarie!^ Cordis. 
 
 From the curv’d part of the Aorta^ which 
 is about Two Inches above the Heart, arife 
 the Subclavian and Carotid Arteries , the 
 right Subclavian and Carotid in One I'runk, 
 but the left Angle. 
 
 The Carotid Arteries run on both fides 
 the Larynx to the fixth foramina of the Scull, 
 thro’ which they enter to the Brain ; but a^ 
 they pafs thro’ the Neck, they detach 
 Branches to every part about ’em, which 
 Branches are call’d by the Names of the 
 Parts they are beftow’d upon ; as, Larjnge£^ 
 Thjroide£y Pharynge^j Linguales^ TemporaleSy 
 Occipitales^ &c. but juft before they enter the 
 fixth foramina of the Scull, they each fend 
 Two fmall Branches, One thro’ the fifth 
 foramina of the Scull to that part of the Du- 
 ra Mater which contains the Cerebrum ; and 
 One thro’ a Hole between the eighth and 
 ninth Hole of the Scull to that part of the 
 Dura Mater^ which contains the Cerebellum. 
 
 The Internal Carotids, or the Carotids 
 within the Scull, fend feveral Branches thro’ 
 the firft and fecond foramina of the Scull 
 (before they pierce the Dura Mater') to the 
 Face and Parts contain’d within the Orbits, 
 and then piercing the Dura Mater^ they evich 
 divide into Two Branches j One of which 
 
Of the Arteries and Veins 
 
 they fend under the Falx of tire Chapter 
 
 Mater between the Two Hemifpheres of 
 the Brain, and tlie other between the An- 
 terior and Pofterior Lobes of the Brain. 
 
 Thefe Branches take a great many turns, 
 and divide into v^ery fmall Branci.es in the 
 Fia Mater e’er they enter the Brain, be- 
 caufe large Trunks wou’d make by their 
 Pulfe too great a preiTure upon fo tender 
 and delicate a Part. 
 
 Befides thefe Two Arteries, viz, the 
 rotids, the Brain has Two more, call’d Or- 
 'vicales , which arife from the Subclavi- 
 an Arteries , and afcend to the Head 
 thro’ the Foramina in the Tranfverfe Pro- 
 ceffes of the Cervical Fertebr\t , and into 
 the Scull thro’ the tenth or great Foramen ; 
 the Two Arteries uniting foon after their 
 entrance they give off Branches to the Cere- 
 bellum^ and then paffing forwards, divide 
 and communicate with the Carotids. 
 
 The Subclavian Arteries, are each con- 
 tinu’d to the Cubit in one Trunk, which is 
 call’d Axillaris as it paffes the Arm-pits, and^fj^^i? 
 Humeralis as it paffes the infide of ^heOj^nen^^^ 
 Humeri between the Mufcles that bend and"'"'"''* 
 extend the Cubit. 
 
 From the Subclavia ns within the Breaft Arter,* 
 arife t\\Q Arteria Mammaria^ which run on 
 the infide of the Sternum^ and lower than 
 the Cartilago En(tformis^ 
 
 As foon as the Arteria Humeralis has pafs’d 
 the Joynt of the Cubit, it divides into Two 
 I 4 Branches^ 
 
Ilo Of the Arteries and Veins. 
 
 BOOK. 
 
 Cubit^Us 
 
 tn;;du. 
 
 Cubitab's 
 
 iJupenor. 
 
 rnbitalis in- 
 ferwr. 
 
 In- 
 
 'v%:icoItales. 
 
 Branches, call’d Cubitalis Juperior and Cubita^ 
 Us inferior, which latrer loon fends off a 
 Branch, call’d Cubitalis media, which is be- 
 ftow’d upon the Mufcles feared about the 
 Cubit, 
 
 C u B I T A u I s Superior , palfes upon th^ 
 Radius and round the Root of the Thumb, 
 and gives One Branch to the Back of the 
 Hand, and Two to the Thumb, One to the 
 firft Fingers, and a Branch under the Ten^ 
 dons of the Fingers to communicate with 
 the Cubits, Us inferior^ 
 
 Cubitalis hferior^ p^ffes upon the 
 VlriA to the Palm of the Hand, where it 
 makes a turn, and fends One Branch to 
 the out'hde of the Little Finger, another 
 between that and tlie next Finger , di- 
 viding to both. Another in the fame man^ 
 ner to the Two Middle-Fingers, and another 
 p the Two Fore-FingerSt Thefe Branches 
 which arc beftov/’d on the Fingers, run One 
 on each fide of each Finger internally to the 
 Top, where they commupicate. 
 
 From the defcenc|ing AortA on each fide 
 . IS fent a Branch under every Rib, call’d 7^- 
 tercoflalis., and about the fourth Vertebra of 
 the Back it fends oTTwo Branches to the 
 
 Lungs, call’d Bronchi.Aes^ which are fome- 
 times both given oT from the Aorta, fome- 
 times one of ’em from the Intcrcoftal of the 
 fourth Rib on the right fide; and as the 
 Aorta paflfes under the Diaphragm, it fends 
 Two Branches into thy Diaphragm, call’d 
 
 Arteria 
 
1 a I 
 
 Of the Arteries and Veins. 
 
 Arterix Phrenicx^ which fometimes rife in 
 one Trunk from the Aorta^ and lometimes 
 from the Ctluca ; but oftner the right from 
 |;he Aorra, and the left from the Celiac. 
 
 Immediately below the Diaphragm arifes 
 jthe Celiac Artery from the Aorta, it foons 
 divides into feveral Branches, which are be- 
 ftow’d upon the Liver ^ Sto- 
 
 mach^ Omentum and Duodenum. Thefe Bran- 
 ches are nam’d from the Parts they are be- 
 ftow’d on, except Two that are beftow’d 
 upon the Stomach, which are call’d Coronet- 
 ria, fuperwr and inferior ^ and the Branch be- 
 llow’d upon the Duodenum, which is nam’d 
 Intejlinalis. 
 
 At a very fmall diftance below the Arteria 
 Celiaca from the Aorta arifes the Mefenterica 
 fuperior, whofe Branches are beftow’d upon 
 all the Intejiinum Jejunum, and Ilium, part 
 of the Colon, and one Branch upon the Liver. 
 
 A little low’er than the fupcrior Mefen- 
 teric Artery, arifes the Emulgents, which 
 are the Arteries of the Kidneys. 
 
 And a little l<nv^er than the Emulgents, 
 forwards from the Aorta, arifes the Arterix 
 Spermatica:^ Vid. Chap. Of the Parts of Ge- 
 neration in Men. 
 
 Lower laterally, the Aorta fends Branches 
 to the Loyns, call’d Lumhares, and one for- 
 wards, to the lower part of the Colon and 
 the Reftum^ call’d Mejent eric a inferior. 
 
 Between the Arteria Mefenterica fuperior 
 -and inferior and the Blanches of each, there 
 
 are 
 
 Chapter 
 
 IX. 
 
 Arter's 
 Phrenicx. 
 Arceria Ce- 
 liaca. 
 
 Mefcurerica 
 
 fupcrior. 
 
 Arteria: E- 
 mulEcntes, 
 
 Arreria: 
 
 Spe rtna'uca. 
 
 Arterias 
 Lumbar es. 
 
 Arteria* Me. 
 fenterkat. 
 
 Arterias 
 
 Corr-muni- 
 
 cans. 
 
I 12 
 
 Of the Arteries and Veins. 
 
 BOOK 
 
 111 . 
 
 Ancria Sa- 
 cra. 
 
 Arteria: Ili- 
 acx ItKernx.- 
 
 ^liacas Ex- 
 ter nee. 
 
 Arteria Epi- 
 gailnc». 
 
 Arteria In- 
 guinalis. 
 
 Arteria 
 
 JAufcuIa. 
 
 are communicant Branches to convey the 
 Blood from one to another when they are 
 either comprefs’d in any pofture, or ftreigh- 
 ten^d by being ftretch’d out in Ruptures, or 
 from any other Caufe. 
 
 As foon as the Aorta, divides upon the 
 Loins, it fend off an Artery into the Pelvis 
 upon the Os Sacrum^ call’d Arteria Sacra^ and 
 the Branches they divide into, are lliac £ ; 
 which in about Two Inches fpace divide 
 into External and Internal. 
 
 I L I A c Intern^y firft fend off the 
 Umbilical Arteries which are dry’d up in 
 adult Bodies, except near their Beginnings 
 which are kept open by the collateral 
 Branches on each fide. One to the Bladder, 
 and One to th^ Perns in Men, and in Wo- 
 men the Vterus ; the refi: of this Trunk is 
 bellow’d upon the Buttocks, and upper part 
 of the Thigh. 
 
 The Iliac® Externa , run over the 
 Ojfa Pubis into the Thighs ; and as they pafs 
 out of the Abdomen^ they fend off Branches, 
 call’d Efigajlrica^ to the fore-part of the In- 
 teguments of the Abdomeyi under the RcBi 
 Mufcles. And the Epigallric Arteries fend 
 each a Branch into the Pelvis^ and thro’ the 
 Foramina of the 0(fa Innominata to the Muf- 
 cles thereabouts. As foon as the Iliac Artery 
 is pafs’d out of the Abdomen into the Groin, 
 . it is call’d Inguinalis^ where it fends a large 
 Branch to the upper and back-part of the 
 Thigh, Q2i\Vd MuJeuLi) but the great Trunk 
 
 call’d 
 
Gf f’-:e Artzries ani Ve/n^. i 
 
 call’d Cruralis , is continu’d internally be- Chapter 
 tween the Flexors and Extenfors oi the 
 Thigh, and palling thro’ the Infertion of ArccnaCru- 
 the Triceps Mufcle into the Ham, is there ‘*'“- 
 call’d Poplite A then below the Joynt it di-' 
 vides into Two Branches, One of which 
 call’d Tibialis antic/i, it paffes between the bialis anci> 
 Tibia and Fibula to the fore- part of the Leg/** 
 and is bellow’d upon the Great Toe, and 
 One Branch to the next Toe to the Great 
 One, and another between thefe Toes to 
 the Tibialis foflica ; which Artery foon after p®* 
 it is divided from the Anticus^ fends off 
 the Tibialis media^ which is bellow’d upon 
 the Mufcles of the Leg, while the Tibialis po- 
 ftica goes to the bottom of the Foot and 
 Toes. The Tibialis antic a^ is difpos’d like 
 the Cubitalis fuperior\ tllQ Pojiic a y like the 
 Cubitalis inferior ; and the Media in each, 
 have alfo the fame Office. , 
 
 Thefe are the Arteries which are alike in 
 all Bodies ; and as they pafs, they fend col- 
 lateral Branches to the Parts which are 
 nearell. 
 
 The Veins arife from the Extremities of^«i“»- 
 the Arteries, and make up Trunks which 
 accompany the Arteries in almoB every part 
 of the Body, and have the fame Names in 
 the feveral Places which the Arteries have 
 which they accompany. 
 
 The Veins of the Brain unload themfelves 
 into the Sinufes, (l^id. Chap. Of the Brain!) 
 and the Sinufes into the internal Jugulars 
 
 and 
 
• 54 - Of the Arteries and Veins. 
 
 BOOK 
 
 III. 
 
 Venx Jugn- 
 la-es xindr- 
 
 Terrx Jrrga* 
 lares excer- 
 
 ypTRc Cer- 
 vicalci. 
 
 CepHalica, 
 Mediana, 
 Bafiijca, Sal' 
 
 and Cervicals, the internal Jugulars and 
 Cervicals into the Subclavians, which joyn- 
 ing, make the Cava dtjeendens. 
 
 The Internal Jugulars are feated by the 
 Carotid Arteries, and rcceiv^e the Blood 
 from all the Parts which the Carotids ferve, 
 except the Hairy-fcalp and Face , whofc 
 Veins enter into the External Jugulars, 
 which run immediately under the Pla- 
 tyfma Myoides or Mufculus Quadratus Genx^ 
 often Two on each fide. 
 
 The Cervical Veins, defeend Two thro’ 
 the Yor Amina in the Tranfverfe Procefie^ of 
 the Cervical Vertebr.c^ and Two thro’ the 
 great foramen of the Spine, One on each 
 fide the Spinal Marrow ; thefe joyn at the 
 Joweft Vertebra of the Neck, and then empty 
 into the Subclavians, and at the Interlaces 
 of all the Vertebrae communicate with on^ 
 another. 
 
 The Veins of the Arm, are the fame in 
 Number, Situation, and Name, that the 
 Arteries are, befides thofe that appear 
 immediately under the Skin ; as the Veins 
 of the Fingers, which run chiefly to the 
 back .of the Hand, and the Four at the 
 bend of the Elbow, the uppermofi: of which 
 is call’d Cephalica^ the next Mediana^ the 
 next Bafilica^ and the loweft SalvateLu Thefe 
 all communicate near the Joynt of the Elr 
 bow, and tlien fend One Branch which is 
 more direftly from the Cephalica^ and bears 
 that Name into the External Jugular ; if 
 
Of the Arteries and Veins. i2^ 
 
 pafles immediately under the Skin, in moftChapccir 
 Bodies, between the Flexors and Extenfors 
 of the Cubit on the upper fide of the 
 The other Branches joyning, and receiving 
 thofe which accompany the Arteries of the 
 Cubit, pafs by the Artery of the Arm into 
 the Subclavians. 
 
 In the Thorax, befides the Two Cava% 
 tliere is a Vein call’d Jz>ygos or Fe^a {me Pa- 
 ft, it is made up of the Intercoftal, Phrenic, 
 and Bronchial' Veins, and enters the defcend- 
 ing Cava to divert the Blood in the Cava, 
 into the riglit Auricle. 
 
 In the Abdo^r.en, befides ' the Veins which 
 are nam’d like the Arteries, there is One 
 large one call’d Vena Portae , which arifes 
 from all the Branches of the Celiac and Two venaPoat*. 
 Mefenteric Arteries, ^and uniting in one 
 Trunk enters the Liver, and is there again 
 diftributed like an Artery, and has its Blood 
 collefted and brought into the Cava by the 
 Branches of the Cava in the Liver. The Rca- 
 fon why Nature has macle ufe of a 
 Vein inftead of an Artery in this place is, 
 becaufe the Blood in the Arteries fo near the 
 Heart, is too rapid to have fo vifcid a Fluid 
 feparated from it as the Bile. 
 
 In the Leg the Veins accompany the Ar- 
 teries in the fame manner as in the Arm, 
 tliofe of the Foot being on the upper fide, 
 and from them is One call’d Saphena, v/hich 
 is continu’d on the infide of the Limb it’s 
 
 whole 
 
'136 
 
 Of the Arteries and Veins’ 
 
 BOOK whole length, and has leveral Names given 
 lil. it from the feveral Places thro’ which it pafles. 
 . The Arteries divide, and the Veins unite, 
 for the moft part, at very acute Angles. 
 
 Th? Arteries are faid to have Three Coats, 
 a middle Mufcular, and an external and 
 internal Membranous. The Veins are faid 
 to have the fame ; but we cou’d never di- 
 vide ’em in either. In the infide of the 
 Veins their are many Valves, efpecially in 
 the lower Limb, to hinder a reflux of the 
 Venal Bloodi 
 
 The Arteries are, raofl: of ’em, fituated 
 very deep for their fecurity; but a great 
 many of the Veins immediately under the 
 Skin, that they may not have too much 
 preflure to hinder their dilating when the 
 Blood by any Heat is rarify’d and ^ex- 
 panded. 
 
 In a Woman that dy’d of a Dropfy, we 
 found the Semilunar Valves of the Jorta co- 
 ver’d with Chalk Stone, which not fuffering 
 the Valves to do their Office, the left Ventri- 
 cle was always overcharg’d with Blood , 
 which occafion’d in that Ventricle an im- 
 moderate diftention, and unfitnefs for its 
 Office, which deftroying the Oeconomy of 
 the Body, occafion’d the Dropfy. 
 
 Chap. 
 
 / 
 
Chap. X. 
 
 Chapter 
 
 X. 
 
 Of the Lymphatics^ and Glands 
 
 that accompany the Lymphatics. 
 
 * ' ' -) 
 
 L Y M p H ^ D u c T s, are fmall pellucid 
 cylindrical Tubes arifing from the Ex- 
 tremities of all the Arteries ; but more plen- 
 tifully in Glands than other Parts, and in 
 greateft number from fuch Glands as fepa- 
 rate the vifcideft Fluids, as may be obferv'd 
 in the Liver and Tejles ; they have only one 
 Coat, and that exceeding thin, having 
 Valves at fmall and uncertain diftances, to 
 prevent the regrefs of their Fluid. I'hey 
 have frequent communications like the 
 Veins, but do not unite fo often ; the larger 
 Trunks are every where attended with fmall 
 Glands, thro’ which they run, and at the 
 fame time fend communicant Branches 
 over them, that they might be fecur’d 
 againft Obftruftions from every Difeafe 
 in the Glands. They all terminate in 
 t\iQ FiaLa^ea^ or in »S"ubclavian Veins. All 
 that arife below the Diaphragm, empty in- 
 to the and Receptaculum Chyli':, 
 
 thofe in the Cavity of the Thorax into the 
 Duclus Thoracicus ; and thofe of the fuperior 
 Parts into the Subclavian Veins. Their Ufe 
 is both to dilute the Chyle in the Via LaBea^ 
 and to carry off fo much Serum as is necelTa- 
 
11 8 Of th: Lymphatics. 
 
 BOOK, ry to leave the Blood in fit Temper to flow 
 Iff- thro’ the Veins ; for we always obferve in 
 fuch Perlbns as have their Blood too thin, 
 the Globuli for want of fuflicient Attrition, 
 cohere and form MolecuU or Polypus's. 
 
 Authors have hitherto defcrib’d and paint- 
 ed thcfe VelTels like Strings of Popies: And 
 fuch they have appear’d to us, when iniefted 
 vf 'itXvMercury ; becaule the Coat of thefe Vef^ 
 fels being exceeding thin, it fuffers the Mer-^ 
 cury to form itfelf into Globuli in the inters 
 ftices of the Valves, but when we havedifo, 
 cover’d them by Air, or any other Fluid in^^ 
 jefted, tliey have appear’d as we have de-?J. 
 fcrib’d ’em. Such alfo they may be feen*' 
 without any Injeftion in the Mefentery of 
 large Fifh, where they feldom fail of being i 
 turgid. ? 
 
 Gianiui* Glands accompanying the Lympha^- 
 
 LyniphatK® . g,.g fituatcd in the Three Ca- ) 
 vities, in the Interftices of the Mufcles, | 
 where the large VelTels run, and in the j 
 Four Emunftories. In the Brain is feated j 
 the Glandula Pinealis, which we elteem of 
 this Sort, having often feen large Lympha- 
 ducfs running into it from the Plexus Cho-‘ 
 roides, and at the Bafis of the Brain in the Cel- 
 ia Turcica is the Glandula Pituitaria, into i 
 which enters- a large Lymphatick, nam’d 1 
 Infundibulum. (J'^id. Ch^^. Of the Brain.') At j 
 tlie upper part of the Cavity of the Thorax, \ 
 upon the Subclavian Veins, is feated the j 
 Gland Thymits, thro’ which a great number | 
 
1^9 
 
 Of the Lymphatics. 
 
 of rhefe Veffels pafs to the DuctasThor^detis 
 and the Subclavian Veins. 
 
 This Gland is remarkable for being lefs in 
 an adult Body, than in aTr;/^. In a Dolphin 
 and a Porpefs, we have feen it full of Chyle. 
 
 Under the Bafis of the Heart, and at 
 the fide of the Lungs, where the great 
 Veflels enter, arc many of thefe Glands, 
 fome bigger, and fome lefs than a Pea. In 
 the Abdomen^ are a few near the Kidneys,, 
 call’d Lumbdss ; lome on the hollow fide of 
 the Liver, nam’d Hepdttcd ; and a great 
 number in the Mefentery, nam’d MefenterU 
 c^. In the Neck, accompanying the larger 
 Veflels, are a great number call’d, 
 duU ConcAtenxtJi, And Two very large ones^ 
 One on each fide the Jjpera ArttrU below 
 the Thyroid Cartilage, call’d GlmduU Thy^ 
 roidex, Thefe Glands of the Neck, and the 
 Salivary Glands, are commonly affeded in 
 Strumous and Scrophulous Cafes. The 
 Glands which accompany the Blood- VelTels 
 in the Limbs, are few, and diftributed in 
 no certain Order; but many in the Four 
 Emunftories , i. e. in the Arm-pits and 
 Groins, nam’d Axillares and Inguinales. 
 
 Brutes have fome large ones in the Thigh 
 commonly call’d the Pope'^s-eje; thefe are 
 feared about the great VeiTels in the Thigh, 
 where they paft thro^ the Triceps MuTcICd 
 From this Situation , and not from any 
 thing extraordinary in thefe Glands, it is 
 that Wounds are there fo dangerous. 
 
 K What- 
 
1^0 
 
 Of the Dura Muter 
 
 BOOK What U(e thefe Glands are of to the. Lynt- 
 III- phxducis, I confefs, I don’t know : TheUfe 
 commonly affign’d is, to accelerate the Mo- 
 tion of their Fluids. But that does not feem 
 probable ; becaufc a hronger Coat wou’d 
 have been the readieft Means to produce 
 that Effeft ; befides thefe VdTcls never en- 
 ter any of ’em without detaching a Branch 
 , over at the fame time to prevent Obftru- 
 ftions. Nor can Iconceive, if thefe Glands 
 were endu’d with a Contrafting Power, 
 that fuch a Power apply’d at uncertain 
 Spaces, fhou’d not rather obftruQ:, than 
 accelerate the Motion of Lymph in the 
 Lymphatics. 
 
 C H A P. XL 
 
 Of the Dura Mater and P i a 
 Mater. 
 
 FroceffuJ 
 
 frimus. 
 
 D ura Meter, is a very compaft 
 ftrong Membrane lining the infide 
 of the Scull, firmly adhering at its Bafis, 
 and but llightly at the upper part. 
 
 IthasThi'ee Proceifes, the firft begins at 
 the Cnfla G.t!li, and runs backwards under 
 the Sutura Sagittalis to the Cerehellumy divi- 
 ding the Cerehram into Two Hemifpherss. 
 ItsUfeis, to fupport o.nc fide of the Cere- 
 brum 
 
I and Pia Mater. I 5 f 
 
 I bru^ from preffing on the other when the Ch^^pcer 
 ! Head is inclin’d to one fide. ThisProcefs is 
 I from its figure, nam’d F^lx. The (econd 
 ' runs from the lower and back-part of the 
 * former to the upper Edge of each Os Petro- 
 fum ; and fuftains the Pofterior Lobes of 
 tht Cerebrum^ that they might notcompreft 
 the Cerebellum,. The third is very fmall Proce{T«3 
 Ibmetimes not to be diftinguifh’d ; it runs''"'''''’ 
 from the laft deferib’d Procefs down to- 
 wards the great Foramen of the Scull and pof- 
 feffes the fmall fpace in the Cerebellum^ be- 
 tween the Procejfus Vermiformes. Thcfe Pro- 
 cefles of the Dura Mater^ ferve alfo to keep 
 the Brain fteaddy. 
 
 This Membrane has alfo to be obferv’d 
 in it many Sinufes, which are large Veins 
 to receive the Blood from the lefTer Veins 
 of the Brain : Their number is uncertain^, 
 and even thofe that are conftantly found, 
 are not deferib’d in the fame Order by Wri- 
 ters. The firft that prefen ts itfelf is, the 
 Longitudinalis fuperior^ running from a blind 
 Hole a little above the Crifta Galli along all rpeior.'" 
 the upper Edge of the Falx. A tranfverfe fe- 
 ftion of this Veflel is not Circular, like other 
 Vefiels, but a Triangle whofe fides are Seg- 
 ments of a Circle ; the upper fide convex 
 outwards, and the two lower convex in- 
 wards; this figure of the Veffel, is pre- 
 ferv’d by fmall Ligaments running a-crofs 
 in the infide that it might not become co- 
 nical, or cylindrical from the equal preffura 
 K 2 of 
 
1 3 i Of the Dura Mater and Pia Mater. 
 
 BOOK of the contain’d Blood, and thereby in- 
 Xi- commode the upper Edges of each Hemi- 
 fpliere of the Cerebrum. On the lower Edge 
 Mii. iuf«ri-of this Procefs, is fometimes another very 
 fmall one, call’d Lorgitudinalu inferior-, 
 this runs into the Rettue, and when want- 
 ing, is fupply’d by a Vein; Reilus runs 
 between the Two firft Procefics of the 
 Dura Mater, and unloads with the Siteus Ldn- 
 gitudinalii fuferior into the Two lateral Si- 
 nufes. The Place where thefe Sinufes meet 
 is commonly call’d Torcular Hierophili : 
 ««p ‘ '■ jj fometimes a fmall one in the third 
 
 Procefs which empties in the fame place 
 with the former. From the Torcular Hiero- 
 phili in the back-part of the fecond Procefs 
 fi™i’ Membrane run the Sinus Laterales, 
 
 which when they come to Os Petrofum, 
 dip down and pals thro’ the Foramina oBava 
 into the internal Jugular Veins. There is 
 CircuUrii, another nam’d Circularis, it runs round the 
 fore part only of the Celia Turcica, the two 
 Ends of this empties into Four Sinufes, one 
 on the Top of each Os Petrofum, which palfes 
 into the Sinus Laterales, and one at the un- 
 der fides of the fame Bones, which pa!fs indif- 
 ferently into both the Lateral and Cervical 
 Sinufes ; thefe Two laft Sinufes have always 
 Sinus cer- communicant Btanches. The Cervical Sinufes 
 run from the Bafisof the Scull thro’ the great 
 Foramen on both fides the Medulla- Spinalis 
 Colli, and thro’ the Tranfverfc ProcelTes of 
 of thtCervical Vertebra', the laft of thefe, have 
 
 many 
 
Of the Duru Mater an i Pia Mater. 
 
 many times, proper Foramens^ running fromChapter 
 the Eighth Forawi^a to the back- part of 
 the Jpophyfes of the Occipital Bone. (Fid. Os 
 Occipitis,) There is alfo Two more of thefe 
 VelTels, which run from the Circular Sinus Sinus ^ Inno- 
 between the Os Spheenoides and fore- part 
 the Os Petrofum dire£Uy into the Internal 
 Jugular Veins. 
 
 P I A M A T E R , is an exceeding fine 
 Membrane immediately invefting the Btain, 
 even between its Lobes, Hemifpheres and 
 Folds. It ferves to contain the brain, and 
 fupport its Blood-veffels, which run here in 
 great numbers ; the Arteries to divide into 
 fmall Branches that the Blood contain’d may 
 not enter the Brain too impetuofiy ; and the 
 Veins to unite, that they may enter the Si- 
 nufes without difficulty. 
 
 Some pretend , That there is another 
 Membrane under the Pia Mater. Which wc 
 cou’d never difeover; and therefore will 
 not deferibe. 
 
 We have once feen a large part of the 
 Dura Matery and once of the Pia Mater ol^ 
 fifyU 
 
BOOK 
 
 III. 
 
 Chap. XIL 
 
 Of theCsKEBRUMf Cerebellum,^ 
 Medulla Oblongata and Me4 
 
 DULLA bPINALIS. I 
 
 C E R E B R U M, is that part of thej 
 Brain which pofTeffcs all the upper andi j 
 fore-part of the Cranium^ being fcparatedj 
 from the Cerebellum by tlic fecond Procels of^| 
 t\iQ Dura Mater-, its upper fide is divided in-i 
 HeniifphMcsto Hemifpheres, and its lower fide intoj : 
 Lobes. Four Lobes, Two calPd anterior, andlwov 
 pofterior, which latter are much the largcft . 
 at the meeting of the Four Lobes, appears^ 
 inftindibu- the hfundibulum^ which is a large Lympha-j 
 tic running from the Ventricles qf the Brain; 
 into the GtarsduU Pituitaria^ 
 
 CJlandula The Glandula Pituitaria, is> 
 Pituicara. TuTcka. Immediately be- 
 
 hind the Jnfuudibulum appear Tlvo finall 
 prpt. AibaE, nam’d Protuberantia alba f one Infun- 
 
 dibulutn. Between the Two Hemifpheres; 
 of the Cerebrum^ lower than the Circum- 
 corpus Cal- volutions , appcai’s a White Body nam’d - 
 lofum. • Corpud Callojumo Under the Corpus Callo- 
 Ventriculi lum^ appear the Two Lateral or Superior 
 jupenores, ygntricles, which are divided into right and 
 - left by a very thin Membrane, nam’d Septum 
 - ' ' ' " ' Lucidum^ 
 
Cf C vphfum ar < Ci^ffb vScC- *^^5 
 
 Syf 'iTTs Lu\idf/?//^ which :s extended betwcen'Chafxer 
 tht Corps's C illolum and The For /21 x 
 
 is a Meduhary Body, beginning from the 
 foi*e partof thefe Ventricles, with Twofmall 
 Roots which foon unite ; and running to- 
 wards the back-pirc divide into Two parts, 
 caird Crura Fornicis. In the Eafis of chefe 
 Two Ventricles, are Four Prominences, the 
 Two anterior call’d (becaufe of their inner 
 Texture) Corpora Striata, The other 7‘wb 
 are nam’d Thalami Nervorum Opiicorum. Be- 
 yond thefe, are Two more Proceffes, call’d 
 Nates: And under them nearer the CerebeF^zttu 
 lum^ Two call’d Tejles. On the upper partxeftes, 
 of the Nates j is fituated the Glandula Pinea- 
 lesy famous for being made by Des Chartes 
 the Scat of the sSoul. x\nd upon the Thalami 
 Nervorum Opticorum^ is a number of Blood- 
 Veffels, Glands, and Lymphedufts, call’d 
 usChoroideb. Under the beginning of the For- 
 nix., is a fmall Foramen call’d Foramen ad Radi-^ 
 ces Fornicis ; under the middle of the Fornix^ 
 one call’d Foramen anterius ; and another under 
 the Tefiesy call’d Foramen fofieri us ^wlhch is co- 
 ver’d with a Valve nam’d Membrana or VaU Valvula ma- 
 vula majors and the Space under the Two vencncuius 
 anterior Ventricles between the Foramina, 
 the third Ventricle. 
 
 Cerebellum, is fituated under the 
 fecond Procefs of the Dura Mater. By divi- 
 ding this part of the Brain lengthways, we 
 difeoyer the fourth Ventricle, whofe Extre- 
 
 ' ' ■ ' . quartus. 
 
 K 4 mity 
 
6 Of the cerebrum and Cerebellum^ See, 
 
 ^'ty> is call’d Calamus Scriptorius ; to thefe 
 we obferve Two Medullary Bodies, call’d 
 Pedunculi. Pedunculi, which are the Bafis of the Cere- 
 bellum. 
 
 The Subftance of the Brain is diftinguifli’d 
 into outer and inner; the former is call’d 
 Corticalu, Cinerea or Glandulo/a, the latter 
 Medullaris, Jlba or Nervea. 
 
 Medulla Oblongata, is a Me- 
 dullary Produftion on the under part of the 
 Cerebrum and Cerebellum : It firfi: appears in 
 Two Bodies, from the anterior part of 
 C(ur«M«d. thepofterior Lobesof the Cerebrum, call’d 
 Crura MedulU Oblongata. 
 
 The union of thefe Crura between the Ce- 
 rebrum and Cerebellum, is caWd Iflhmus •, and 
 immediately beyond this, is an Eminence, 
 nam’d Frocejjus Annularis, 
 
 Medulla Spinalis, is a Produ£Ii- 
 on of the Medulla Oblongata thro’ the great 
 Foramen of the Scull, and thro’ the Channel 
 of the Spine. The Coats of this Part arc 
 the fame with the Brain ; it is divided its 
 whole length by a thin Membrane, and fo 
 we fuppofe, the Medulla Oblongata. The 
 lower part of the Medulla Spinalis, is call’d 
 
 Cauda Equi- Jr- ‘ ' 
 
 nup ' tLCfUtHAa 
 
 Wounds ill the Cerebrum are not Mor- 
 tal ; but in the Cerebellum and MedulU Oblon- 
 gata^ prefent Death • and in the MedulU Spi- 
 nalis^ lofsofSenlc in all the Parts which re- 
 ceive Nerves from below the Wound. 
 
 lHiimus, 
 
 procelTus 
 
 J5.nn, 
 
Of the Nerves. 
 
 We have twice feen in the Cerebrum a Chapter 
 I Schirrous Tumor as large as a Pullet’s Egg. XIII. 
 
 And in another Body , Impoftumations 
 i which pofleis’d near two Thirds of the 
 f Whole Cerebrum. 
 
 I In a Perfon that dy’d with a Guttn Serenuy 
 !• we found all the Ventricles of the Bi^in full 
 i of Lymph ; and the ThaUmi Nervorum Op. 
 j ticorum and the Optick Nerves, e’er they 
 I went out of the - Scull, made flat with the 
 [ preflure. 
 
 In an old Man, we found the right Op- 
 i tick Nerve wafted, and black. 
 
 Chap. XIII. 
 
 Of the Nerves. 
 
 T he Nerves, arc in Number For- 
 ty Pair, Ten Pair of which arile 
 Irom the Medulla Oblongata within the Scull, 
 and arc call’d Nerves of the Brain ; the reft 
 from the Medulla Spinalis. Seven Pair of 
 the Neck, call’d Cervicales. Twelve 
 of the Back, call’d Dorfales. Five of the 
 Loyns, nam’d Lumbales. And Six' which 
 pafs out of the Os Sacrum. They feem, 
 when examin’d with a Microfeope, to be 
 Bundles of ftreight Fibres not communi- 
 cating 
 
I Of the Nerves. t 
 
 Chapter eating with one another : And we are in- I 
 XIII. din’d to think, that the minuteft Branch ] 
 every Nerve is di£lin£l from its very i 
 Origin, except where the Ganglions are, , 
 wtiich feem to be juft enow to make a !i 
 perfeci Communication thro’ the whole 
 Nervous Syftem. Thefe VdTels every- 
 where pafs in as Right Lines, as the 
 Srufture of the Body will fuffer ; never 
 dividing nor uniting, but at very acute 
 Angles,- without a Ganglion, and that at a 
 great diftance from the Part they are be- 
 llow’d on. This we have carefully obferv’d 
 in the Figure of the Nerves. 
 
 The Nerves of the Brain, arife in 
 Order: but from what Parts within the | 
 Brain, we do not pretend to know , tho’ j 
 many Anatomifts deferibe ’em, as if they ' 
 themfclvcs had trac’d ’em to their Begin- ^ 
 nings ; npr have they been lefs perem- 
 ptory in the Deferiptions of their Ter- 
 minations, where they talk of Nervous 
 Plexufes, which can’t happen from Lines 
 drawn from one^Point: Or if they cou’d ; 
 they cou’d not be known from other 
 Fibres in the fame Places, the Fibres of the 
 Plexufes., as they call ’em, being fo very 
 fmall in the Places where they deferibe ’em. 
 But to do thefe Nice Authors Juftice, it 
 feems among them to be a common Name 
 for Nerves, beyond where they can trace 
 ’em. ‘ - ' 
 
 The 
 
Of the Ner<ves, 
 
 '^9 
 
 The firft Pair of Nerves or Procejfus Chapter 
 miliaris of the Brain, are Medullary and NHL 
 Hollow, they pafs direftly to the Os Eth- 
 moidesy thro’ whofe foramina they are faidN«*“““- 
 to pafs to the Membranes of the Nofe, and 
 there be expanded for the Senfe of Smelling. 
 
 I muft own, I can by no means think ’em 
 Nerves, but Aqucdufts from the Ventricles 
 with which they communicate. And what 
 moft inclines me. to this Opinion is, their 
 being largeft in thofe Animals that incline • 
 their fleads moft to the Ground ; as Calves, 
 
 Sheep, &c. which are Creatures of no nice 
 Senfe of Smelling. 
 
 The Second are the Optic, which are round Vervi Optici 
 and Medullary ; they arife Angle, and then 
 uniting at the fore-part of the Celia Turcica, 
 they divide again, and pafs out at the firft 
 foramina of the Scull to the bottom of the 
 Eyes, where they enter; and expanding 
 themlelvcs, they form the Tunica Retina, up- 
 on which Objefts are painted, (fid. Chap. 
 
 Of the Eyes'). 
 
 The Third arefmall, they pals out of 
 fecond foramina, or foramina Lacera, and are rum Moto- 
 bellow’d upon the Eyes, the Membranes,™”' 
 and Glands in the Orbits, and all the Muf- 
 cles', except the Superior oblique. 
 
 The Fourth are the fmalleft, and arep,rquirtunt 
 call’d Pathetici-, they go out of the fecond 
 foramina, or foramina Lacera, to the Mufeu- 
 li Trochleares , or Obliqui Juferiores , Oculo- 
 rum^ 
 
14-0 
 
 Of the Nerves. 
 
 BOOK. The Fifth Pair, are the largeft of all ; af- 
 III- ter they have pierc’d the Dura Mater, they 
 each form a Ganglion, and then fend One 
 Branch thro’ the Foramen Lacerum vel fecun- 
 dum into the Orbits of the Eyes, thro which 
 Branches are given to the Coats of the Eyes 
 and Mufcles ; and One thro’ a Notch at the 
 upper Edge of the Orbits to the Forehead. 
 The next Branch, which is larger, paffes 
 thro’ the third Foramen o? the Scull, and a 
 Foramen in the Maxilla fuperior juft under 
 the Orbit of the Eye ; this is beftow’d upon 
 the Face. The third, and largeft Branch 
 of this Nerve, is beftow’d upon the Tongue, 
 Jaws, Mouth, Nofe, Chin, Teeth, and all the 
 Parts near the Jaws, and One fmall Branch 
 to the Cervicals. This Nerve wetake to be 
 both the Guftatory and Olfaftory. 
 
 The Sixth Pair, fend One Branch into the 
 Orbits of the Eyes, and One thro’ the ^lxtl:^ 
 Foramina of the Scull, which after joyns a 
 Branch of the fifth, and is diftributed to the 
 Tongue and Neck. 
 
 The Seventh Pair, are compos’d of a Por- 
 tio Dura, and a Portio Mollis ; both enter the 
 Seventh Foramina. The latter is fpread 
 within the Ear for the Senfe of Hearing ; 
 and the former paffes out behind the Procefus 
 Styliformis, and is beftow’d upon the Ears, 
 Face, Tongue, and adjacent Parts. 
 
 The Eighth Pair, or Fagum, go out of the 
 eighth Foramina of the Scull ; but before they 
 
 a Nerve nam’d 
 Acceforim, 
 
 fSax fextum 
 
 Par (ipti- 
 mnm vel 
 Auditorium. 
 
 Par OSftv. 
 V«I Vaguin. 
 
 go 
 
 outj they each receive 
 
Of the Nsraies. 14 * 
 
 Jccefforius from the fuperior part of the Mt- Cfiapter 
 dull'i Sfimlis. They defeend on both fides the XIIL 
 L*rynx to the Thorax, where they each form 
 a Ganglion, and return a Nerve, nam’d Re- 
 currens, under the Subclavian Arteries to the 
 .Larynx, and another fmall One, which joyns 
 by a Ganglion the fecond Dorfal Nerve. 
 
 This we reckon the beginning of the de- 
 feending Intercoftal of which hereafter in 
 this Chapter. The larger Trunk of this 
 Nerve paffing down by the fide of the P^a- 
 rjnx, communicates with its Fellow beftows 
 Branches upon the Heart, Lungs and Pha- 
 rynx, and is after beftow’d upon the Stomach, 
 
 Liver and fome of the Inteftincs. The 
 Branch which is given off to the fecond Dor- 
 fal Nerve, is properly the beginning of the 
 defeending Intcrcoftal, it receives a Branch 
 from every tranfverfe Intercoftal Nerve, 
 which joyns it with a Ganglion, and from 
 every One of thefe Ganglions, is given off a 
 Branch, which uniting, form the Mefente- 
 ric Nerves : In what manner will be beft 
 feen in the Scheme of the Nerves, and how 
 the Communication is made between all the 
 Nerves of the fame fide. 
 
 The Ninth Pair of Nerves, go out of the 
 Ninth Foramina of the Scull, and are be- 
 ftow’d upon the Mufcles thereabouts. 
 
 The Tenth Pair, go out between the Scull 
 and the firft Vertebra, and are diftributed 
 among the adjacent Parts. This Pair of 
 Nerves arc reckon’d among thofc of the Scull, 
 
 and 
 
» 4 ^ 
 
 Of" tht Nerz-es. 
 
 Nervi Ccx- 
 vicales. 
 
 Nervi Dor 
 fa!es. 
 
 book, and not thofe of the Spine, to which they 
 in. truly belong, becaufe they do net arife dou- 
 ble o.n each fide and joyn with a Ganglion,- 
 as all the other Spinal Nerves do. i* 
 
 The Four firft Pair of Cervical Nerves, i 
 arc beftow’d upon the Neck and Shoulders; j 
 and from the Fifth, goes off Branches to 1 
 the Diaphragm ; which Branches as they 
 Pals, fend off Branches to the Sternum and 
 Pericardium, and the Fifth, Sixth and Se- 
 venth, with the firft and fecond of the Back, 
 make the Subclavian Nerves. Thele Two 
 laft deferib’d, fend off Branches under the 
 Two firft Ribs ; which Brandies, with the 
 other Ten of the Back, are all call’d Inter- 
 coftals. The Two firft of the Loyns, arc 
 beftow’d upon the Loyns ; and the Three 
 N.rviLuin- laft , upon the Fore-parts of the Thighs, to 
 which they run together with the Blood- 
 Veffels. The Three firft of the Sacrum, are 
 very large, they joyn and form the Pofteri- 
 or Crural Nerves, and the remaining Nerves 
 of the Sacrum, are beftow’d upon the But- 
 tocks. 
 
 Every one of the Intcrcoftal and Lum- 
 bal Nerves, fend off fmall Branches to the 
 Back ; and thole of the Sacrum fend off 
 Branches ; but they feparate within the 
 Spine, and go out backward at diftinft 
 Holes. Thele laft Nerves of the Sacrumi 
 have no Ganglions after they leave the 
 Spine. 
 
 iales. 
 
 The 
 
Of the Nerves. 
 
 The Subclavian Nerves when they are Chapter 
 got into the Axilla’s with the great Blood- XIIL 
 Veflels, they there divide into Three large 
 Branches; One of which pafles along with 
 the Blood- Veflels towards the Thumb, and 
 is CdXVd Nervus Cuhiulis fuperior. Another, coUtaiis fi» 
 which is thelargeft, pafling down be- 
 hind the inner Jpnfhyfis of the Os Humeri to 
 the Hand, is call’d Cubitalis inferior. And 
 the third Branch, which is lefs than either 
 of thele, palTes behind the Os Humeri, and 
 is hertow’d upon the Cubit and Back of the 
 Hand. 
 
 The Cubitalis fuferior, ends in the Thumb 
 and the firft Finger ; and the Cubitalis infe- 
 rior in the reft. 
 
 There is anotlier Branch detach’d from 
 the Axillary Nerve, thro’ the Coracobra- 
 chialis Mufcle, and is call’d Perforans; bc-p„c,„„_ 
 fides thefe Branches, they every One as they 
 pals give oft Branches to the Circumambi- 
 ent Parts. 
 
 The Pofterior Crural Nerve defeends be-Gf"«>«r»- 
 tween the Flexors of the Ttbia, and undet the 
 pxtenfors of the Tarfus to the bottom of the 
 Foot and Toes ; a little below the Knee, 
 it fends a Branch over the Fibula to the 
 fore-part of the Leg, and as it paffes along 
 fends off Branches to all the other Parts 
 of the Lower Limb. We muft referr the 
 Reader to the Scheme of Nerves, which 
 will beft fhew the Communications, how 
 the Nerves are diftributed to the Parts, 
 
 and 
 
BOOK and the manner of their dividing, which 
 III- will be the beft Help to account for the 
 Conlent of Parts in thcBody. 
 
 Of the Courfe of the Aliment 
 
 HE Aliment being receiv’d in- 
 to the Mouth, it is there mafticatcd 
 
 by the Teeth, and impregnated with Sdi- 
 
 -which is prefs’d out of the Salivary 
 Glands by the Motion of the Jaw and 
 the Mufcles that move it and the 
 Tongue. 
 
 Then it delcends thro’ the Fharynx in- 
 to the Stomach, where it is digefted by the 
 Juices of the Stomach, (which are what 
 is thrown out of the Glands of its inmoft 
 Coat and SalivA out of the Mouth) and a 
 moderate Warmth and Attrition. 
 
 Then it is thrown thro’ the Pylorus or 
 right Orifice into the Duodenum, where it is 
 mix’d with Bile from the Gall-Bladder and 
 Liver, and Pancreatic Juice from the Pan- 
 creatic Gland. Thefc Fluids ferve farther 
 to attenuate and dilute the digefted Aliment, 
 and probably, to make the fluid Part fe- . 
 
 Chap. XIV. 
 
 and Fluids. 
 
 parate 
 
Of the Courfe of the Aliment^ 8cC. 145 
 
 parate better from the E«w. After this it is Chapter 
 continually mov’d by the Periftaltic or Ver- XiV. 
 micular Motion of the Guts, and the Com- 
 preflion of the Diaphragm and Abdominal 
 Mufcles, by which Forces, the fluid parts 
 are prefs’d into the Lafteals, and the grofs 
 parts thro’ the Guts to the Anus. 
 
 The Chyle, or thin and Milky part of the 
 Aliment, being receiv’d into the Lafleals 
 from all the fmatl Guts, they carry it into 
 the Receptaculum Chyliy and from thence the 
 DuAus Thoracicus carries it into the left Sub- 
 clavian Vein, where it mixes with the Blood, 
 and pafles with it to the Heart. 
 
 All the Veins being empty’d into Two 
 Branches, -viz., the afcending and defcend- 
 ing Cava, they empty into the right Auricle ; 
 the right Auricle, into the right Ventricle, 
 which throws the Blood thro’ the Pulmo- 
 nary Artery into the Lungs, where it is 
 mix’d with Air, and has thofe Globuli fepa- 
 rated that coher’d in its una£live Courfe thro* 
 the Veins. , ^ 
 
 From the Lungs, the Blood is brought 
 by the Pulmonary-Veins into the left Au- 
 ricle, and from th at into the lef Ventricle, 
 by which it is thrown into the Aorta, and 
 diftributed thro’ the Body. 
 
 From the Extremities of the Arteries, 
 arife the Veins and Lymphd^ics, the Veins 
 to colleft the Blood and bring it back to 
 the Fleart, and the Lymphatics to return 
 the Lymph, or thinner part of the Blood, 
 
 L from 
 
1 46 Of the Courfe of- the Aliment^ &c. 
 
 *■ BOOK from the Arteries, that the Blood might 
 III. not run fo thin in the Veins as to fuffcr 
 the Glohuli to cohere fo much as to form 
 Polypuffes, which it always docs in fuch 
 Pcrfons as have too much Lymph, or that 
 have a very languid Circulation, whether 
 from Age or any Difeafc. The Lymphatics 
 alfo dilute Chyle in the Fia Laciea. 
 
 All the Fluids that pafs into the Stomach' 
 and Guts being carry’d into the Blood-Vcf- 
 lels, the greateft part of ’em are'feparatcd 
 and carry’d off by proper Veflcis, viz. Urine 
 by the Kidneys, Bile from the Liver, &c. 
 And thefc Juices carry along with them 
 whatever might be injurious to the Animal 
 OEconomy. 
 
 TABLE 
 
 * 
 
 j 
 

 
 
 
BOOK 
 
 Ilf. 
 
 TABLE XL 
 
 The Heart with the Auricles, 
 fill’d with Wax. 
 
 N A CavOt defccndens. 
 
 2 The Right Auricle of the Heart. 
 j The Right Ventricle of the Heart. 
 
 4 The Pulmonary Artery. 
 
 5 The Left Branches of the Arteria PuU 
 
 monalis cut fhort. 
 
 6 The Right Branch of the Arteria Pul- 
 
 • monalis. 
 
 7 The Branches of the Arteria Pulmonalia 
 
 ^ taken out of the Right Lobe of the 
 Lungs. 
 
 8 The Branches of the Vena Pulmonalis 
 
 taken out of the Left Lobe of the 
 Lungs. 
 
 9 The great Trunk of the Left Vena Pul- 
 
 monalis entering the Left Auricle. 
 
 10 Parc of the Left Auricle. 
 
 11 The Left Ventricle. 
 
 12 Aorta Afeendens. 
 
 1 J Aorta Dtfeendens. 
 
 14 Arteria Subclavia. 
 
 I 5 Arteria Carotis. 
 
 1 6 A! per a Arteria. T A- 
 
JiB XL 
 
jaui 
 
SiUtoit-h^u-fLa/Lf clc/in. cL 
 
•49 
 
 Tabic 
 
 xir. 
 
 TABLE XII. 
 
 The V E s s E L s at the Bahs of the 
 Heart revers’d. 
 
 1 ^^AFJ JfcendeKs. 
 
 2 CavA Defiendens. ' 
 
 3 The Right Trunk of the Arteria PmI- 
 monalts. 
 
 4 The Left Trunk of the Arteria Pulmo- 
 
 mlis. 
 
 5 Branches of the Riglit Pulmonary- 
 
 Vein. 
 
 6 Branches of the Left Pulmonary-Vcin. 
 
 7 The Mufcular-Bag , which is an Af~ 
 
 j^endix to the Left Auricle. 
 
 \ 
 
 L 3 
 
 TA- 
 
!50 
 
 BOOK 
 
 111 . 
 
 TABLE XIII. 
 
 Ay N JE LaBca fecundi generis. 
 
 By Lymphatics from the Liver. 
 
 Cy Receptaculum Chili. 
 
 Dy The Lumbal Lymphatics. 
 
 Ey Du£tus Thoracicus. 
 
 Ey The Left Subclavian- Vein, 
 
 Gy The Subclavian Lymphatics, 
 
 " I Arteria. Aorta Afeendens. 
 
 2 Coronaria Cordis. 
 
 j ^ - ■ Subclavia. 
 
 4 — ^ Carotis. - 
 
 5 — — ^ Cervicalis. 
 
 6 ^ Humeralis. 
 
 7 Cubitalis Superior. 
 
 8 
 
ifmtra 'MuJicIL joilf: 
 
Table 
 
 XIII. 
 
 '8 Art eri A Cubitalis Inferior. 
 
 9 
 
 — Cubitalis Media, ^ 
 
 lO 
 
 A Communicating Branch. 
 
 II 
 
 Aorta Defcendens, 
 
 12 
 
 — Mammaria, 
 
 
 — Bronchialis, 
 
 
 — Intercgjlales, 
 
 *5 — 
 
 — ' Spermatica, 
 
 i6 • — 
 
 — Iliaca Externa. 
 
 17 
 
 — . Sacra, 
 
 18 — 
 
 — Epigajlrica, 
 
 19 — 
 
 — ■ A Branch given off from the 
 Epigajlrica into the Pelvis Ab- 
 dominis^ and thro’ the Fora- 
 men in the Os Innominatum. 
 
 20 
 
 — Iliaca Interna, 
 
 21 
 
 — Cruralis, 
 
 22 
 
 — Tibialis Pojlica, 
 
 2? — 
 
 Tibialis Antica, 
 
 H — 
 
 — ^ Tibialis Media, 25 
 
15 « 
 
 BOOK 
 
 III, 
 
 25 The Internal Jugular. 
 
 26 The Two Cervical. 
 
 27 The External Jugulars. 
 
 28 Vena Suhcl*via. 
 
 29 
 
 — Hf^meralis, 
 
 30 - 
 
 Cephalica. 
 
 31 
 
 Medians, 
 
 32 
 
 Bajtlica, 
 
 33 
 
 SalvatelU. 
 
 34 
 
 — Cavx Defeendens. 
 
 35 
 
 lironchiAhs. 
 
 56 - 
 
 — ^ Coro^aria^ 
 
 37 
 
 — Mammdria. 
 
 38 - 
 
 — ' 
 
 39 
 
 Cava Jfeendens^ 
 
 40 
 
 — Emulge'/?s. 
 
 41 
 
 — - Spermatica. 
 
 42 
 
 — Iliaca Externa. 
 
 43 
 
 — Iliaca Interna. 
 
 44 ““ 
 
 — 1 Saphana. 
 
 45 
 
 — Cruralis. 
 
 4<5 
 
 — Epigajkica. 
 
 TABLE 
 
■_ ' " ' » 5 
 
 Table 
 
 TABLE XIV. . 
 
 The Vessels of the Brain filTd 
 :vpiih Wax. A. 
 
 1 ■' I ■'HE Carotid Artery. 
 
 2 The Cervical Artery. 
 
 j The Branches of the Carotid Artery 
 which pafs between the Lobes of 
 the Brain on the Left Side. 
 
 4 The Branches from the Carotid Artery 
 
 which pafs between - the Hemifpheres 
 of the Brain. 
 
 5 The Branches from the Cervical Artery, 
 
 which are bellow’d upon the Cere- 
 bellum. 
 
 6 The Superior Longitudinal Sinus. 
 
 7 The Inferior Longitudinal Sinus. 
 
 8 The Streight Sinus. 
 
 —8 
 
 9 The Lateral Sinus. 
 
 ,1 o The Circular Sinus. 
 
 1 1 A Vein from the Circular Sinus. 
 
 12 A Sinus at the upper Edge of the 0 / 
 
 Petrofum. 
 
 I j A Sinus at the lower Edge of the Os 
 Petrofum, 
 
 14 The Cervical Sinus. 
 
 TA- 
 
‘54 
 
 book 
 
 Hi. 
 
 TABLE XV. 
 
 Arteries filTd 'with Wax. 
 
 I J) A R'T of '-thc defcending Aorta.- 
 
 ■2 Arteria. Celiaea. • 
 
 j Mefeaterica Superior. ■ 
 
 '4 Mefeaterica Inferior. ' ’ 
 
 5 Part of the Communicant Artery. 
 
 "6 Sliews One of the extreme' Meienteric 
 Arteries, as it is diftributed round 
 ' the Inteftinc. • 
 
 TABLE 
 
2kB.5\r. 
 
Svtton.'KukoUj 
 
« 55 . 
 
 Table' 
 
 XVf. 
 
 TABLE XYl. 
 
 The Vena Port^ 
 with Wait. 
 
 1 I H E extreme Branches of the 
 . I Venn Poru in the Mefen- 
 
 ■ tery. 
 
 2 The Angle Trunk of the ^^/»4 
 
 entering the Liver. 
 
 ^ The extreme Branches of thePe»4 
 PorU in the Liver. 
 
 TABLE 
 
BOOK 
 
 111. 
 
 
 TABLE XVII. 
 
 : Veins the. Liver. J 
 
 • % * 
 
 V ^ T r ■' ' ‘ 
 
 . 'Z ■* ,i \ ^ , -1 . ^ 
 
 ^ de»s. 
 
 ART of the Fe^a Cava Jfcen^ 
 
 
 nyvy^ 
 
 < • 
 
 2 The Branches of the Cav» taken out 
 of the Liver. 
 
 , ft . ' . .r-f i - r . ’ 
 
 o I - A ^i»J i*-- 1 » -J 
 
 
 
 lT 
 
 J r 4w_.U ^ I 
 
 1 .: 
 
 TABLE 
 
Tab-JM. 
 
 SuUrn Ifuluills 
 
i 
 
 ) ^ 
 
 [• 
 
 \ 
 
 
Suiter Nic/u/lr JCt 
 
*57 
 
 Table 
 
 XVHT 
 
 TABLE XVIIL 
 
 The Excretory Ducts and 
 Arteries of the Liver. 
 
 1 VC TVS Hepaticus J With its 
 
 Branches taken out of the Li- 
 ver. • ' - 
 
 2 Cjflihepaticij as they appear’d 
 in a Man that dy’d of the Ycllow- 
 Jaundicc. 
 
 j The Gall-Bladder.” ^ 
 
 4 Ductus CyfiicHs, 
 
 5 DuBm Communis Choledochus. 
 
 6 Du5tus Pancreaticus. 
 
 I 
 
 7 The Hepatic Artery, which is given 
 
 pfF from the Superior Mcfentcric. 
 
 .8 The Hepatic Artery, which is given 
 off from the Celiac. 
 
 9 ArterU Cyjlkii. 
 
 TABLE 
 
158 
 
 BOOK 
 
 III. 
 
 TABLE XIX. 
 
 of the Nerves and the Me- 
 dulla Spinalis. 
 
 1 
 
 2 
 
 Tav Nervorum 
 
 Rimum feu Olfactorium. 
 
 / 
 
 Secundum feu Ofticum, 
 
 Tertium feu Oculorum Mo- 
 torii. 
 
 4 
 
 5 
 6 . 
 
 7 
 
 8 
 
 9 
 
 10 
 
 - Quartum feu Patheticum. 
 
 - Quintum fu Gufatorium. 
 
 - Sextum. 
 
 - Septimum fu Auditorum. 
 
 - Octavum fu Vagum. 
 
 - Nonum, 
 
 - Decimum. 
 
 1 1 Nervus Acceiforius. 
 
 12 The Spinal Marrow of a Fertus divefled 
 
 of its Dura Mater, or outer Coat, and 
 the Nerves as they arife from the 
 Spinal Marrow delineated as far as 
 the Ganglions which unite thofe that 
 arife from the fore-part of the Spinal 
 Marrow with thofe of the back-part. 
 
 13 The 
 

Svam.2fuJulls jcu^ 
 
*59 
 
 1 3 The Nerves at the lower end of the 5pi- Table 
 nal Marrow, call’d Equina. 
 
 14 The Spinal Marrow within its Dura 
 
 Mater. 
 
 1 5 One of the Far Vagum Nervorum. 
 
 16 Nervus Recurrens. 
 
 17 Nervi Bronchiales. 
 
 18 Nervi Ventriculi. 
 
 ,19 Nervi Mefenterici. 
 
 20 Nervus Phrenicus. 
 
 21 Nervus Cubitalis Medius. 
 
 22 Nervus Cubitalis Superior. 
 
 23 Nervus Cubitalis Inferior. 
 
 24 Nervus Cruralis Anticus. 
 
 25 Nervus Cruralis Fojlicus. 
 
 TA- 
 
.v?i‘. y' 
 
 ^-L 
 
 yi 
 
 £'r!:/r '-i'ii'srb !o brft; i5y/f;S “r. ^fll' j x ‘I 
 
 tV/Oi"nM iiu , h 
 
 L , J ^ y •'i 
 
 2]:' xi!:Itiv7 i£ii:co 
 
 ■fl 
 
 '•' "<;'.v- V I"-: 
 
 ’.V 
 
 
 * ' y * .1 
 
 ^r*vv/\ wvi V.3 ojrfrlcs:/) 
 
 V ' -•'' 
 
 iA-j.*vfA‘Oi .5 
 
 AA \ . x:\ii 
 
 yy .'•■ 
 
 ' 
 
 \ - *v.-y 
 
 » 
 
 'W<\ )i \ ■ V'^ '^'^ » i, . 6 r 
 
 ’ • 'T 
 
 : 1 .M!' 
 
 .-><v 
 
 y-yM, , ;, ■ 
 
 ■•'A'- ’ '■■‘■■V‘",-r N V 
 
 ^ 4 . 
 
 
 r » 
 
 
 ' ' 
 
 '4 
 
 , t •* r • ' ^ V\V- ii.' * 
 
 ' ' ;- '* 
 
 V7V..\ „JJ-t 
 
 'h 
 
 
 
 ■i] 
 
 
 ivv-:'^ TA O':" 
 
 f .. 
 
 •n ■ ♦' ' ' ' . ; ■ 
 
 , ,' 
 
 
 XU?.-vV-> 
 
 XV.’: ;A'V ! 2 
 
 / " 
 
 
 A 
 
 * 1 
 
 
 S ^ ^ 
 
 . W « 4 « ^ ^ 
 
 ' 1 
 
 
 * 
 
 1F 
 
 
 
 ' 
 
 ' 1: 
 
 
 L 
 
 .'.V.U’.V Vr >;t'3 
 
 
 s 
 
 I. 
 
 
 v.v: . .'A 'T 2 ' 
 
 
 N 
 
 , , ^ 
 
 ■ A 
 
 • ■ ■• ' ' V;’ • .. 
 
 
 
 
 V ■* ^ 
 
 'O ' ^■■ ' ■ ■ 
 
 ■I 
 
 ■ ■-' ■<- 
 
 . ■'-.. J/ \ , 
 
 -A T 
 
 ,x 
 
BOOK IV. 
 
 Chap. I. 
 
 Of the Urinary and Genital Parts of 
 Men. 
 
 T H E Urinary Pat-ts are the Kidneys Chapter 
 with their Veflels and Bladder of I. 
 
 Urine. 
 
 The Kidneys, of Men, are like thofe 
 of Sheep and Dogs, the Two weigh about 
 Twelve Ounces ; they arc feated towards 
 the upper part of the Loyns upon the Two 
 laft Ribs, the right under the Liver, and a 
 little lower than the other, and the left un- 
 der the Splene. Their Ufe is to feparate 
 the Urine from the Blood, which is brought 
 thither for that Purpofe by the Emulgent vIn/Em!ft 
 Artery ; and what remains from the Secre- 
 tion, is return’d by the Emulgent Veins, 
 while the Urine fecreted is carry’d off thro’ 
 the Ureters to the Bladder. 
 
 The U R. E T E K. s, are Tubes about theur«tri. 
 bignefs of a Goofe-quill ; they , enter the 
 Bladder near its Neck, running obliquely 
 for the fpace of an Inch between its Coats ; 
 
 M which 
 
1 6 2 Of tk^ %Jrinary and Genital Farts^ Sec. 
 
 BOOK which manner entering, is to them as 
 IV- Valves. The beginning of the Ureters in 
 the Kidneys, are the Ttdbull Vrinarn^ which 
 PeJvis. joyning form the Pelvu of the Kidneys or 
 Ureters. Between the Tuhuli Vrinarii^ Au- 
 Papiii*. thors have remark’d fmall PafilU ; and the 
 Parts which diftiiiguifla themfelves by a clear- 
 Giandui*. er Colour, they call GUnduU ; but for what 
 Reafon thefe are fo particularly remark’d 
 we know not ; feeing the Kidneys are uni- 
 . verfally acknowledg’d to be Glands of the 
 Conglomerate Kind. 
 
 The Bladder of Urine, is feated 
 in the Pelvis of the Abdomen ; its fhape is 
 Orbicular, and its Coats are the fame as the 
 Guts, and other hollow Mufcles already de- 
 ferib’d. ( Vid, Mufculus Dstrufor Vrin^ and 
 Sphincter Vefic£ 'Vrinitri^P) 
 
 Glandulx^ Renales, are Two 
 Glands feated immediately above the Kid- 
 neys, of no certain figure ; nor do we know 
 their Ufe; but always paint and deferibe 
 them with the Urinary^ Parts bccaufe of 
 their Situation. They receive a great ma- 
 ny fmall Arteries, and return each of ’em 
 One or Two Veins. In their infide is a 
 fmall Sinus tinctur’d with a footty colour’d 
 Liquor. 
 
 The Genital Parts of Men are the Tejles 
 and Penis^ with their Vclfels, &c. 
 
 TheOTice'^of the Testes, is to fepa- 
 rate the Seed from the Blood; they arc fcat- 
 ed in the Scrotum^ and have Four Coats, 
 
 Two 
 
 Tefte*. 
 
Of' the Vrinary and Genital Parts^ &c. l 6^ 
 
 Two common, and 7\vo proper ; the com- Chapter 
 mon are the outer Skin and a loofe Mem- 'C 
 brane immediately underneadi, call’d 
 The fir ft of the proper, is the „ . 
 
 gtnalts \ It IS contiru d irom the ?<.ntGneum naus. 
 to the Tefticle, which it inclofes with all its 
 Veftels into this Membrane, the llion de- 
 scends in the Her/nu and the Wa- 
 
 ter in the Herr/ea Ja-wfa. (J^id, MufcuU Ah^ 
 dominis) the other proper Coat, is the Tun. Aibi, 
 haginea^ which is very ftrong, immediately 
 inclofing the Tefticle. 
 
 ' The Testicles, receive each, One 
 Artery from the Aorta^ a little below the 
 Emulgents, which unlike all other Arteries^ 
 arife Small , and dilate in their progrefs, 
 that the velocity of the Blood may be iufti- 
 ciently albated for the Secretion of fo vifeid a 
 Fluid as the Seed. The right Tefticle re- 
 turns its Vein into the Cava^ and the left in- 
 to the Emulgent on the fame fide ; both bc- 
 caufeit is the readieft Courfe, and becaufc 
 the Vein cro(fing the Aorta^ wou’d have been 
 fubjeft to Obftruftions from the Pulfe of that 
 Veffel. 
 
 On the upper part of the Tefticles, are 
 'hard Bodies, call’d Epididjnn\ they arc the 
 beginnings of the Fajd Deferentia. 
 
 Vasa Deferentia, are Excretory vafa Deter, 
 Ducts to carry the elaborated Seed to the Fe- 
 ficuLt Seminales. 
 
 Vesicul.?: Seminales, arc Two veic. scEii; 
 Bodies of Small Veficles, feared near the 
 
 M 2 Neck 
 
164. Of the Vr inary and Genital Parts ^ &c. 
 
 BOOK Neck of the Bladder of U rine , in which 
 IV. the Seed is rcpofited, it paiTes into the Vre- 
 ' thru thro’ many fmall DuQ;s which lead 
 from thefe Veficles thro’ the proftate Glands. 
 The Mouths of thefe Duffs in the Urethra, 
 where they appear a little eminent, are call’d 
 
 cap.Gallin. Caput GalHnagints. 
 
 Proftara. P R o s T A T iE, atc Two Glands, or ra- 
 ther One, about the fize of a Nutmeg; they 
 are feated between the Vejicula Seminales and 
 Penis under the Ojfa Pubis, almoft within the 
 Pelvis of the Abdomen. They fe'parate a lym- 
 pid glutinous Humour which mixes with 
 the Seed as it paifes thro’ thefe Glands in 
 the time of Coition. 
 
 Penis, Its Shape, Situation, and Ule, 
 are too well known to need a Defeription. 
 crurj. jj. begins with Two Bodies , nam’d 
 
 from the Ojfa ifehia, which unite under the 
 Ofa Pubis, and are there ftrongly conne^ed. 
 In its under part is a Channel from the Blad- 
 urethra. (]er, Call’d Urethra, thro’ which both Urine 
 Gians. anj Seed pafs ; its fore-part is call’d Gians, 
 Preputium, jbe loofe Skin which covers it, Praputium, 
 and the ftrait part of that Skin on the under 
 
 Fsosnam. frennum. 
 
 The Urethra, is lin’d with a Mem- 
 brane ftudded with fmall Glands that fe- 
 parate a Mucus that defends it from the 
 acrimony of the Urine. Thefe Glands arc 
 largefl: neareft the Bladder. Mr. Confer de- 
 feribes Three large Glands of the Urethra, 
 wliicli he difeover’d in a Pockey Body, Tw'o 
 ’ of 
 
Of the Urinary and Genital Parts^ &C. 165 
 
 of ’em are fcatcd near the Bladder, and One BOOK 
 near the GZ/t;?/ : For a particular Delcripti- 
 on of thefe, we referr you to the Author, 
 bccaufe we have never been able to find ’ern 
 in any Body. Indeed, if it was not Mr, 
 CowpePs Difeovery, we fhouM fufpeft ’em, 
 either fome of the fmall Glands in a difeas’d 
 ftatc, or a Lufsis Natur£^ which is very 
 common among Glands. 
 
 The inner Texture of the is fpongy, 
 
 like the inner Texture of the Splene, or 
 Ends of the great Bones ; it is commonly 
 diftinguifh’d into Cor pm Cavernofum corpora ca^ 
 
 Glandis and Vrethra ; thefe Three Parts are 
 all diftind, and the Two former divided 
 lengthway with a thin Septum, It has Two 
 Arteries from the Internal Iliacs, and One 
 large Vein, call’d Vena Jpfim Fenis ^ which 
 conveys the refluent Blood into the Internal 
 Iliac-Veins. Thefe Arteries and the Vein * 
 run together upon tlic upper part of the Pe- 
 nis^ and under the Ojfa Pubis; the Vein more 
 fuperficially ; and about the middle of the 
 Penis there are fmall Collateral Veins which 
 communicate with the Vena Ipfim Penis ^ and 
 occafionally carry off feme of its Blood, that 
 the ereftion of the Penis might not be^of ill 
 Confequence. (Vid, Chap. Of the Mujcles of 
 the Penis.) 
 
 In a Boy that dy’d of the Stone, we found 
 a double Vreter^ each part being dilated to an 
 Inch Diameter ; the Pelvis in each Jvidney 
 
 M j twice 
 
] 6f> Of the Genital Parts of Women. 
 
 BOOK twice its natural bignefs, and ihtTubuliVri^ 
 IV* narii^ each as large as the Pelvis. 
 
 In a Man that had never been cut for the 
 Stone, we found the Ureters dilated in fome 
 places to Four Inches Circumference, and a 
 Stone in the Bladder lefs than a Nutmeg, 
 which muft have fallen in' feveral pieces, or 
 both Ureters couM not have been dilated, 
 From this, and other the like Obfervations, 
 we fuppole, that it is not the Stone that di- 
 lates the Ureters to this prodigious fizc, but 
 the flicking of the Stone in the oblique paf- 
 fage into the Bladder, ’till the weight of the 
 incumbent Urine which dilates thefe Parts, 
 is fufficient to protrude it. 
 
 We have once met with a Kidney intire- 
 ly confum’d. And once Lymphatics in a 
 difeas’d Tefticle, as large as a Crow-quill. 
 
 9 
 
 C H A XI. 
 
 Of the Genital Parts of Women. 
 
 Mons Vcne= 
 ris. 
 
 Labia. 
 
 Nyrnphis. 
 
 J ” ^ H E External Parts, are the Mons 
 
 neris^ which is that rifing of Fat co^ 
 yer’d with Hair above the Rima Magna upon 
 the Os Pubis^ the great doubling of the Skin 
 on each fide the Rima call’d Labia and with- 
 in thefe a IciTer doubling like Cock’s Watles^ 
 nam’d Njmfha. 
 
 Cl I- 
 
Of the ^^enital Parts of Women. i 67 
 
 Clitoris, is a fmall Spongy Body re- Chapter 
 fembling the Penis in Men, but has r\o V e- h- 
 thra. It begins with Two Crta a {rom the<^7urar"^ 
 OJJa IfchiAj which uniting under the Offa Pu- 
 bis^ proceeds to the upper part of the 
 pkt^ where it ends under a fmall doubling 
 of Skin, c^lVd Pr^praium the End is call’d 
 Gians. This is faid to be the Seat of Plea- ouns. 
 furc in Women, as the Gians is faid to be in 
 Men. (E/i. Mufe. Ere^ores Clitoridis^ 
 
 A little lower than this, juft within the 
 Vagina^ is the exit of the Meatm Vrinarius. 
 
 Vagina, is feated between the Bladder 
 of Urine and Intejlinu'm Reefum. The Tex- 
 ture of it is Membranous, and its Orifice is 
 contrafted with a Sphincler ; (Vid. M:/fc. 
 Sphin^er Vagina) but the further part is ca- 
 pacious enough to contain the Penis without 
 dilating. Near the beginning of the Fagina^ 
 immediately behind the McattS'S Vrinarim^ is 
 fometimes found a Membrane perforated 
 in the middle, call’d Hymen ; this when broke Hym«n. 
 makes fmall unequal Bodies, call’d Caruncu- 
 Ia Mjrtiformis : Thefe arc alfo found in fuch mes/ 
 Bodies as have no Hymen. This 'part of the 
 Vagina is form’d into which arc moft Rug?, 
 
 confiderable in thofe who have not us’d Co- 
 pulation ; and leaft in thofe who have had 
 many Children. Under thefe RugA are fmall 
 Glands, whofe Excretory Dufls arc call’d 
 jp^cunA : Thefe Glands feparate a Mucila- Lacuaic. 
 ginous Matter to lubricate the Vagina^ efpe- 
 cially in Coition; and are the Seat of a 
 
 M 4 Gonorhea 
 
1 68 Oj- the Genital Parts of Women. 
 
 BOOK Gonorhea in this Sex, as the Glands in the 
 IV. Urethra arc in the Male. 
 
 Uterus, is feated at the End of the Va- 
 gina ; it is about One Inch thick, Two broad, 
 and Three long, with a very fhnall Cavity, 
 fcarce large enough to contain the Kernel of a 
 Hazel-nutt; but in Women that have had 
 Children,much larger. Its Orifice into the Va- 
 osTinc*. giija, is call’d Os Tinea, from the refcmblance it 
 bears to a Tench’s Mouth. It has two round 
 t'gamenu. Ligamcnts which go from the fides of it to 
 the Groins thro’ the Oblique and Tranfverft 
 Mufcles of the Abdomen, in the fame manner 
 as does the Seminal Veffels in Men. This 
 way the llion paffes in a Hernia Jntejlinalis in 
 Women. (F/i. Mufeuli Abdominis.) Some 
 Authors mention Ligamenta Lata ; which 
 are nothing but a part of the Peritoneum. 
 
 O v A R I A, are deprefs’d oval Bodies, fear- 
 ed One on each fide of the Uterus-, they con- 
 tain finall pellucid Eggs; from which, they 
 have their Name. 
 
 Tue^ Faloppianje, are feated at 
 the fide of the Ovarta ; their Ends are jag- 
 Fimki*. god, and are call’d Fimbria or Morfus Diaboli, 
 Among the Fimbria is a fmall Orifice which 
 leads to a Cavity of near a quarter of an 
 Inch Diameter, and then growing gradual- 
 ly fmaller, palTes to the Uterus, and enters 
 there with an Orifice not more than large 
 enough to admit of a Hog’s Briftle. 
 
 Vasa Spermatica, are Two Ar- 
 teries and Two Veins, which pafs to and 
 
 frofn 
 
Of the Foetm in the Womb. 
 
 169 
 
 from the Ovaries or Tcftes, In the fame Chapter 
 manner that they do in Men ; but make HI. 
 more windings, and the Arteries dilate more 
 fuddenly, becaufe they arc fliorter. Thefe 
 Arteries and Veins both detach Branches to 
 the V ter us and Faloppian Tubes, and not 
 only communicate the Artery and Vein on 
 one fide with thofe of the other, but alfo 
 with the proper Vclfels of the Vtenis detach’d 
 from the internal Iliac Arteries and Veins. 
 
 We have feen a Girl with a Clitoris Three 
 Inches long externally^ 
 
 Chap. III. 
 
 Of the ¥ OET V s in the Womb. 
 
 T H E Feet us in the Womb is involv’d In 
 
 Two Coats, viz,. Chorion which is ex- Chorion, 
 ternal, 2ind Jmnion which immediately in- Amnion,’ 
 clofes the Feetus. They each contain a quan- 
 tity of Liquor, which is a proper Medium 
 for fo tender a Being as the Foetus to reft in; 
 and when the Membranes burft at the time 
 of Produfliion , thefe Humours with that 
 contain’d in the J/Iantois^ lubricate the 
 gina Vteri^ and render the Birth lefs Diffi- 
 cult. Befides thefe Ufes, we may rcafonably 
 conjefturc, That fome of the Humour con- 
 tain’d in the Amnion^ is made ufe of for the 
 
 Nourifh- 
 
 i 
 
ijo Of the Fcetm in the Womb. 
 
 BOOK Nourifhmcnt of the Fcettt'S ; becaufe we find 
 IV. a like Humour in the Stomach and Guts, 
 with fome Excrement, which we may fup- 
 pofe, was the grofs parts of the Fluid ; for it 
 feems highly necelTary, that the Dufts thro’ 
 which the Body receives Nourifliment after 
 the Birth, fliou’d be kept open by a Fluid 
 palling that way whilft it is in Vtero, even 
 as a final] portion of Blood is fuffer’d to pals 
 thro’ the Lungs for the fame Purpofe. 
 placenta. The Placenta, or Womb-Liver, is 
 a Mafs of Blood-VelTcls feated on the outfidc 
 of the Chorion, being compos’d of the ex- 
 treme Branches of the Umbilical-Vein and 
 Arteries,which arc for the compofitiorwof this 
 Part divided into exceeding fmall Branches, 
 that the feparation of ’em from theMenftrual 
 VclTels of the Womb at the Birth, may not 
 be attended with a flux of Blood, fatal to 
 the Mother. Its figure is circular, and fize 
 as that of the Fxtus ; being at its greateft 
 growth about Two Inches Thick, and Six 
 or Seven Diameter. 
 
 y«n. umbi- From the Placenta, runs the Umbilical- 
 bcjiis. Vein thro’ the Navel, and thence direftly 
 into the Liver, and there enters the great 
 Trunk of the Vena Porta. Near the entrance 
 of this Veflcl into the Porta, there goes out 
 rua.Tcno- the Ductuf Venohes to the great Trunk of the 
 Cava, and carries about a third part of the 
 Blood which is brought by the Umbilical- 
 Vein that way, into the Cava, while the reft 
 circulates with the Blood of the Porta. Alter 
 
 the 
 
I?! 
 
 Of the Fatm in thjU^omb, 
 
 the Birth, the Umbilical-Vein becomes a Li- Chapter 
 gament and the DuEitis Venojifs^ becomes ufe- Hi- 
 lefs, contrafts, and difappears. v-x-v^. 
 
 The over- plus of Blood brouglit from the 
 Mother to the Fcetfu by the Umbilical- Vein, 
 is return’d to the Mother by Two Veffels '*"’'**’ 
 arifing from the Internal Iliac Arteries, call’d 
 Umbilical Arteries. Thefe Veffels pafs by 
 the outfides of the Bladder direftly to the Na- 
 vel and PUcentA and together with thefe, 
 there runs a fmall Du£l, call’d VrAchus^ from viachu». 
 the Top of the Bladder thro’ the Navel into 
 a Membranous Bag, feated oppcfite to the 
 PlAcerjtA between the MemhrAnA Chorion and 
 Amnion^ nam’d Allantois^ or rather Membrana allantois, 
 IjrinariA, 
 
 Thefe Umbilical Veffels from the Navel 
 to the Placenta^ are about Two Foot long, 
 which was neceffary, that the Fc^tu^ might 
 have room to move without tearing them or 
 the Placenta from the Vterus. They are all 
 wrap’d up in one common Involucrum^ and 
 arc call’d by Mid wives, the Navel-String, 
 
 The Umbilical Arteries and Vrachus cc^F 
 ing to be of ufe after the Birth, lofc the 
 greateft part of their appearance, being fel- 
 dom to be trac’d farther than Two Inches 
 above the Bladder, and often not fo far. 
 
 The Blood which is brought to the Heart 
 by the AfcendingC^x/^,paffes out of the right 
 ' Auricle into the left thro’ a Paffage call’d Fo~ p<,rairfn 
 ramen Ovale^m that fide of the Auricle which 
 L common to ’em both, without paffing 
 
 thro’ 
 
' 17 * Of thd Foetus in the Womb. 
 
 BOOK thro’ the right Ventricle, as after the Birth» 
 while the Blood from the Defcending Cava, 
 paffes thro’ the right Auricle and Ventricle 
 into the Pulmonary Artery, and thence in- 
 to the Aorta thro’ a Du£t betwixt that and 
 Ar- the Pulmonary Artery, call’d Ductus Arterio- 
 
 teriofus. while a fmall portion of the Blood thrown 
 into the Pulmonary Artery, palfes thro’ the 
 Lungs to keep open the Pulmonary Velfels. 
 Thus both Ventricles are employ’d in driv- 
 ing the Blood thro’ the Aorta to all Parts of 
 the Feetus and to the Mother : But after the 
 Birth, the Blood being only drove from the 
 Aorta thro’ the Fwtus, one Ventricle becomes 
 fufficient ; while the other is imploy’d in 
 driving the Blood thro’ the Lungs, the Duc- 
 tus Arteriofus being obftrufted from the al- 
 teration of its Poiition, which happens to it 
 from the raifing of the Aorta by the Lungs, 
 when they become inflated. The Blood 
 being thus drove into the Lungs, in its re- 
 turn it fliuts the Valve of the Foramen Ovale 
 again the Foramen, to whofe fides it foon ad- 
 heres, .and flops up this Paffage. The Ductus 
 Arteriofus or Duttus Arteriofus in Ligamentum 
 verfus, is fddom to be obferv’d in adult Bo- 
 dies, but the figure of the Foramen Ovale is 
 never obliterated.- 
 
 Among the Obfervations which I made, 
 when I firfl apply’d myfdf to the Diflefiion 
 of Human Bodies, there are frequent Ac- 
 counts of the Foramen Ovale open in Adults; 
 but I find fince that I miflook the Oflum Ve- 
 I narum 
 
Of the Foetm in the Womb. 1 7 :j 
 
 narum Coronariarumy for this Foramen. The Chapter 
 like I fuppofe , Authors have done, who 
 affert, That it is always open in Amphibious 
 Animals : For we have made diligent inqui- 
 ry into thofe Animals, but never found it 
 fo ; nor cou’d that, as they imagine, fit 
 thefe Creatures to live in Water, as the Fce- 
 tus does in VterOy unlefs the DuBus Arteriofus 
 was open alfo. But the reafon why Am- 
 phibious Animals can live longer without 
 breathing, than other Animals that have 
 Lungs, is the largenefs of their Veins, 
 which receive the greateft part of the 
 Blood when they do not breath , and 
 prevent the Lungs being overcharg’d ; 
 for all thefe Animals can refrain longeft 
 from breathing, when their Blood is leaft 
 expanded with Heat, or their Veins moft 
 dilated. 
 
 All the Parts of a Foetus are Ibfter than in 
 Adults ; -the Head and the Cavity of the Jb. 
 domen are remarkably large, and all the Parts 
 contain’d in both, are proportionably bigger 
 than afterwards, efpecially the GlanduU Re- 
 nales. ■ The Organs of Hearing and Sight, 
 are wonderfully perfeft ; and the Gland Thy- 
 mus at the time of the Birth, is at the big- 
 eft ftatc, and all the Glands, particullarly 
 thofe which accompany the Lymphatics , 
 bear a much greater proportion to the otlier 
 Parrs, tlian they do in Bodies full-grown. 
 
 Chap- 
 
*74 
 
 % 
 
 ~ — ..I 
 
 ' I 
 
 book. 
 
 Chap. IV. 
 
 
 Of the Etk. 
 
 TE Figure, Situation, and Ufcof the 
 Eyes, together with tlic Eye- brows, 
 Eye-laflies and Eye-lids, being well known,* 
 wc will only ddbribe their Coats and Hu- 
 mours, &c. 
 
 Tunica Conjunctiva, is a very 
 thin Membrane extended over fo much of 
 the Eye as appears White, and thence being 
 refleftcd lines the infide of each Eye-lid. It 
 renders the Parts it covers fmooth, and hin- 
 ders extranious Bodies from getting be- 
 hind the Globe of the Eye. 
 
 At the inner Corner or great Canthus of 
 , the Eye, ftands the Caru^cuU LdcrymaUs. 
 tacryiMii.. thro’ which any fuperfluous Humidity or ex- 
 tranious Body may fall from under the 
 Eve-lids into the DuUus ad Nafum of the Os 
 V^sguis, and thro’ that to the Nofe. 
 
 Behind the Tunica Conjunctiva, is a very 
 Mcrabr»n«. loofc Mctn'orana uldipofa, which fills up lb 
 much of the Orbit, as the Eye, its Mufclcs 
 and Glands does not poffefs ; this Fat is a 
 convenient Medium for the Eye to reft and 
 move in. 
 
 Tunica Scelerotis and Cornea, is 
 one compacl, denfc, ftrong Membrane, con- 
 taining the inner Goats and Humours of the 
 
 Eye/ 
 
Of the Eye. 
 
 •75 
 
 Eye. The fore-part being tranfparent, and Chapter 
 not unlike Horn, is call’d Corma ; and the IV- 
 hind-part denfe, and opake, is call’d ScUrotu '. 
 
 Tunica Choroides and Uvea, is a 
 foft Membrane immediately under the Sde- 
 mis^ part of which being the Colour of the 
 Me7nbra,nx Chorion in the Womb, is call’d 
 Choroides^ and part being the Colour of an 
 unripe Grape in Brutes, is nam’d I/Vfi< ; but 
 in Men the fore-part of the Choroides, is call’d - 
 
 V-jea. 
 
 Tunica Retina, is the Optic Nerve, 
 delicately expanded upon the laft deferib’d 
 Coat, and round the Vitreous and Aqueous 
 Humours. Upon this Objefts are painted 
 by the Rays of Light which pafs thro’ the 
 Ttrnicx Cornex and the Humours. 
 
 It is obfervable. That the Optic Nerve 
 does not enter the Eye exactly oppofite to 
 the Pupill, but nearer the Nofe, that the 
 Rays of Light from the middle Point of an 
 Objeff at a ftated diftance, might not fall 
 upon, both Nerves at their entrance, and 
 fo be loft. 
 
 Iris, is an opake Body, like the Tunica. 
 Choroides ; but of different Colours in diffe- 
 rent Perfons, fuch as the Eye’ appears, as 
 Grey, Black or Hazel ; for it being feated 
 under the Tunica Cornea, it gives fuch an ap- 
 pearance to that as it has itfelf : The middle 
 of it is perforated for the admiffion of the 
 Rays of Light, and is call’d which is 
 
 leffcn’d 
 
 Pupiila^ 
 
Of the Eye. 
 
 176 
 
 BOOK, leflen’d by the Coniraftion of the Iris, 
 IV. when too many Rays of Light fall upon 
 it at once. 
 
 Processus Ctliares, are fmall 
 Black. Bodies like Lines drawn fromalelTer 
 Circle to a greater ; they are feated under, 
 and contiguous to the Iris , which they 
 are faid to dilate, and thereby inlarge 
 the Pupill. 
 
 chryfljiii- The Humours, are the Chryftalline which 
 is fomewhat harder than a Jelly, of a 
 Spheroidal figure, feated upon the Vitreous 
 Humour under the 'Tunica Cornea ; the 
 Vitreous. Vitreous, of the Confiftcnce of a Jelly, 
 feated under all the Tunica Sclerotis; and 
 A(^ueous. the Aqueous which furrounds them both, 
 is as Lympid as Water. 
 
 Some Authors have reckon’d a Goat to 
 the Chryftalline Humour, which they call 
 Jranea from the delicatcnels of its Tex- 
 ture. But this Appearance rcfults mere- 
 ly from . the boyling of expofing the Hu- 
 mour to the Air ; which is their Way of 
 difcovering it. 
 
T H e Figure and Situation of the outer 
 Ear is fo well known, that it needs 
 no Defer! ption. . Modern Writers have di- 
 ftingiufh’d its feveral Parts, (to whom we 
 referr thole who think ’em worth knowing) 
 into Helix, Jntehelix, Tr^igus, Antitragus, Ptn^ 
 na. Concha, Lobus and Alveariuni. Its Ufe 
 is to receive and colleft the Sound convey’d 
 by the Vibrations of thfe Airj and to mode- 
 rate its impulle. 
 
 • Meatus Auditorius, is a Palfage 
 from the middle of the outer Ear to the Tym-i 
 fanum ; it is lin’d with a Membrane befet 
 with fmall Glands which feparate the Ear- 
 wax. 
 
 Iter ai Palatum or aA Aurem, is a 
 flender Duft beginning from behind the 
 Tonfil, and palling thro’ a Hole in the Ox, 
 Petrofum ends in the 'lympanum. Tiiro’ this 
 Palfage the Air in the Tympanum moves Back-, 
 Wards and forwards, as the Membrana Tym- 
 pant becomes more or lefs convex inw'afds 
 for the r'eceotion of greater or lefs Sounds* 
 Some Perlbns whole , Meatus Auditorius is 
 obrtruQred, will hear this way, when they 
 open their Mouths wide. And Ibnie have 
 
 N ioil 
 
178 
 
 Of the Ear^ Slc. 
 
 BOOK loft their Hearingfrom Obftruftions in the 
 IV. Orifice of this DuG:, which has been often 
 occafion’d by a fwell’d Tonfil, or a large Po- 
 lyft/s in the back-part of the Nofe ; and as 
 ibon as thefe have been remov’d, the Pati- 
 ent has recover’d the Ufe of the Ear. 
 
 Tympanum, is a Cavity in the Os Pe- 
 trcfu?H beyond the Meatas Auditorius ; it con- 
 tains the Auditory Bones, 
 
 Membrana Tympani, is a Membrane 
 extended upon an almoft circular Bony 
 Ridge between the Meatus Auditorius and 
 Tympanum ; its Situation is near Horizontal, 
 looking down to the Meatus Auditorius ; fo 
 much as this wants of a Circle is left open; 
 which is more or lefs in different Perfons. 
 In fome it has been fo open, that they 
 have blown out a Candle at the outer Ear, 
 the Air being forc’d from the Mouth thro’ 
 the Iter ad Palatum and Meatus Auditorius. 
 And we have feen a Man fmokeawhole 
 Pipe of Tobacco out this way, and yet 
 cou’d hear very well. 
 
 Fenestra Ovalis and Rotunda, are 
 Two fmall Foramina at the far fide of the 
 Tympanum, which lead into a Cavity call’d 
 Vtfiiisulum. 
 
 Cochlea. Vestibulum, is 3 . fmall Cavity 
 Canales Sc- to wliicli bcgius 3 Ccll, likc 3 Snail-fliell, 
 ■ucir. call’d Cochlea, and Three Semicircular Ca- 
 nals. Thefe are all lin’d with a fine Mem- 
 brane, as we have elfewhere obferv’d every 
 Boney Cell is. 
 
 Ossa, 
 
'Of the 8cc\ 
 
 79 
 
 Ossa, the Auditory Bones are feated ChHpter 
 in the Vy^p^num: The firft is call’d Mall rlus^^ Y: 
 it has a long Procefs feated in the Memhrank 
 Tympani^ and other ProcelTes for the .infer-' 
 tion of Mufcles. The fecond is l^cus,. its 
 thick End is articulated to the Malleolus^ and 
 One of its Procefles which is the longer of 
 the Two is articulated to the Stapes by 
 means of the Ojtculum quartum. The Stapes 
 cxaftly refembles a Stirup, and is feated up- 
 on the Ferjeflra Ovalis ; the Officulum quay- oitcuium 
 tum^ is lefs than a Pin’s Head. ^ <iuartum. 
 
 Musculi;' The Auditory Bones are 
 mov’d by Four Mufcles, which arefofmall, 
 that all of ’em are not larger than a Barley-. 
 
 Corn* The firft is call’d Externus Tympani.^ Ext rjm^ 
 it arifes from the upper part of t\iQ Meatus 
 Auditorius under the Membrane, and is in- 
 ferted into a Procefs of the Malleolus^ which 
 it pulls down and relaxes the Membrane of 
 the Tympanum when the impulfe of the Air 
 againld that Membrane is too ftrong ■ aifo 
 
 when we deep. The fecond is Obliquus^ itaw.fyra^ 
 arifes from a fmall Boney Channel above the 
 Iter ad Aurem^ and being inferred into the 
 Malleolus^ alTids the former Mufcle* The 
 third is the Internus^ it arifes -involv’d inm:. tytaii 
 a ftrong Membrane from another BonyP-"*^ 
 Channel, and being inferred into the M.tlleo-^ 
 lus^ extends the Membrana Tympani^ when 
 Sounds are too low. The fourth is the Muf^ 
 
 N 2 6hLu$ 
 
BOOK culus Stsfidis ; this alfo lies in a Boney Chan- 
 IV. nel, and is inferted into the fide of the 
 which Bone it draws from the Fe»ejir4 
 
 -'»■ Ovalis. 
 
 The Senfe of Smelling, Tafting, and 
 Feeling, are Perform’d by the Nerves end- 
 ing in the Nofe, Tongue,- and all the Sur- 
 face of the Body. 
 
 TABLE 
 
I 
 
 TABLE XX; 
 
 *8i 
 
 Table. 
 
 XX. 
 
 The Urinary and Genital Parts of 
 a M A N. 
 
 1 RTERI A AortA Defcmdens, 
 
 2 Vem Cava Afetndms, 
 
 3 The Emulgent-Veins. 
 
 4 The Emulgent-Arteries. 
 
 5 The Left Kidney. 
 
 < The Emulgent-Vein taken out of . the 
 Right Kidney. 
 
 7 The GUnduU KtnAles. 
 
 S The Ureters. 
 
 9 Part of theBIadder of Urine. 
 
 10 The Pelvis of the Right Ureter taken 
 
 j out of the Kidney. 
 
 11 The Tubuli VrinAni taken out of the 
 
 Right Kidney. 
 
 12 The Spertnatic Arteries. 
 
 i 13 The Spermatic Veins, the Righf enter- 
 ing the Cava, and the Left the Emul- 
 gent. 
 
 N 3 
 
 I 
 
 14 CO' 
 
I Ha 
 
 Tables 1 4 
 XX. 
 
 Colateral Branches of tlie Spermatic* 
 Vein, which on this fide is not laid 
 bare, and feparated from the Artery 
 which runs in the fame Membrane 
 with it. 
 
 1 5 The Left Tefticle included in the Pro^ 
 
 cc(fm Vagindis or Eljthr aides. 
 
 1 6 The Right Tefticle denuded, 
 
 17 The Right Epididjmis. 
 
 18 Deferentia. ■ ■■ . 
 
 t - 
 
 19 ThtVejtcuU Seminales^ . - , 
 
 20 The Profau. ' J 
 
 2 1 The Rofirum GalUnaginis in the Vrethra. 
 
 22 Two Probes put into the Urgters, to 
 
 fhew their oblique Paffage into the 
 Bladder of Urine. . ' 
 
 j 4 , A tranfyerfe Seftion of the Penis prepar’d, 
 with Mercurj. 
 
 2j The Two Arteries of the Penis, 
 
 24 The Fena Jpfius Penis. 
 
 25 The Vrethra. 
 
 %6 The Corpora Cavernofa Penis. 
 
 27 The Corpora Cavernofa Vrethra. * - 
 
 TABLE 
 
ZisXXI. 
 
TABLE XXL 
 
 A, The Genital Parts of a Woman 
 revers’d , and the Vagina Vteri 
 cut open. 
 
 - ' 'I 
 
 r ** 
 
 ' I ^ ' H E G/4/fs of the Clitoris, 
 
 2 Tfe Preputium of the Clitoris, 
 j The Crur/t of the Clitoris, 
 
 4 The Vagina Vteri, 
 
 5 The exit of the 'Urinarius. 
 
 6 Ruga. ' 
 
 7 Caruncula Mj/rtiformes. 
 
 8 Qs Tinea, or the Mouth of the 'Uterus, 
 
 9 The 'Uterus. 
 
 10 The Left Faloppian Tube. 
 
 Table * 
 XXL 
 
 1 1 The Fimbria or Morfus Diaboli. 
 
 12 The Left Tefticle, or Ovary. 
 
BOOK 1 3 Part of the Peritoneum, commonly call’d 
 IV. the Broad Ligament of the 3Jterus. 
 
 14 Ligamentum Teres. 
 
 B, The Figure of an Hermophrodite Three 
 • Months - old. ■ 
 
 15 The Scrotum divided without Tefticles 
 
 in it, ‘ nor. were there any to be felt 
 in the Groins. 
 
 «% * \ 
 
 16 The Gians of the Clitoris the length of 
 
 a Penis with a fmall Vrethra, thro’ 
 which the Urine wou’d only drop. 
 
 17 A large Praputium that cover’d all the 
 
 GMfts Clitoridis,, • 
 
 ■X 8 The Orifice of the Vagina, without Lrf- 
 hia or iSymphet-, but with a large Uri- 
 nary PalTage, thro’ w'hich the Urine 
 flow’d plentifully, 
 
 AT. This Child feem’d a Mixture of the 
 Sexes, but neither Perfeft. 
 
 V\ . ' , 
 
1^5 
 Table 
 
 , xxa-' 
 
 TABLE XXII, 
 
 Tfje Vessels of the Livee, ^c. of 
 a Foetus, fiU'd xcith Wax. 
 
 I 'J^HE Umbilical-Veln. 
 a Branches of the VenA Port*. 
 
 3 The extreme Branches in the Liver 
 
 4 DuStus Venoftis. 
 
 5 The extreme Branches of the Cava in 
 
 the Liver. 
 
 > - . .N.1 
 
 6 The Afccnding fen a Cava, 
 
 7 The ForAtnen OvaU. ' 
 
 S The Mouth of the Coronary-Veins. 
 
 9 Part of the Right Auricle of the Heart. 
 
 10 Part of the Dcfcending Cava. 
 
 1 % Tuber (ulnm Ltweri. 
 
 TABLE 
 
BOOK' 
 
 IV. 
 
 TABLE XXIII. 
 
 The Great Vessels of the Heart, 
 both of a Foetus and <j/i Adult. 
 
 J, ' "'TE great VefTels in the Thorax 
 
 of a F^tuSf fill’d with Wax. 
 
 1 The beginning of the Jorta. 
 
 2 The Coronary Arteries of the Heart, 
 j. The Defcending. Jorta. 
 
 6 The Pulmonary Artery, a piece of it 
 
 _ being cut away, to bring, the Be- 
 ginning of the Jorta in fight. 
 
 c3> - J • . ► . 
 
 7 The Branches of the Pulmonary Artery 
 
 going to the. Lungs. 
 
 S The DuBus Jrteriofus running direftly 
 from the Pulmonary Artery into the 
 Jorta. 
 
 '4 The Subclavian Arteries. 
 5 The Carotid Arteries. 
 
 By The 
 

Table 
 
 B, The great VefTels in the Thonx of an 
 Adult, fill’d with Wax. 
 
 9 The Two Subclavian Veins. 
 
 10 The Defcending Vena Cava. 
 
 11 The Pulmonary Artery. 
 
 12 The Branches of the Pulmonary Artery. 
 
 I j The Duff us Arteriofus fhrivel’d, and its 
 Pofture alter’d. 
 
 14 The Afcending, and part of theDe- 
 
 feending Aorta. 
 
 1 5 Arteria Coronaria Cordis. 
 
 16 The Semilunar Valves of the Aorta. 
 
 1 7 The Arteria Coronaria Cordis. 
 
 SYL- 
 
\ • .■ 
 
 
 'K ■ . 
 
 
 . 
 
 
 > ^ ? *y_agff»r^ ^ 
 
 - J 
 
 sl'.'f L' 
 
 ns lo 
 
 > ;’ f:!)» a! :..i 1 
 
 
 
 
 iJ.V' S' :' . • ■ X 
 
 \ 
 
 
 
 ✓ 
 
 
 ' 
 
 :.' 
 
 .znloV ns;v..I:c!, A' 'v/T.. 'T 
 
 
 
 ' '- ' 
 
 •v :0 s-avi A '"' !*■;; :xbCI v.;'i 
 
 
 
 - 
 
 .\‘\'z>TiA vtc'icrrilu^ wi/i 
 
 1 i 
 
 - 
 
 /{•ton A V i Si 
 
 '!<'ri/ii'I srli "io :; 2 :br:&':il •, ,’T 
 
 C I 
 
 
 ;li Lns- Jyl 
 
 ^Vi'IfQ \ W.rv 
 
 N. 
 
 ' ; : 
 
 
 .!;•., /Is nufloH 
 
 
 
 -oCl 2 ilj lo 
 
 •J’lsrf bns j j;';;t)f' 5 :'.'l A 
 
 ^ T • 
 
 
 
 .•.'■'i'A. j,riibajdr. 
 
 . ^■ 
 
 , 
 
 
 a'\V.'r.D ■ ^.y,.\'.vCi''.vJ ^vi’^nV., 
 
 '3 X 
 
 
 
 !i1i lo 83vIsV •isnuIirfioS-o.'.'r 
 
 ci . 
 
 - 
 
 
 Wvn-,w'~5 s.VoVvVv sr'T 
 
 
 
 
 r 
 
 ' 
 
 ■ 
 
 
 - 
 
 
 , 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 T 
 
 ' 
 
 
 
 -w-l 1 O 
 
 / • 
 
 I 
 
 j, 0 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SYLLABUS, 
 
 SIVE 
 
 INDEX 
 
 Humani Corporis partium 
 
 A N A T O M I C U S, 
 
 In XXXV Praeledliones diftindius. 
 
 In Ufum 
 
 Theatri Anatomici. 
 
 WiLLHELMi Cheselden, Chirurgi^ S.R.S» 
 
 Editio Secunda. 
 
 *" ■ - 'Has ne pojjim Natura accedere partes^ 
 Frigidus ohfiiterit circum pr acor dia [anguis, 
 
 Virgil. 
 
 
 
 
I *L .1 '1 ^ ■ .T- -T 
 
 c 
 
 ^ - ^A --i 
 
 V .;■ iL-v V w.d 
 
 ^'4 
 
 Ji.'' .U 
 
 r. Y.l'^ 
 
 
 .r* ?» w ■■ 
 
 ■ 
 
 • *' :, '^'s- V. .V 
 
 forjiriisq 
 
 ,T ^■ 
 
 
 T"r\ \\ A 
 
 
 U. 
 
 '} c 
 
 J, ...V,L V/ 
 
 u 
 
 . .9 
 
 A' 
 
 •Cilj .''■>> il l A : i) SOiiOi j J : Ji iSt. \ ^i..Xa Tj i 
 
 !> $ 
 
 • n 
 
 ^ —V ^ 4 -r:r 
 
 fii: ; ■ 
 
 I 
 
 -; o *t ~ r'Si“« ■••-•?':; J 
 
 ,.^ ' . 'XS 7-^ -- A . ^ ii -o, ^ - -J. •— •' 
 
 ■:. I 
 
 ^ ^ V A 
 
 ^ n 
 
 rr; 
 
 V ’ 
 
 
 
 / . T/':. 
 
 r . '. . -> 
 
 
 * . * -y 
 
 .: r'':\ 4 
 
 ■ \ 
 
 
 ‘'1 
 
 . I 
 
 ' / -•- , , -J 
 
 %./■ ’'’ V ‘ , X ■• 
 
 ) ' ■ ■'■ 
 
 I 
 
 I 
 
* 9 * 
 
 OSTEOLOGIA. 
 
 Prseledlio Prima. 
 
 De articulationibus 5^ Stru&ura OJfium. 
 
 1 )larthrofis. 
 
 Enarrhrofis, 
 
 GinglimuSj 
 
 Synchondrofis. 
 Synarthrofis, -5 
 Vid Pag. 3 , 6- 4 . 
 
 Pr^eledHo Secunda. 
 
 De OJfium textura^ Alemhranijque^ Scc. 
 
 Xn Textura funt obfervanda, 
 
 Fibra?^ 
 
 Partes^ 
 
 Jcompad.T^ 
 
 irpongiofe. 
 
 Meni’- 
 
STL LABV 5. 
 
 *9? 
 
 Pericranium, 
 ^ , iPeriofteum, 
 
 Membrana?, ^Glandiilofe 
 
 Glandulofae Cellulas inveftientcs^ 
 Medullam continences. 
 
 Meduli» {Sr«L. 
 
 EpiphyfibuSj & Apophyfibus in genere, 
 De - ^Introitu, & exitu Vaforum, 
 
 Offium nutricione, & incremento. 
 
 T/V.Pag. I, 2, 3, 4. 
 
 Prjele<5lio Tertia. 
 
 De Suturis^ Ojfibus Cranii, 
 
 /^Coronalis, 
 
 S \ Sagittalis, 
 Utura Lambdoidalis, 
 ) Squamofa, 
 
 C Tranfverfalis. 
 
 Ojfa Tri^uetrai 
 
 Catera ah OJfihus. qua circumagunt nominantuu 
 
 Os, 
 
 Bregmatis. 
 
 Spina : 
 
 Fronds, ^Foramina : 
 
 Sinus. 
 
 T? u •A S Galli, 
 
 Echmoides,‘^jp^^^j^^^^ 
 
 Sj^hettpid^# 
 
r-'::'!^r> :;'^u. f t)( 
 
 , 237 a jiiiico:: ) 
 
 .xnr.i 
 
 J._ aaviii ii -* 
 
 fi; aucrr^iIqoqA .eudPyrIqiqjT 
 ^run‘ji::V in':' ' fZ 
 
 ,onoL‘.a;n n;i'r :40 
 
 ‘r C.C t' 
 
 ,. I . t. 1 .♦-S , i 
 
 * ^ i '* * f '' f TT 
 
 .£'110 ! 0!jOo:j: i X 
 
 .Vu«T >0 vA<kO 
 
 oy 
 
 O 
 
 tti 'XI 
 
 
 r*'): : / ’ 
 
 ..V 
 
 i > 7 <.^ 
 
 ;.v.."- 
 
 ^..vq i.-. 
 
 V) 
 
 > 
 
 .Cijir-. > 
 
 .1; ' 0 « n u 
 
ST LLA BVS. 
 
 '95 
 
 uT I 
 
 II 
 
 <u 
 
 o. 
 
 
 ■pcerygoides 
 
 (^inccrnus^ 
 
 ProcefTus<' Innominatus 
 Salpingoides_, 
 
 Clinoides : 
 
 Sella Turcica : 
 
 primum, 
 
 fecundum, vcl lacerumi 
 Foramen tercium, 
 quartum, 
 quintum : 
 
 •^Sinus Sphenoidalis. 
 
 rp . fProceffus Mammillaris, 
 
 1 emporis, "^pi-^ceirus e quo fit Os Jugale diaum 
 
 (r Cfextum, 
 
 (Proceflus Styliformis. 
 
 Meatus auditorius ^ &C. Vide^ de organis auditus^ Pr«L 
 Foramen oAavum. 
 
 .Foramen 
 
 Occipitis, 
 
 i decimum, vel magnum 
 
 Apophyfes 2. 
 Foramina quadam Innominata» 
 
 XXV- 
 
 Vid. Pag. 4, 6, 7, 8, 9. 
 
 o ^ 
 
 Protleftio 
 

 . V '..A. i'v v' -■• i •-» 
 
 - ' f T -r-.^A-V^* 
 
 T — — .-IT 
 
 
 jffrir.'T; ■' 
 
 A .' f ..-i . / 
 
 ■% 
 
 ^c(J UIJj ■’ 
 
 Li'fMii'i: :Af>r x‘>: 
 
 T : -'i 
 I 
 
 
 •x^;.i;-;»niT^. ■■: \ 
 
 ! 
 
 
 w. ' ’, - •: 
 
 \ 
 
 • -. 
 
 i u,' J 
 
 • j 
 . 1 
 
 
 . : .. ; 
 
 -!' " 
 
 «J X .llk^ . 
 
 1 
 
 
 ^AU\::’l'l ' 
 
 
 
 ..V. :• UJ J '• 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^,r:5U)iKijrj 
 l lilij ji U,.:; • / 
 
 1 
 
 \ 
 
 i 
 
 - 
 
 i 
 
 
 
 > 
 
 > . 
 
 .2iIx;L^ ' : • 
 
 '1^ ^rinio) 
 
 
 . - 
 
 A ^ ^ 
 
 
 jhs'1'minV' 
 
 ‘ 
 
 
 li "jH O^'i'} '.j *_'■ 
 
 U»oi<i5' 
 
 /" 
 
 ,rrrj.xJ:7^ 
 : xrmcnnrr -i 
 
 fi-rnfjioT! 
 
 ( 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 jc 
 
 aaT.L-Jorl 
 
 
 A ; IT. /jV'7*^ 
 
 
 f' t- “• * - ^ 
 
 .rnuvj.l: j> xtif»H:'io^ 
 
 ,rro.'»-r7 ' ^ 
 
 X r'.' '- ' ..Ta . :.' 3 ' 
 
 .gk-qrrj J 
 
 •N t ' ' « '. 
 
 ;. ^Vi'{iiG3q.v / 
 
 ^ Q 
 
STLLABVS. 
 
 *97 
 
 Prseledtio Quarta. 
 
 De OJfibus Faciei^ Maxillarum, Slc, 
 
 Unguis, — dudus ad Nafum. 
 Planum. 
 
 Mali, vel Zygoma. 
 
 Palati, — — Foramina. 
 
 Vomer. 
 
 Sfongiofum & [cftum Naji (^uU, 
 
 Os, 
 
 ASl. 
 
 f 
 
 Superior, 
 
 Alveoli, 
 Foramina, 
 Antrum : 
 
 Maxilla < i 
 
 ProcelTus 
 
 I 
 
 Foramina, 
 
 Alveoli. 
 
 9, IO, ir, 12. 
 
 O 5 
 
 frselc&i» 
 
V) l\ , V ,l 'l 
 
 ; . 
 
 ri 
 
 
 .i;::ui.)/l bj; „ 
 
 •riiLLiii.tv^ f 
 
 
 
 /:srno / 
 
 'L ;. 
 
 
 :::iv:.:r.J " ■ ‘ \ 
 
 ^■i':/ : no : '1 
 
 Mi!.. - /rji> > eJiV.oo;'! 
 
 ': ,'f, :: i j / 
 
 •!. JVV \ 
 
 . -■. y u\) 
 
 rl'A/ifl.i 
 
 
 
 '-'“"‘•w'^ec-Jv.oa 
 
 f^yU. Jkr‘^ I 
 
 i . '"■ 
 
 .■9bq.v,'^ 
 
 
Spina, ejus Vertebra?. 
 
 STLLABVS. 
 
 *99 
 
 Prsele6tio Quinta. 
 
 De OJf:bus Trunci Corporis. 
 
 partes anteriores fpongiofi* 
 
 C OL LI 7. 
 
 Atlas prima. 
 
 Dentata fecunda, 
 
 Proceffus dentatus, (^Proceflus 
 
 Cobliqui jf'^P^^jores, 
 
 j c interiores, 
 
 ^ I 
 
 /Spinales bifurcati 
 LTranfverf. perforati. 
 
 partes anteriores fpongiof^; 
 
 
 j Dorfi 12. 
 Lumborum f. 
 
 Proceflus, 
 
 \ ^ inferiores, 
 
 ) Spinales^ 
 (.Tranfverfales. 
 
 rSpin^e : 
 
 Sacri f, vel 6 , \ Foramina : 
 
 ■ (_ Proceffus obliqui fuperiores. 
 
 (^Coccygis 4, vel 
 
 & fulci. 
 
 rOffa Pedtoris, plerumq; tria : 
 Sternum Cartilago entiformis : 
 (_Cartilaginesad Coftas. 
 
 Os Hyoides 
 
 Fid. Pag. 14, 16, 17. 
 
 Q 4 
 
 Pr3sle£H« 
 
^ V 
 
 4 ^ I 
 
 .£ lr ; 
 
 , » 4 -i Ji\.: \ 
 
 , ;:^lol^aoqi‘e:^*:c.i . ::j 
 
 ** i 
 
 , 2 v:% 
 
 . . > (ijoilcl' ^ / 
 
 - 1 
 
 ^ .•'lajG;- ’ 
 
 i -' j ■ 
 
 f- ^ 
 
 • "'V \ •' I 
 
 ,i:KtO> ..i.jViiihl-. 
 
 ::3 . V ^ 
 
 : ^iloigaoq cjic^ij^-ifi c?.'i^ { 
 
 :D-iohoq:;;7 ; ',;;^^-V , 
 
 ! > 
 f ?: 
 
 t' ' 
 
 > / 
 
 ,<. i- i r.w< V J X 
 
 ' ?:[fniqc:v 
 
 f 'V • I 1 ' \ 
 
 .SyihiiJ; «:. ■'> I i J 
 
 I ? 
 
 * - ! £f. i.iG. I-. 1 . •) i;; I 
 
 .ZZ'iolrjtr-?:, iinlAo i j 
 
 \. 
 
 
 '1 
 
 /uliPi iS ^£jl'{Hv*oq/ >:‘ ’ -/I!"!: ^ 
 
 , j ^ . 
 
 / " . 
 
 . .*ixJ j .LiU : i. -*!.•• 
 
 ,Ci«ifiWV^ i-rij • - 
 
 i , 
 
 11 c 
 
 
 
 h O 
 
 
STLLABVS. 
 
 iOl 
 
 Prseledtio Sexta. 
 
 De QJfibus artus fuperioris. 
 
 Or, 
 
 ^LAVICULA. 
 
 '"Acetabulum : 
 
 Spina : 
 
 (^Bafis. 
 
 ^Caput : 
 
 Apophyfis fuperior ; 
 Sulcus : 
 
 Radius^ ■ ^ Tukcrculum- 
 
 Humcri, < 
 
 Sinus : 
 
 Metacarpi 
 
k V 
 
 'V .<■ 
 
 \J u 
 
 
 .fi'} / 6t ^ 
 
 X\ ./'X *«V5l, nu4p '.Cl 
 
 ■A J J 3 r / AJ 
 
 : .nrj xid£ 3 :oA'^ 
 
 -J'ii 'i 
 
 . v!'-/ j 
 
 >J 
 
 ion^qL '7 
 .i.oi'I;>Lii y 
 
 fJloD 
 
 : ;:niq .-^ 
 
 CjiuqfO"'' 
 
 : irl'{rlqor[/V j ' , 
 
 : .ij:^lij6 { 
 
 
 ^ ' > ^risrniiH 
 
 {A' I 
 
 ^ / Klii J 
 
 eiimvirni 
 
 aufifciO 
 
 .Swi^iOlVJC! i 
 
 •i wfuCJljQuT 
 
 t hfiuyji) ^ 
 
 
STLLA BVS. 
 
 Meti*c?irpi 4. 
 Poiiicis 
 
 Digitorum 12. 
 
 Vid. Pag. 17, 18, 
 
 005 
 
 Prjeledtio Septima. 
 
 De OJfibus arths inferioris. 
 
 OSy 
 
 Innominatum^ 
 
 Ifchium- 
 
 Proceffus’^ 
 
 obrufiis,' 
 
 acutus. 
 
 Pubis. 
 
 Acetabulum ; 
 ^Foramen. 
 
 ' Xaput : 
 
 Trochanter 
 
 eminor: 
 
 Femoris^ ^ 
 
 Linea afpera : 
 
 i„ 
 
 L 
 
 Apophyfis 
 
 Patella 
 
STLLABVS. i$5 
 
 Patella. 
 
 Tibia, Apophyfcs. 
 
 Fibula,--— Appendix^ll^^^^^^ 
 
 fAftragalus : 
 
 I Calcaneum : 
 
 I Cuboidcs : 
 
 Tarfi 7.<^ Naviculare : 
 
 Cmajus, 
 
 {^Cuneiforme \ medium, 
 Cminimum: 
 
 Metatarli 4. 
 
 Pollicis pedis 
 Digitorum pedis 12. 
 Selamoidea. 
 
 y$d. Pag. 20, 21, 22> ik j. 
 
 PrseletSlio 
 

 .Sk\ H 
 
 
 ) 
 
Prseledlio Odlava. 
 
 De Ligamentis y Cartilaginibm Capita ofium 
 
 inveftientibus^ tt Olandulis OJfium^ iunclu- 
 ris in fervientibus : Etiam de his quibus Sce- 
 leton Viriy Fceminae Faetm^ ^ Adulti 
 differunt, 
 
 T IGAMENTIS in genere, 
 
 Ligamenro Terete, 
 
 Cartilaginibus in genere. 
 
 Glandulis junduras lubricantibus.- 
 
 Vid. Pag. 2j, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, JO. 
 
 ENTE- 
 

 
 0 -' 
 
 H :■- A .1 'T ^ 
 
 .i»:/fi £»0 oix.JS' rfi, 
 
 r- /.-a Z\V\0 JivV-.'i 2 _R.«Uvrj 
 
 r • 
 
 
 rT 
 v L 
 
 ” . fT % ' ~K . • . ^ 
 
 -/ ■• -V'-':-: -n' ; i. ^ 
 
 nr .?.TT/faI'i/. DI jj .) .^ . 
 .::::!’- -»r..oi;rfj: jv^uLa::\ 
 
 cO 
 
 c ts: < 
 
 ’■' *^ r>. rv '3 
 
 cX-* < -■*• tC 
 
 .r '. *"2 t? 9 r- ^ 
 
 ^:i 
 
 T";*f v| 
 
 JL . L *JL 
 
STL LABVS. 209 
 
 ENTEROLOGI A 
 
 Prsele^flio Nona. 
 
 Ve quihufdam Lartium externarum integumen’- 
 tifque Lartibus conjiituentibus. 
 
 M AMM^, 
 
 CPapillse^ 
 
 ^Areolse. 
 
 Scrobiculus Cordis. 
 
 Regio Umbilicalis. 
 
 Hypochondria. 
 
 Hypogaltrium. 
 
 Cater a fartes externa froprils PraleSloml/us funt depton^ 
 ftranda.' 
 
 Cuticula. 
 
 Reticulum raucofum. 
 
 Cutis Pyramidales. Ungues- 
 
 6 Bulbi, unde procedunt ——Piii. 
 
 Glandule miliares, vel fudorifer3f> 
 Membrana adipofa. 
 
 Fibra ^ 
 
 P 
 

 1 
 
 
 :' ' odicsl^i^ . ' ' 
 
 V ., ’*' I . ^ - ';'*>' 
 
 ' ‘ , V , ' ‘i ‘ - . ‘ ' ' 
 
 sw\ I'.d.Uviivif 5}(S 
 .Vi‘\’:1vrjV;iV,'^x'M ?",'!> n'"'. '^ • i''\'\vt- ' .. 
 
 V. ^ ' . V •- ' ‘ ^ilBt>iiidirA7 
 
 . . , - ^ ' . .fiif>ncd^r-'f jVf 
 
 ■ . ' . .xr;uhf]>:,iiOJ’{tI 
 
 '-■• ■ ’•’d-'*-^, . 'd • • . *''::t:.ra3 
 
 ' , . Ai\SiO0isri :puliKA:tjjI 
 
 .iiiSi — ^ v'ia- JdiiJftC 
 
 _ ■ - . a75ii-it'i-11 -f ^'i^’ti!t^^^ -'• ^v-'^ 
 
 7, . V ^ i;n r.rr:*;' 
 
 > V- 
 
STLLABVS. 
 
 51 I 
 
 Fibra. 
 
 Nervus. 
 
 Tendo. 
 
 Membrana. 
 
 Glandula. 
 
 Os. 
 
 Arteria. 
 
 y^s|‘a<aeum, 
 
 Cartilago. 
 
 Vena. 
 
 l Excretorium 
 
 Ligamentum. 
 
 Lymph2Edu(5tus. 
 
 MuTculus. 
 
 Vid» Pag. 91^ 92, 95. c^Introdudt 
 
 Pr£ele6lio Decima. 
 
 De Membranis totius Corporis. 
 
 D Ura Mater. ^ Pleura. 
 
 Pia Mater. Peritoneum, &c/ 
 Mediaftinum. 
 
 Fid. Pag. 150, I 94 . 95 *. 9 ^. 4 i* 
 
 Pr*ele6Ho Undecima. 
 
 De Glandulis Jalivalibus ^ earumque ' dutlibus^ 
 
 P Arotides, vel Maxillares fuperiores. 
 
 MaxLia res inferiores. ( 
 
 Sublinguales. . ( earum dueffus* 
 
 TonfiUse. ) 
 
 JnnomiaatjE in orbitis oculorum. 
 

 7 / 
 
 j ; 
 
 .ob(?oT 
 
 .eO 
 
 t l. ' y * 
 
 . * ' * ' ' < \ w L ■ ‘ * .4 
 
 .2b 71 3/1 1 
 
 »y 
 
 :H;-l 
 
 .fc!ub:!f;!D ! 
 
 .fiih ic:r; 
 
 .M- 
 
 
 * i 
 
 .,A 
 
 .•■'L.: li ^ ■■" ' j . 
 
 : 
 
 :-j >■ 
 
 .«ulijotijlyi 1 
 
 ,cU'tbob7iiiv](.. 
 
 , c.i 
 
 
 « 
 
 Ji.TU^'Jvi. 
 
 oiBoI C’i7 
 
 li ^ : 
 
 
 liufa-^Civ.^Kv lCI 
 
 
 
 rvsy'lA 55nT//'ii 
 
 
 
 .'i.if.-A'/x x:M 
 
 
 
 .rr;:jni,7ijio3iv' 
 
 
 -f 
 
 ,lji ,c;i .gi/I 
 
 .jjfni'jtjbLiJJ oifb^bri'^ 
 
 ... 1 ■ , • • , : 
 
 . - (’ 
 
 .. ’ ‘ rt:)T 
 
 \ 
 
 y I 
 
 ii.lC'io ni 
 
 n- 
 
 1 
 
STLLABVS. 21 ^ 
 
 i 
 
 Buccales. 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 Labiales. 
 
 Membrana Glandularis orisj 
 
 ! Linguales. 
 
 cuius Glandulae nominantur. | 
 
 1 Fauciales. 
 
 I 
 
 1 Palarinx. 
 
 
 [_Uvuiares. 
 
 FU. Pag. 97, 98, 99, 100. 
 
 
 Prjeledtio Duodecima. 
 
 De Du&u Alimentaliy Membranis in 
 Abdomine. 
 
 JpEritoneum — Vafa Umbilicalia. 
 
 Omentum^ 
 
 fuperior^ 
 
 inferior. 
 
 Vide Praei, xxii. 
 
 Oefophagus. 
 
 Ventriculus^— r orificum 
 
 
 .Iniftrum, Cardia, 
 dextrum, ubi circulus fibrofus. 
 
 rDuodenum : 
 
 Inceftina tenuia, s Jejunum : 
 
 Ilium. 
 
 C Colon, ubi valvula ad ingrelTum: 
 Inteftina craffa, s Caecum : 
 
 (_Redum. 
 
 In omni farte duJm Aliment alis e fi notanda^ 
 
 P 
 
 Tunica 
 
' V ti K. ,J !. c 
 
 .ajin^ouc;'' 
 
 ; 1 
 
 ,* . i 
 
 .^^ 1 : :.. rK? ; n \ 
 
 ■mfiiD 
 
 )ip > 'ivL^j 
 
 *: c\ 7 ’C y.{' 
 
 s i m C’3 !x) • j(l cifov i.si'i^ 
 
 T "k ., 
 
 ^ T - f' ■ 
 
 • U J v«* * V W 'J- V 
 
 7 'f, .. 'f' V ■ ▼ A > . . *'-• -^ 
 
 ^ « i* .A.'; :■ — - rr?ij'*r:Oji-..-ir 
 
 I 
 
 ^ion‘?a':i> f, 
 
 •'j'H'irla: \ 
 
 l 
 
 
 
 ^ , ^fXi^ k' -i; . -\.> 
 
 ^ . j.^ A' 
 
 v ‘0 ^ T’ A^T 
 
 ft I bO , ',-' ;J7 "r j . 7 
 
 3-b^.J,t:Tli-.4jLS 
 
 ; rrinn'T^.r \ 
 
 : :.:iini;r.^ S rr‘ 'i. irl 
 
 >< Z<^i ■ 4 ^ 
 
 •r. 
 
 ■ Lm' '■ iG i , V • >'- 
 
 / ... ,./ . 
 
 3' 
 
 . 1 ;. 
 
 ^ vm 1^ . . . '," ''■'. . .. 
 
STLLABVS. 215 
 
 Texcerna^, Communis, 
 
 Tunica < media_, Muicularis^ 
 
 (pincerna Glandulofa^ Villo obducta. 
 
 Ventriculo flaccido, Rugae: 
 
 . r tenuibus. Valvulae Connivences. 
 
 Inteftinis ^ ' ( Ligamenta : - 
 
 (,craffis,Caeco excepto, \ Glandulx pyerians: 
 
 Valvula. 
 
 r Majores, /» Canibus Faner eas 
 Mefenterium, — — Glandulaes AfelliL 
 
 (^Minores. 
 
 In omnibus his membranis^ funt ohfervand^e Lamella. 
 
 Vid Pag. 95 ':, loo. 1^2, IO 5, 104, lo^ 
 
 Pr2ele(flio Decima Tertia. 
 
 D: Hepate j Pancreate^ Splene Via laPlea. 
 
 ( Sufpenforiurnj 
 ^Ligaraentums Latum, 
 
 (_ Umbilicale. 
 
 H 
 
 Epar,<; 
 
 
 Cava. 
 
 Vefica Fellea. 
 
 r CyfHhepatici, 
 \Cyfticus, 
 
 ^Vafa excretoria,-*Dudus‘s Hepaticus, 
 
 /Communis Cholc- 
 L dochus. 
 
 P 4 
 
 Pan* 
 

 
 
 Vs- • ' : .'v V.", 
 
 ;>rii;.' > -"• )3f , 'V H^jsy") 
 
 ::.r .. .: l'v* , 
 
 /' j V U«O yJ (,> 
 
 
 :t.: 
 
 
 <,L:h.aiV v- ' 
 
 .*. ■■■-■ -V ' • ■' ‘ . 
 
 ' *r - /'■ .:, 
 
 
 Ks 
 
 . - ... . , I » 'crtilSi;.» J 
 
 .?'!:JV;' ► ) ', . ' ' ' ' 
 
 ' \ 1#^ , ,' \i . ' f 
 
 '■ , • -\ ’ " K' ‘ '■ •-• " -' '1 
 
 ) :: . . ; ■ 
 
 ;v.\'\K •■ . ■ V- *i 
 
 ^ ..i. ■ ■>[ 
 
 ' ■■ ■ .,11 
 
 .•.•.«•.vtq*- ;> •...•; W'.ir.; }•■''. ■■'■ ‘ '^- 
 
 -■JO. ,i.c: ,-o>. ;. 0 . ^ ' 
 
 
 SiJl3 £ >1 Olfo3iX'l''i 
 
 V» . •. > ' 
 
 « . Iw ., Jk S s 
 
 V - . * -. • 
 
 . 'S/ ' ■ ■ '. ■ 
 
 \ ‘ <. ^ 
 
 
 
 ■•'• _ -:l 
 
 i ' 
 
 '!ii 
 
 9 
 
 . . .-j,..., ; 
 
 
 ■ \ ' i 
 
 . „ .. , ; ■- /v I 
 
 ' ' ■ i > > 
 
 V'" T” ■“ 
 
 r - 
 
 
 : T 
 
 ' . - I 
 
 *t' 
 
 ' -n^T^rl ; v, ^ , u- ^ ; 
 
 V . ^ " - • 
 
 V -•' ,f 
 
 
 
 / 
 
STLLABVS. 
 
 ‘i I j 
 
 Pancreas — Du(ftus excretorius. 
 
 Splen, IcSf’ije, 
 
 Vid. Pag. io6, 107, 108, 10^. 
 
 Pr<ele6tio Decima Quarta. 
 
 De quibufdam Glandulis^ (ly de Vajis laiieis 
 
 Lymphaticis, 
 
 la<aes,{gJ™jjj-gencris 
 
 Receptaculum chyli. 
 
 Dud:us Thoracicus. 
 
 Lymphacdui^kus in genere. 
 
 rVafa ubiq^ concomitantes. 
 
 Glandulaes Inguinales, 
 
 (^Axillares. 
 
 Vid. Pag. Ill, 112, 127, 128, 129. i;o. 
 
 PraelecfHo Decima Quinta. 
 
 De Corde^ ^ j^artibus rejprationi infermentibus. 
 
 artilago 
 
 Thyroid es, 
 'Cricoides, 
 Arytaenoides, 
 Epiglottis. 
 
 Bron- 
 

 to! $Ti v") 
 
 Ji.:::d^iyj') 
 
 .Of 4. t T . 
 
 ' 
 
 -\ 
 
 j.jfiinQ 
 
 ^ ■ ■ V 
 
 i;!nbo 
 
 • ' * ■Ki't ^ 
 
 ..* !,1s^ -, > . '. r ; -.1 : . •. 
 
 
 .v' . 
 
 •t ' 
 
 ^:-.r' it": 
 
 m * /~ ^* <"n ^ 
 
 c 
 
 DK:tn..^C 
 
 
 fA. 
 
 T 
 
 / 
 
STLLABVS. 
 
 Bronchos, —Cartilagines, Pene-anulares. 
 
 Glandule Thyroideie. 
 
 Thymus, 
 
 Pleura. 
 
 Mediaftinum. 
 
 Pericardium. 
 
 ^ iafcendens. 
 
 Tuberculum Loweri. 
 
 Auricula dextra. 
 
 Columnas 
 
 Foraminis ovalis locust 
 Oftium Venarum coronariarum*. 
 
 Ventriculus dexter. 
 
 Valvulas tricufpides. 
 Papilla. 
 
 Columnx. 
 
 Cor< 
 
 Arteria Pulmonalis, 
 
 Valvula: figmoidales. 
 
 Canalis arteriofus in Liga« 
 mentum verfus. 
 
 Vena Pulmonalis. 
 
 Auricula finiftra, — -Columnse. 
 
 f Valvuk mitrales. 
 Ventriculus finifter,< Papill^r. 
 
 (^Columnae, 
 
 Septum Cordis, 
 
 Aorta, 
 

 
 " t r 
 
 ! 
 
 m'f'. 
 m-u ■ 
 
 y <y^ k :\j TZ 
 
 -A ^ 
 
 .20i?Iuasi >cne»4 ,?‘jx»f^‘:Ii5tKO--~— \^?Ofbnoi3-. 
 
 A. ■ 
 
 f ' 
 
 ■A ,* -■> 
 
 !i6Lia'i {r!T .yJuTjnrJr" 
 5 . 2 rj.rTr'(fri? 
 
 r?^Oj 7 .^,a 
 
 .cn 3 hntokf )7 / ^ 
 
 •er:.fcr.o'tKr^''9 
 
 .hr^oJ nxnl'oridiiT' 
 
 
 • ^: : ^ irir^inloO) ' . ^ 
 
 '. ‘ .?uDoI 2iIi.vo Tr."nfnoH'^^;-ri3X3f) ^Rf^^ri?A 
 
 »fhji,,IiJaoio3 :r!3i:ra^ / aiiji/lO V 
 
 Xtli^ f )■ ■ . 
 
 , /xIiIokU 2uIiJ3h3n3\’' 
 
 ■ ! />,(irri!jlo 3 ‘.» 
 
 ,. * -V. *^r ( 
 
 ■■ '• . , * > * , ■ 1 ' 
 
 ?3lf;f/^Offi^ri , ’ “ • 
 
 *r:-jLt m giiljhjrsii 2ijf;m;.':> XcLCir^r^^^ 
 
 », M'^h ;v rniim-ufj J ' . # .' 
 
 . . .>':!r.ror:i!'.'^I r/n^V 
 
 ', A^^ jTmfoO — — Kliiohrj/. j 
 
 • - J V ' 
 
 ■'. .h’cr.i'Ti -i ' i . 1 
 
 :. , . .jsJiinKn )-,ijr.::ii: eiilu ji ;;a • v | . 
 
 ' ^^itcnuloD ) 
 
 t:dA. 
 
 ✓ibio- !]/ r:.»aq:v.j 
 
STLLABVS. 
 
 221 
 
 Valvul.t femiluni^^es. 
 
 Oftia Arteriarum coronariarum. 
 
 r,d. Pag. 24, 2f, 128, 129, 96,112, II}, 114, Iiy^ 
 116, 
 
 PrteledHo Decima Sexta. 
 
 De Arteriis ^ Venis fu^erioribm. 
 
 Arteri^t^ 
 
 A Orta afcendens. 
 
 Coronaris Cordis^ 
 Subclavis^ 
 
 Thyms, 
 
 Mammaria», 
 
 Cervicales, 
 
 Carotides, 
 
 Thyroideae, 
 
 Laryngea:, 
 
 Temporales, 
 
 Occipitales, 
 
 Parotides, 
 
 Ranuls, • 
 
 Faciei, 
 
 Venay 
 
 Jugulares,(?^'"^«^> 
 
 ® ^ (interns. 
 
 Rami communicantes, 
 
 Ranulares, 
 
 Faciei, 
 
 Parotides, 
 
 Larynges, 
 
 Thyroides, 
 
 Mammaris, 
 
 Thyms, 
 
 Occipitales, ^ 
 
 Cervicales, 
 
 Subclavis, 
 
 Cava defcendens. 
 
 Vafa Cmlrty Vide Prsl. xviii. 
 
 Axillaris, Digitales, 
 
 Humeralis, Cephalica, 
 
 Cubitails 
 
▼ r 
 
 i' ■'■ . ’» i.i t O'j'j A ^ '' 
 
 
 : ,tiX ,a&r J 
 
 .yiri A.;h 
 
 .BlxOv^. jBCitb^O. v-liooiyr.^. - 
 
 1 » <aU"‘ 5 \ r-*’^ Vi i \ tV 
 
 
 
 n'’r' '-‘:;r..uiiu,r^ ’0 a “ '1 ; 
 
 I 
 
 n J. .a - 
 
 c ' ■ • 
 
 r • T 
 
 . ; . i ■' ^> / 1 
 
 ■,«7 - C, 
 
 , J 
 
 5 . ■.- / 
 
 -V I » J 1 iCy ‘ . / 
 
 •> 
 
 .1 
 
 j r j^ 
 
 •':vr: j. 
 
 ,“( - ■ -. h.' ' >¥ 
 
 r '• 
 
 f T I 
 
 ■ J. ; 
 
 c ; * ' a. '■ 
 
 i M 
 , 111 /•! 1’ 
 ; /;■ 7cir)'A > 
 
 .W- ■: 
 
 5! 
 
 •■r j i .• 
 
 . . ' .LIl, 
 
 .r-n ■ ^iiX ' V i I 
 
 ',ii :.■'/: 
 
 I c - ■. ^ O t.> ji , 1 ': 
 
 
 , A 
 
 10 « 
 
STLLABVS. 
 
 rfuperior. 
 
 Mediana, 
 
 Cubitalis s media, 
 
 Bafilica, 
 
 (^inferior. 
 
 Salvatella, 
 
 Ramus communicans, ' 
 
 Humeralis, 
 
 Digitales. 
 
 Axillaris. 
 
 Vid. Chap. ix. Book III. 
 
 Prseleiitio Decima Septima. 
 
 De ArteriLSf Venk inferioribus. 
 
 ArterU. 
 
 Ven^t. 
 
 A Orta defcendens, 
 Jl\ Intercoftales, 
 
 T^Igitales Pedis, 
 Saphena, 
 
 Bronchiales, ' 
 
 Tibiales, 
 
 Phrenics, 
 
 Poplitect, 
 
 Coeliaca, 
 
 Cruralis, 
 
 Pancreatica, 
 
 Epigaftric^, 
 
 Hepatica, 
 
 Iliaca 
 
 Cyftica, 
 
 l interna. 
 
 Coronaria Ventriculi fuper. 
 
 Lumbares, 
 
 Epiploica, 
 
 Spermatic.T, 
 
 Splenica, 
 
 Emulgentes, 
 
 Coronaria Ventriculi infer. 
 
 Meferaicx, 
 
 Mefenterica fuperior. 
 
 Coronaria Ventriculi infer. 
 
 Emulgentes, 
 
 Splenica, 
 j Epiploicx, 
 
 Lumbares, 
 
 Spermatica, 
 
STLLABVS. 225 
 
 Arteridi. 
 
 Veri£. 
 
 Lumbares, 
 
 Coronaria Ventriculi fupen 
 
 Mefenterica inferior. 
 
 Cyftica, 
 
 Rami communicantes. 
 
 Hepatica, 
 
 Sacra, 
 
 Pancreatica, 
 
 IHaca 
 
 Porta, 
 
 1 interna. 
 
 Phrenicx, 
 
 Epigaftrica^, 
 
 Intercoftales, 
 
 Cruralis, 
 
 Bronchia, 
 
 Cexterior, 
 
 Azygos in Cavam defcen^ 
 
 Tibialiss media. 
 
 dentem. 
 
 (^interior. 
 
 Cava afcendens. 
 
 Ramus communicans. 
 
 ✓ 
 
 Earum Valvx.- 
 
 Digitales Pedis. 
 
 ' 
 
 Tunica!, & Vafa Vaforum. 
 
 Pr^le^Ho Decima Odlava. 
 
 De CerebrOj ejufque Memhranif^ ^ Vajis, 
 
 D 
 
 fprimus, (i. e.) Falx, 
 "Proceffuss lecandus^ 
 
 (^cercius. 
 
 fLongitudlnalis >bi Llga^ 
 
 I Re<ftus, ^ 
 
 Circularis 
 
 Lli>nominac3 4 prope OiTa pecfofa. 
 
 Q Catsri 
 
 menca. 
 Torcular 
 Herophili^ 
 

STLLABVS. 
 
 " J7 
 
 Cateri non funt femper ohfer'Va'ndU 
 
 {ArteriXi 
 Verrt. 
 Volvuli. 
 
 Cerebrum^ 
 
 ''Hemifpheria i. 
 
 Lobi 4. 
 
 Arterii jCarotides, 
 
 Arteni ^Cervicales. 
 
 Infundibulum. 
 
 Giandula pituitaria. 
 
 Protuberantia: 2 alb^ pone infundibulum^ 
 
 CCrura. 
 
 Medulla oblongata_,s Caudex. 
 
 (_Protuberantia annularis. 
 
 ^ ("Olfactorium. 
 
 2 . ( \ Opticum. * 
 
 3. >feu< Oculorum motorium.’ 
 
 4. V y Patheticum, 
 
 i 5’.J cGuftatorium. 
 
 ■ ? 6. unde Rami intercoftales.’ 
 
 7.7 r Auditorium. 
 
 8.3 feus fAccef* 
 
 9- <lvagum,-Neryusj^^"“®: 
 
 (,rens. 
 
 I Nervo- 
 rum par 
 
 10. 
 
 Cerebellum^ — Prcceflus vermiformes. 
 
 c • f Corticalis cinerea. 
 
 alba. 
 
 Septum lucidum. 
 
 Qi 
 
 Fornix. 
 

 
 TifM- K AATZ'-s^ " 
 
 . -s' '■ V' ■ • . 
 
 < .C' .^‘' 
 
 •-»1 
 
 V V;V. S’,. .’/.'■ t«v^ 
 
 .;» ■ ■ ' ,,•■■' ■'■■^ -.--lip'-' '%•>•.; ' * .fk'y.l4>/ J -■ '14 ^‘' 
 
 
 
 
 ’ A 
 
 
 i • • :. * ••' •. A-' ^ .?'jb5lOlf:n> . . 
 
 ;-a' ' , ■■•' \ ‘ 
 
 ^ . . ,-' 
 
 ■ ’ *'■ •* ■ V' ^ :- ; . j:hRiiii'.iq,'j,iii[)aK't> 
 
 ' '^^/luludibriulirr xdlK 3 : u.iu^:vj6u}0\\ 
 
 ' u* ■" ■ ‘ > „ ., -■ '.- .:%• . '\ • 
 
 X:::2S2r:o!do-LlLbj 
 
 ycri^tij:}a^shniiVjdj>j'i"^Ij^ ' •. 
 
 ■ , 
 
 -i> ' ',' 
 
 y>v 
 
 .. s\ 
 
 
 
 >> A'C ; 
 
 HrrO/ \c 
 
 '■•t- 
 
 \ V rr! 
 
 
 ♦mi/rioiOfH rnu'iofij'jQ )si 
 
 :*Aai *• 
 
 A.;;v ;- ' 
 
 .moii -oy^^Vf 
 
 -; ’ ' ,2:Ii^rioo-i:>if(£ trnfiii sLrtii .<> ' ' fj.tr rjiji \ : '-’ ■■> 
 
 '1 «,/ ' 
 
 : .'V '- ' '■ ■ 
 
 » y\>. ■ ■-• * ■• ‘‘ 
 
 
 
 ; ; v;, 
 
 
 .j-,Cii Jiirr.lSv/ .aijIW AsD'- ' 
 
 
 , ' Kor.. .' >, i-S:t”;-) ,7- . ' 3 
 
 , ^-«i" V ■ ' '- 'A : ;■ 
 
 • * ’; -;. ;,''"i -A ' ''-... 
 
 r : » •' 
 
STLLABVS. 
 
 Fornix 
 
 
 Radices. 
 
 Crura. 
 
 
 Ventriculi z anteriores, ^ 
 
 rPlexus Choroidcs. 
 
 1 Glandula Pinealis. 
 
 Corpora ftriata. 
 
 Thalami Nervorum opticbrum. 
 I Nates. 
 
 LTeftes. 
 
 Foramen 
 
 
 ad Radices Fornicis, 
 
 anterius, 
 
 pofterius. 
 
 Ventriculus tertius. 
 
 Ventriculus quartus, 
 
 ^od de Cerebro [ufereFi notatu Indignum judico. 
 Vid.Pzg. i;o, 131, i?2, 13;, 134, 135:, 136. 
 
 
 Praelectio 
 
' J 
 
 
 .6 0 u A O. L <u 
 
 ^ *- 
 
 ^ ' )•'> ■ 
 
 
 •i» 
 
 
 . 2 y : jijpm 
 
 . f rii _ i k/jj bn s;'! C\ | 
 .KV hfi inoqicO 1 . 
 
 -muiODhqo iTia'X7'i34 irnKlsri T 6 iivomn^ i 
 
 r 
 
 .eTJsy ^ 
 . 7 &P;TJ 
 
 liL iui^'I E 5 oib£ 5 I 
 'V _ ^.2^hrj;Gq3 . \ 
 
 ‘ -.. . • ■- i.' ■ 
 
 . ■ ejI:.Dh?n:>V 
 
 « '■ . >f -v, 'ai*t i^^^^hnasV 
 
 nXw^Twvu a\..Vi^ r^* 5 -,Ku\ 
 
 * » « • 
 
 N. ^ s ' 
 
 • OC T ’^■'’'. 1 *^'? ^''T I ^ T «^ •* T ,">* '^-1 VVM 
 
 t U :• ' -ft - tr t F " t ^ t ^ t^'c ^ -o'" ‘ 
 
 Gci^jfel'I 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 / 
 
STLLABVS. a:? I 
 
 PrseletSlio Decima Nona. 
 
 De Medulla Sfmali Nerzi^ ^ajfim in Cor- 
 pus difperjis. 
 
 ( Meninges. 
 
 Ti iTEdulla Spinalis, j 
 
 1 Cauda Equina. 
 
 iVJL ^ 
 
 Brachiales, 
 
 Cubitales, 
 
 Digitales 
 
 Intercoftales, 
 
 rCervicis 7. 
 (^Sacri 6. 
 
 r fanticus, 
 ipofticus, 
 
 Tibiales, 
 
 Digitorum pedis. 
 
 
 Sunt flurimi ex his oriundi^ fer Corpus undif^ue difperjt» Et 
 a partibus quibus [ub fer viunt nominantur, 
 
 Vid.Pag. i; 6 , 17 , 1 , 140, 14I;, 142, 14;. 
 
 Q 4 
 
 Prs- 
 

 
 
 '• t > 
 
 I 'T 
 
 .::rio v ' i , rmbsCI 
 
 •v: J w. £'.\ .. ■ V 
 
 X 
 
 « o \ 
 
 ' V , 
 
 
 » 1 ^ \ 
 
 
 • ^rr 
 
 . .P ; .:pbj . 
 
 'r ?IorV'7':v i ) 
 
 . s.huDd . f ,' 
 
 ^ \ y I 
 
 .5.4 i!'::)Cy, 
 
 i: :j*:o:jiiii; 1 ' 
 
 
 
 ^••• 1 -.*:: - r ' '■ 
 
 I 
 
 .. Z .- 7 
 
 ^ ' joifioci 
 
 c £ l;;raO * 
 
 b 
 
 '.-V 
 
 •1 
 
 2 U 
 
 ’M!'’' v'"^ >♦; ; ;o3 r ,\an’- b- ; ,; . 'jc.^ ■/.'v •' 
 
 I 
 
STLLA3VS. 
 
 ^ 33 ^. 
 
 PrseledHo Vigefima. 
 
 JDe Tartibm Vrinariis^ (fy" Organis generationis 
 
 in Viris. 
 
 /"Arterias 
 1 Venae 
 
 emulgentes. 
 
 Enes^ ^ 
 
 Glandulae. 
 
 Papilla. 
 
 Tubuli Urinarii. 
 Pelvis. 
 
 Glandulae Renales^ -Sinus. 
 
 Ureteres. 
 
 VefiGR urinaria, — Tunica 
 
 
 Externa communis. 
 
 Media, Mufculus detrufor urlna<, 
 Interna. 
 
 Mufculus Sphindcr Veficae. 
 
 Tunicae- 
 
 y externa. Cutis. 
 
 Communes, 
 
 P^^opri^l interna. Albuginea. 
 
 Teftes, ^ . . 
 
 Ven* |-Spermatic*. 
 
 Corpora varicofa. 
 ;^Epididymes, 
 
 Vafa deferentia. 
 
 Vcficulx 
 

 
 V^ 
 
 1 , 
 
 r";-. : T 
 
 
 '-, . :tfO- 
 
 "O 
 
 ' * X^y Kv wm:M^ :.'vl 
 
 r. 
 
 ^ *t • sti •■ rr ^ i-* i. 
 
 c tii 3 Y- 
 
 " ' ) - y 
 
 i -• du Hj ± ] ■ , v" ' 
 
 - ^ 
 
 ^ ■ -"r^rc ^cc4fino>I !?iubr£iii 
 
 . “ /’ >v ' 
 
 f fti « Mi ; Ti >■ 
 
 r.iii j 
 
 oTL’/ pn-::2lul^ 
 
 
 • '^- j'i'-VjL 
 
 
 - • - •■^^ 
 
 '-. ^ . ..- ..» - . 4 
 
 i: .-'3' 3.^c k , TTsT'.ir'.'i ) '< ( 
 
 :- ■;:, i:.:. 
 
 jorarH' ^ 
 
 'i 
 
 .. C Tn-'^n.'^ ■/ 
 
 i ... 
 
 
 ij ':ry iiioqio 
 
 
 ■‘n;"'- il:,Y 
 
STLLABVS. 
 
 ^5 
 
 Veficute feminales. 
 
 Proflatae. 
 
 C Prasputium. 
 
 jS?rc,ver„o6. 
 
 (_ Glandulae odorifera. 
 
 Crura. 
 
 Corpora cavernofa. 
 
 Septum. 
 
 Penis_,<j 
 
 Connexio ad OJJa fuhisy 'ouJgo Ligamentum fuffcnforiuni^ 
 
 rCorpus cavernofum. 
 
 Urethra^ s Roftra Gallinaginis. 
 
 C Membrana Glandulofa. 
 
 ^^ufculi: Vide Prael. xxvi. 
 
 Vid . l ?^ g - 16X3 i62j 163^ 164^ i6f. 
 
 Praeledlio Vigefima Prima. 
 
 De Fartibus Generationis Mulierum. 
 
 E 
 
 Xternat, < 
 
 rMons Veneris, 
 
 Rima Magna, 
 
 Labia, 
 
 Nymphae. 
 
 r Glans, 
 
 (.Corpora cavernoft. 
 
 4.Meatus Urinarii exitus. 
 
 Vag. 
 

 c 8 ' 
 
 
 rni*iiua . 
 
 * / 
 
 
 
 -.•^i^r-ovpD vr.rq^K: '}f^: 
 
 xvuiD 
 
 .liicrr-rVx:) ‘:*'ocpo3f- 
 .rnrjKj?'^ j 
 
 .foi>-TO'«r ^^l)w ^\rV4!\ 
 
 
 .n'tij*“ xi'i >vf:o ?xjq-3Q^, 'j) ; j 
 
 . f; j/)oy^ rfndj-iiU < 
 
 .r;!o:u.;;:-,i:3 L indmDj/ ' J 
 
 i ji\ 
 
 :::•/,( iVi^\ ;llv. 
 
 •tp'- '!-‘"'i ..^;.;'i ,Ui 
 
 'r "‘•t 
 
 ♦ . 
 
 •irrzM- ijoibjji'/' G;£3i-r-i«^[ 
 
 1 V ' c* 
 
 ji.; . 
 
 ■'-..'v.iu{> uuAuijvV 
 
 ^^'r* # c '• »i ) 
 
 
 ^| 
 
 ' i i 
 
 
 ,':r:r..' ./ / 
 
 'f 
 
 •I' 
 
 
 . 
 
 
 ::: :’r:^ 
 
 ; f 
 
 r 
 
STL L A B V S. 
 
 
 Hymen. 
 
 Carunculae myrtiformes. 
 Vagina, ^Rugir. 
 
 Glandulae. 
 
 Lacunae. 
 
 T“l>» F«l<>PPi«“. {pOTamtok. 
 
 Tefticuli 
 
 y Corpora varicofa. 
 
 COva. 
 
 Vid. Pag. i66, i6j, i68, 169.' * 
 
 Prasledlio Vigefima Secunda. 
 
 De Foetu in Vtero^ cum Membranis^ &C. 
 
 Chorion. 
 
 Allantois. 
 
 Amnion. 
 
 Humores, 
 Placenta Uterina. 
 
 Vafa umbilicalia/ 
 
 Vena. 
 
 Arteria. 
 
 Urachus. 
 
 Foramen 
 
V,- . /■ ■V ■■■;.;:\;v'''v-;::^' ' .”®'- ■• . .-.r ' . ' 
 
 j. .^— rmif ' .. I : '1 ■ ^ ^ '':. >>*■ ’J' * 
 
 1;^ 
 
 s 
 
 A 
 
 .n3i.T{H\v -;■■ 
 
 tOr 'tw- ,^. 
 
 ■ ■ ' / ' sltcjuiuiiO , 
 
 ‘ ’ ■>' r' -" :i 
 
 : ■ ' 5- .*^iui)n:;IO V 
 
 ‘ -1!'". .■■/' - -.- 
 
 - 
 
 c TT ' 
 
 
 /Jiarjosjy ^ ij 
 
 ' * - . ^ .' ‘i m 
 
 / ‘ '■■ ■ ' ■ ^ ^ 
 
 Ein3l7T«{.I7' f^ 
 
 .■5S3njr 
 
 k-' ■:•: 
 
 
 , ( 
 
 , j ; y. k 
 
 ’ '^‘ ' t \ 
 
 ^ f i ' ‘ ‘ -• - ‘ 
 
 '; ». * ■ * . ^ ^ i 
 
 • •■ ■k;.- ;. .•shfitnH7 , _ ; :„ jj, 
 
 '7 ’ ' ' jjaifiifc'10'15 . fj 
 
 ■’>^ s -.' ■ '*'• ■ . • . . ^ :'' V, ■■■'■-■ ‘. V -- 
 
 ; k,' ■ \?raHRrni3<fl< y 
 
 • ' ■■ :•■ '„■ ‘- > i:;icifl/f 
 
 ■- ,; '. • ;; alooiiCT g-io(fw3\ L 
 
 -W . .fi'iO) _ :-„4V 
 
 ?■;• : «,8^^, C^I V ; ' V 
 
 ■1 ■ 
 
 
 i’. ^;fibauo3?j v 
 
 cV /•:. ■ -' - ^ .ii 
 
 f % 
 
 
 ■J 
 
 
 ■ <-■ 
 
 «■-■S', «f 
 1 .-w'.;.. . vl 
 
 
 
 J!OhOiIv^ ^ 
 
 • .nOiU..:A_) 
 
 \t f’iljil} Blti Oi.'M 
 
 
 
 
 ■ - •! ‘^ •*‘*•8 'm 
 
 
 
 i r. < 
 
 V-: 
 
STLLABVS. 
 
 Foramen ovale. 
 
 Dudus arteriofus. 
 
 Vid. Pag. 169, 170, 171, 172, 17;. 
 
 ^9 
 
 
 Prjeledio Vigellma Tertia. 
 
 De Organis la&us^ Gujiu^^ ^ Odoratus. 
 
 P Ta5tus. 
 
 Apilla: pyramidales in Cute. Vide ?rd. ix* 
 
 Gujlus. 
 
 Papillae pyramidales in Lingua. 
 
 Odoratus. 
 
 Membrana Glandulofa, & Ncrvea, paffim indudst 
 in Laminas Nafi, commune Os fpongiofum di- 
 dum. 
 
 Vid. Pag. 180. 
 
 Pr^ledio Vigefima Quarta. 
 
 De Organis Vifus. 
 
 JpAlpebrae cum Ciliis, & Superciliis. 
 
 Caruncula lachrymalis. 
 
 Tunica 
 

 ' isIrvo nwi.sio'? 
 
 .3u!oh:3is ^IIj■.■uCI' 
 
 • -j-J -i- 
 
 £fu ibgiV ' oiio3l'X’I*l ^ 
 
 '^i A.v.'i .;..7T 
 
 !:■ i 'vi i.k;.::i;„vj;i:]x; ';:q'f. 
 
 J Ej/JAttpUTUi l 
 
 -i : .O jn:j^::;:nc; 7 A^S^,^.siAx:u:J ui 
 
 ). . 
 
 ,raL-:35 
 
 
 .■ $^-r 
 
 rsn^j :: rrti rS'., f V ;. o? . 
 
 -> xv*: 'pf 
 
 V,' 
 
 
 
STLLABVS. 
 
 f Conjundiva, 
 
 I Sclerotis, 
 
 1 Cornea, 
 
 Tunica.^' Choroides, 
 
 I Uvea, 
 
 Retina, 
 
 {^Aranea. 
 
 Proccflus CiliareS/ 
 Iris. 
 
 Pupilla. 
 
 Humores, 
 
 i 
 
 Aqueus, 
 
 Vitreus, 
 
 Cryftallinus, 
 
 FU. Pag. 174, i7f, 176. 
 
 / 
 
 H* 
 
 Pr^le61:io Vigefima Quinta.' 
 
 > 
 
 De Organis Auditus. 
 
 A URICULA, 
 
 Meatus Auditorius, — 
 Iter ad Palatum. 
 Tympanum. 
 Membrana Tympani. 
 
 Feneftra 
 
 { 
 
 ovalis, 
 
 rotunda. 
 
 Membrana Glandulofa.- 
 
 R 
 
 VeftibukmJ 
 

 .C V> 
 
 \ * ^ I 
 
 ,r2ir:c3 j 
 
 yy ■' 
 
 ... ^ 
 
 V l.,.d J ^ ' 
 
 ,.: W- > ' -Jl; 
 
 A > 
 
 . ., ; V , 
 
 . --.v’i'^ l- j _) 
 
 . .., _ ... - n ■' 'f 
 
 <1 » * ..f I ■ j » i; i • 
 
 V 'I 
 
 ..eifliuP iiri“'il,)-‘>iV 
 
 M\ 
 
 ..T r Tr->. .. 
 
 ’ T I ^ 1 I f J 
 
 
 
 ( 
 
STLLABVS. 
 
 
 Veftibulum. 
 
 Labyrinthus,{g2s^resfemicirculares. 
 
 Incus. 
 
 Malleolus. 
 
 Officulum quarcum. 
 
 Mufculus < 
 
 r externus, 
 \ obliquus, 
 
 ^Tympani, 
 
 laxatoresj 
 
 ) internus, ——Tympani, tenfor. 
 C Itapidis, 
 
 T/W. Pag. 177, 178, 179, 180. 
 
 R 2 MYO 
 

 
 Z a K .1 
 
 '' i > 
 
 »** '*-i uoxfl- T 
 
 ^ ,Si'J:ho 3 \ _ '. . , , 
 
 f 
 
 «C^^j Ij • Ci v^ nr' 
 
 ^esnoirxnl — — jai:qmv 
 
 / 
 
 /idlnoj Anr.onv^^T - 
 
 / 
 
 . ■ .061 ,5;'^: ^e-i .V,n 
 
 ir . ■■ , . :• 
 
 C,2Ijin3:/0 
 
 — :'jmojr.i ; 
 
 ■ ,Eibi'T^:‘> ) 
 
 i 
 
 
 , r 
 
 \ 
 
 M 
 
^45 
 
 M Y O L O G I A. 
 
 F ascia tendlnofa, 'vulgo ^femhrana communis 
 zJ^uf culor urn. 
 
 Membrana propria. 
 
 Cremafteres Teftium. 
 
 Eredores Penis. 
 
 Aeceleratores urinx. 
 
 Eredores Clitoridis. 
 
 Sphindter Vaginae. 
 
 Sphinder ani • ubl In Vlris portio tranfverfalis Fenis di^a. 
 Levatores ani. 
 
 Pr^eledio Vigefima Sexta. 
 
 De Mufcuiis Abdominis, &c. 
 
 Abdominis. 
 
 Pyramidales, defmt ^Compreffores. 
 
 Redij — —flexores. 
 Tranfverfales. 
 
STLLABVS. 
 
 547 
 
 Prseledlio Vigefima Septima, 
 
 De MufculU Faciei^ OcuVt^ &.C, 
 
 Frontis. 
 
 o CCIPITO-FRONTALIS. 
 
 Retradior Auriculsc. 
 
 Palpebrarum. 
 
 Orbicularis. 
 
 CiliariSj efl fortio prioris: 
 
 Aperiens Palpebram fuperiorem redus. 
 
 Oculiy 
 
 Elevator. 
 
 beprelTor. 
 
 Addudor. 
 
 Abdudor. 
 
 
 feu TrochlcariSj 
 
 Faciei* 
 
 Sphinder Oris. 
 
 gevator 7 Labiifuperioris ^Dilatator 
 Deprelfor^ proprius clt cConltridor j 
 
 R 4 
 
 i 
 
 Nafi. 
 
 Elevator 
 
-■ iv i .1 V ^ 
 
 * 1 o •■' ’ ' i ■ P' r f’’ 
 
 ijiiuj'pd israayHt ■/ . 
 
 - j\ .v;Jl' jiia'4\iiKv vi 
 
 rv ■ 
 
 
 y -*- . 
 
 £ i .iATKc::\‘-oTf<:T 
 
 .p-./N 
 
 n 
 
 
 
 
 . .piiniu^iaiO 
 
 .V- f ^d'li l.i . J 
 
 
 .v\v.^O 
 
 .lC‘f V .:u. 
 
 .r.)il ( ; > I 
 
 c " . r 
 
 j-j.I, -t T :;:-._l( 
 
 ..J'iJ.xii 
 
 Ij l-J . . ^ « 
 
 
 ,ir:0 :;-.^..i-Tl- ; 
 
 •fi, 
 
 ) . T 
 
 V ■' ■ 
 
 : u-.i^ .1; i .-;-n :-j:‘J 5 - r '" 
 
 ’■.•::•■ ■• i :. = ;.u\-.qo*;q .. . . ; . 
 
STL L A BV S. 
 
 349 
 
 DepSr inferioris, proprius. 
 
 
 i. 
 
 Elevator ? t i.* 
 
 Depreffor ]-Labiorum communis. 
 
 
 Zygomaticus. 
 Buccinator. 
 Platyfma Myoides. 
 
 ■ 
 
 rid. Pag. 46, 47, 48, 49, fo, f r. 
 
 
 Praeledlio Vigefima Octava. 
 
 De Mu/cuUs OJJis H)oidk^ Lingu<£^ iy Laryngis, 
 
 Offis Hyoides. 
 
 YLOHYOIDEI, 
 
 Geniohyoidei, 
 
 ^furfum antrorfumqj 
 
 Stylohyoidei, furfum, retrorfumq,* 
 
 Coracohyoidei, — deorfum, retrorfumq,* 
 Sternohyoidei, deorfum. 
 
 LingUie^ 
 
 Genioglofli, furfum, antrorfumq^ , 
 
 Stylogloffi, furfum, retrorfumque,* 
 
 CeratogloflS, -^deorfum. 
 
 UrpgU, 
 

 'i' '* y rr -CT 
 
 
 iiazl 
 
 .*i 0 : 5 >r i. ^uc£ 
 
 ( . ■ 
 
 . 1 ■ ev>> /c-r Cf r’ ^ ,Av'\ 
 
 i j>iti V ' c-iiisioriS. 
 
 K.J 
 
 1 
 
 a;;:\'CV ’ 
 
 
 ra.l 
 
 •t • T 
 
 ^ y- 
 
 ■'Ovy:':' a 
 
 
 
 }. ,tyio(dom;y» jyi 
 
 IV' 
 
 flUJn .1 
 
 , I k ' iJ i*lO jt? 
 
 - ^^MovrioivaS 
 
 ir U: 
 
 ;:k}Clio* 
 
 
 r: • . . I ^ ^ r! orn 05 ' 
 
 - - 
 
 
 .Vk-o 
 
 " ,n*ol)’ 0 "' "rv-^ 
 
 
 I 
 
STLLABVS. 
 
 051 
 
 >Thyroidis. 
 
 Laryngis. 
 
 Hyothyroidei, Elevatores 
 
 StcrnochyroidcL? , ^ 
 
 Cricochyroidei/r^P^"®''^®*^ 
 
 Cricoarytanoidei, apertores 
 
 VAryto^noidis. 
 
 Thyroarytoenoidei.7 , r 
 Ary toenoidei^ 5 
 
 Vid. Pag. yi, J2, yj, y4. 
 
 5 ' 
 
 Prasledlio Vigefima Nona. 
 
 De Mufeulis MaxiUa inferioris^ Pharyngis^ 
 <ly V‘vul<£. 
 
 Digaftr icus^ 
 
 Maffetercs^ 
 
 Temporales 
 
 MAxiBa in ferioru. 
 
 depreflbr. 
 
 
 elevatores. 
 
 Th^rjngisy 
 
i ?C 
 
 V 
 
 
 
 .i:;0iui7r.:’^7i 
 
 t ’ 
 
 
 " ^ 'A t. S 
 
 / :*.q" ^ s • ^ ' ■ 
 
 , , - -(^ . iw 
 
 ) 
 
 ^ /roir:o7( . r: 
 
 \ 
 
 - r \ .bLio^^^-Oivi^civnT 
 
 ,?’iiO,r!«:b< " ^ 
 
 / • r:'J).\iA-~ 
 
 ' \ ^ 
 
 4? 4( 4^ J? 
 
 yitio::^Ju / :A 
 
 C 
 
 .BrioM £frf[bi;iY cibo-IxYi 
 
 , , r»-,. - , , . 
 
 / •*-' • 
 
 ,‘V? 
 
 
 ’.» - "v t- 
 
 ^ jX'', j ^V\ t^VA5C.i^ . V. 
 
 r.:H. 
 
 / 
 
 'Xi - ic^sjjJ 
 
 I ' '1 . . .^ ■' 
 
 .»v .' i J i •. 
 
 dcb'JOq . ; 
 
 
 ' ' „i:.ir. -:ij 
 
 ^ b ‘s V * ^ 
 
 V N. 
 
STLLABV S. 
 
 a 
 
 Pharyngis. 
 
 Stylopharyngei, —dilatores. 
 
 OEfophagei, conftridores.* 
 
 Vaginalis Guise. 
 
 VvuU. 
 
 Pterygoftaphylini 
 
 externi, deorfunj, 
 
 interni, — — furfum. 
 
 nd. Pag. SSy 
 
 Prcdeclio Trigefima. 
 
 De Mufculis Clavicul<ey Sca^ula^ Humeri^ 
 ^ Cubiti. 
 
 CUvicuU. 
 
 Subclavius. 
 
 ScapuU. 
 
 Trapezius retrorfum. 
 
 Patiencise, feu Elevator, 
 Rhomboides, furfum, retrorfumq; 
 
 ( 
 
 Serratus 
 
 lanticus, furfuraq^ 
 
 minor y ^ iantrorium, deorlumq; 
 
 Pedloralis, antrorfum. 
 
 .Deltoides, 
 
 Suprafpinalis, 
 
 ? 
 
 s 
 
 furfum. 
 
 Infrafpinalis 
 
 V./1 
 
« r iO 
 
 
 
 .^y!01K^^b' ry. 
 
 . - O', € , 
 
 ;30*iarbi'iii . . b-arrlq j 15.0 
 
 - ‘ -H 
 
 
 .VAVTvj' , 
 v^*> 
 
 AOUhul 
 
 < 50 
 
 jjmihiinT cH:;:;iyO 
 
 
 tv ..., ,\'.x •■ k . /, ■''■ ...5- * - ■ ./ ;.y •■ , r L 
 
 ^ * V > - .i - i. ^ V, . ..'v 4 ^ . . . ' , - ^ \ i>: ., 1 •» i, 
 
 ' ^ A \0 ^c o . ' •-:■ - V 
 
 r ' 
 
 ivV *A7?.V.) 
 
 ;r/» T - rr rr 
 .O {. # Ul.S.'-'-ti '-> i 
 
 .fPuV’7 ’r.*7 eiO : 
 
 /* >: - i ijji ' 
 
 ^ I ' y ■ .1 . ■( J V /' ^ • ■ y r 
 
 . .. r. 57.^5 ■/- .T > C t 
 
 7U': 
 
 ;ri! .i ' 
 
 » - -4 f ,ii 
 
 .rr:u. li-? ‘ • v 
 
 
STLLA3V S. 
 
 Infrafpinalis | 
 
 Teres J>retrodeorfum 
 
 cniinor eft for,tJ^ufc, tnfrafp. | 
 
 LatifStnus Dorfi, J 
 
 Coracobrachialis^, — furfum, extrorfumq; 
 Subfcapularis, — introrfum. 
 
 Cubiti. 
 
 
 Vid. Pag. f 6, J 7 , y8, S9> 6o* 
 
 Prxle6lio 
 

 V VV \ i I'T^- 
 
 rnJilOsLo'i; 
 
 * 5 . • ' ~ T* ’ .. - ; , I t ^ i-J X. 
 
 • ' JiloG ci'h-irfln??.! 
 
 
 
 
 " > 2 ii.i->i 4 1 V t > iCi i^lO 
 
 ^ .CU.U::,: 2 - 
 
 - » ' ^ 
 
 
 • # 
 
 ►2 J*lOICif I ^ 
 
 
 l,<Lii frirlo K’l Ll 
 
 V. ^ 
 
 c'-» cQi <, 5 ? , 3 ’ •?>'! ir'i 
 
 * - ypt '• 0^t3m^T^-4 
 
 01 i .L 
 
 
STLLABVS. 
 
 257 
 
 Pr^lecflio Trigefima Prima. 
 
 De Mujculis VoU Mantis^ Carpi^ Pollicis j 
 Digitorum, Radii. 
 
 VoU ManSdSy 
 
 pAlmans {brevis/ ft u^caro^uadrata,}^^®®^”^ 
 
 CarfL 
 
 Extenfor 
 
 4 Ulnaris. 
 
 VoUicis^ 
 
 C primi ^ 
 
 Extenfor \ fecundi Cinternodii. 
 
 (^tertii j 
 
 Flpvnr iprimi, & fecundi Offir 
 ^ 1 tertii internodii. 
 
 Addudor. 
 
 Abdudor. 
 
 S 
 
 

 \ K 
 
 
 .fjmM Jimibgli ' l ' 
 
 ■ \\v ^ A ••..:a ■ - 
 
 .1 ■ 
 
 t." 
 
 3 .'/ . 
 
 ^ \ ,,rr^aoi 7 •.. -»• 
 
 
 
 , :.l .> / »> 
 
 \Bi;;;:;iU ■ 
 
 « .. ‘<T ''. ' » * r _ rr *> 
 
 .( lin aOwIC .. Urffc . cltfii . yRy * < - '-r 
 
 ^ «■ . T i. JXa 
 
 2 h;:aiUS 
 
 
 r Trr;r r^ ) 
 
 Ihr'ioJl .^':6 ]»:j::: 3. 
 
 • I ib.-O 
 
 
 . rrv 
 
 . '•t'a 
 
 P-. 
 
STLLABVS. 
 
 Digitorumi 
 
 Perforatus, fecundi'^ 
 
 Perforans, tertii ^internodii flcxon 
 
 Lumbricales^ primi j 
 
 Extenfor 
 
 
 Communis 
 
 Indicis, 
 
 Auricularis^ 
 
 Abdu(^or * 
 Interoflei, 
 
 primi 
 minimi 
 
 — ■ extenfores, & divarieatores. 
 
 RadiL 
 
 Supinator 
 
 Pronator 
 
 Fld. Pag. 6i, 62, 6}, 64, 66 , 
 
 S t Prje- 
 

 
 r-o" d K A d T 
 
 
 ui.l 'I 
 
 V ii’iiTninoD^ 
 
 ^ ,>h\ Ai) }' 
 
 .?Ii*;l:jwiir;A J *, . 
 
 . . ., ^ Ifnhq 7 , r r j A 
 
 ^ r '1 ^^jUL, 6A 
 
 ^ i XCfliilUfij 
 
 ‘!0:;;;;.h;:7iL» io ,3uioIXw:x> 
 
 
 ■’T'^ 'f .''i !7 
 
 ^T-*x* ,> icif riiqud 
 
 > 231 D 1 ( 
 
 • , \xijLu y j 
 
 X 
 
 ■• - •'••H 
 
 ^ * ■» 
 
 A‘ C 
 
M 
 
 Pr£ele6tio Trigefima Secunda. 
 
 De Mufculk CafitiSy tly CollL 
 
 Cdfitis, 
 
 ASTOIDEI,") 
 
 S interm 
 laterales 
 
 Jmajores ('flexores. 
 
 Imii 
 
 Longi, 
 
 minores j 
 
 •utrinque. 
 
 Colli. 
 
 •flexores. 
 
 Scaleni, 
 
 Intcrtranfvcrfales, 
 
 Splenii. 
 
 Complexi, 
 
 Cafitis. 
 
 "v 
 
 Recai 
 
 1 minores 
 
 extenfores.’ 
 
 
 nores I 
 lores, J 
 
 rotatores. 
 

 
 
 
 
 -. 1 ^ 
 
 . 
 
 b^ihT oiBcIxi'I^- -^-. ■' 
 
 vv "yy 
 
 
 ’<0 ^tii ; ' 
 
 ’ < ••'• ^ ' )U. 
 
 :yy 
 
 
 ry,.:l^ 
 
 cisaio:*:' 
 
 -: ■■■ - -fj 
 
 .OL-pnma, — tiHxi-;j-,‘i > ’■ "si 
 
 
 
 ■'■■• v’, '■.‘•■.S *VANS*i 
 
 "-y 
 
 :' j V ■'■•';• . . 'V 
 
 ■ - •' y ‘\ ■ 
 
 
 -r 
 
 
 ' ' '■ ‘ 
 
 ; • V’ ' -■^' ■• 
 
 ■^nsJro;^ 
 
 yiti^rmpitil 
 
 , ' c' '• . -i 
 
 ' ’• ‘ 
 
 ^ '- --^ •- ■ ■ fT 
 
 ■ '^ ■ . . , • -^ ■ ■ ■ 
 
 V . f' „ 
 
 ; ^ n ’ ■ 
 
 y ' < [. 
 
 
 .i'nt-.'q^ 
 
 
 
 j ' -i^iJ’ionim^ 
 
 X:03A 
 
 r, . 
 
 ■ ■ ?t>';oTOtnK 
 
 ■ i- ■ ■ 
 
 f '3 
 
 ■S'*'- ■.'<‘- 
 
STLLABVS. 
 
 
 Colli. 
 
 
 Spinales, 
 
 Tranfverfeles, ^extenfores. 
 Interfpinales, j 
 
 
 Vid. Pag. 66, 67, 68, 69. 
 
 
 Prseledtio Trigefima Tertia. 
 
 J)e Mufculis Dorji^ Lumborum, ^ Cojiarum» 
 
 Dorji. 
 
 S ACROLUMBALES, 
 Longiffimi^ 
 
 Semifpinales, . 
 
 Lumborum. 
 
 Pfoae parvae, flexores, fafc dtfunu 
 
 Quadraci, — utrinque. 
 
 Coccygei. 
 
 
 extenfores. 
 
 Coftarum, 
 
 Intercoftales I levatores. 
 
 S4 
 
 Trian- 
 
STLLABVS. 
 
 Triangulares^? 
 
 Diaphragma,/ 
 
 conftridores. 
 
 Vid, Pag. 7;, 69, 70, 71. 
 
 Pr£ek(fHo Trigefima Quarta. 
 
 T)e MufcuUs Temom^ <{y TibLe. 
 
 Femoris. 
 
 P SOA magna^ ^ 
 lUacus internus, 
 Peaineus, >nexores 
 
 Triceps, ) 
 
 Gluteus 
 
 { maximus,"^ 
 medius, 
 minimus , ) 
 
 xtenfores. 
 
 Pyriformis, ? f Iliacus externus, 
 
 Marfupialis, / ^Obturator internus. 
 
 Quadratus, 
 
 Obturator externus. 
 
 rotatores. 
 
 Tihia, 
 
 Membranofus, extenfor cxtrorfum. 
 
 
 
 Semiten- 
 

STLLABVS. 
 
 
 Semitendinofus, 
 
 Semimembranofils 
 
 Biceps, 
 
 Popliteus, 
 
 'flexores. 
 
 Rediis, 
 
 Vaftus ^extenfores. ?0tiut extenffr quadrktfs. 
 
 Crureus. 
 
 Vid. Pag. 74,7j„ 76, 77, 78, 79. 
 
 Prsele^Ho Trigefima Quinta. 
 
 De Mufculis Tarji.^ Pollicis^ ^ Digitorum 
 
 Pedis. 
 
 'Tar ft Mufculi. 
 
 ASTROCNEMIUS externus 
 \ T Plantaris, faje deefi 
 Gaftrocnemius internus. 
 
 
 extenforcs, 
 
 Peroneus ^ 1 extenfores extrorfum, 
 
 i brevis, 3 
 
 
 Pollicis Pedis, 
 
 Flexor 
 
STL L A bVS. 
 
 AddSdon}-^"”' 
 
 Digitorum Pedis. 
 
 InterofTei, — — extenfores. 
 
 Perforatus, fecundi ^ 
 
 Perforans, tertii >internodii Flexor. 
 
 Lumbricales, — primi j 
 
 Minimi Digiti addudor. Efl Flexor. 
 Tranfverfalis Pedis conftridor. 
 
 Vid. Pag. 79, 8o, 8i, 82, 83, 84. 
 
 FINIS. 
 
 A9«. 
 
■rrA 
 
Advertijement^ 
 
 I M^ls Syllabus being contriv’d for 
 
 K thofe who go thro’ our Courfes of 
 Anatomy, we have divided it into Leftures, 
 and difpofed them according to the moft 
 convenient manner of Differing, and the 
 Order of the Animal OEconomy. 
 
 FirJ}^ We teach the Osteology j after 
 that, the Enterology in Brutes, then in 
 Humane Bodies together with the Mufcles 
 as they arife in Difleftion, and in both the 
 Comparative and Humane Anatomy, we 
 give an account of the life of the Parts and 
 the Animal OEconemy, and point out the 
 places where Chirurgical Operations are 
 beft perform’d : And occationally mention 
 Obfervations of Cafes. 
 
 Our Courfes begin the Firft of September, 
 the Firft of November^ the Twelfth of 
 nuary^ and the Twelfth oi March. 
 

 
 
 . -Si 
 
 o'! or!: 
 
 " . ;.. ji'i.'j'ico ir»‘-j-': s'rr ■ 
 
 V . 
 
 2_ •:?!fL!u.r) •ii.'j Oini. I;' . 
 
 j ■ -ioj o'o.‘ ::cbi7ib ■• ".// ,y.-;t..v...?A 
 
 i'O'i orb cj ■ \:oo£ r'^obf j/Oioqbi) 
 
 or’: !.:!3' jr'’^ • >: ;‘J 'iu o ^ Jnobio -no;» 
 
 ./rnoio- .olO jrniirfA orb lo oo.'/iO 
 
 r:- h' ; YOO t;- J tOoO Olb' ;f ; ;OJvV.'’fi 1 
 
 :’ 4 tijffj f bo: ! r< i ;!i Y - . ■ s 'J :: ^ X/i.tl 
 
 ' j ' ■>' « f ' 
 
 Oil: .bb; i-obo;.: , ^ ,:„ob o-rno-K 
 Oili lio.J:!: b" - v -b* s£ 
 
 .i r \7r:ioj£n/ o;orf;l-t . ror oviLs 
 
 ■ ^;...bforb i: :.'bJ o:': t: ".-'j-o-rji w/jUg 
 :r;a:riir-'j ''■■■• -/f-.coo-. ovlCo lirr;;...*. 0 (!'i 
 
 < vi^ 
 
 ytcijij-ion' olorr- 
 
 I, 
 
 ’/Iro:, ii.o'ooo bi^t. b i O.noVr:} Vio-J 
 0 ' b;. J 00 rOoUOV i j, j J 
 
 » ,i 
 
 * ' 
 
 1 . 
 
 I • 1. J «. 4 . i ‘ * 
 
 ,f on.J f '. 
 
 -, r',:! 
 
 t 
 
 ' J I * . ■O'. 
 
 : 
 
 ilrf 
 
 i b . 
 
 .‘lij 
 
I 
 
 _ BOOKS Brinted for ^ and Sold hy 
 William I n n y s, at the Prince’s- 
 Arms m St. PaulV Church-Tard. 
 
 FOLIO. 
 
 T H E Pofthumous Works of Dr. Robert Hoohe ; in which, 
 I. The prefcnt Deficiency of Natural Philofopy is cUrcourfed 
 of, with the Methods of rendring it more certain and be- 
 neficial. II. Of the Nature, Motion, and Effefts of Light, particu- 
 larly that of the Sun and Comets. Ill An Hypothetical Explication 
 of Memory • how the Organs made Ufeof by the Mind in its Ope- 
 ration may be mechanically underftood. IV. An Hypothefis and Ex- 
 plication of the Caufe of Gravity, or Gravitation, Magnetifra, ^c. 
 V. Difcourfes of Earthquakes, their Caufes and Effefts, and Hido- 
 ries of feveral ; to which are annex’d, Phyfical Explications of fe- 
 veial of the Fables in Orids Metamorphofes, very different from 
 other Mythologick Interpreters. VI. Leflures for improving Navi- 
 gation and Aflronoray, with the Defcriptions of feveral new and 
 ufeful Inftruments and Contrivances ; the whole full of curious Dif- 
 qaifitions and Experiments, illuftrated with Sculptures. To thefe 
 Difcourfes is prefix’d the Author's' Life. By Richard Waller.^ Efq- 
 R. S. Seer. 
 
 The Anatomy of Human Bodies ^ with Figures drawn after the 
 Life by fome of the bed Maders in Europe^ and curioufly engraven 
 in 1 14 Copper Plates ; llluftrated with large Explications, contain- 
 ing many new Difeoveries and Chirurgical Ob.^ervations. To which 
 is added an Introdu£fion, explaining the Animal Oeconomy *, with 
 a copious Index. By W. Cotpper. 
 
 B'tblia Sacra Tolygloita, Per B. Walton 6 Tom. Land. 
 
 Edm. Caftelli Lexicon Heptaglotton, 2. Tom, Land. 
 
 Jo. Rail Eijiona Plantarum Getieralif, Species haclentu editas aliaf- 
 ^ue infuper multas vo'viter inventas & deftriptas compleflens. z Tom. 
 
 Ejufdem Tomus tertius., qui esi Supplementurm duorum pracedentium 
 cum Appendice Camelli Tourneforti. 
 
 Pindari Olympia., Tfemea, Pythia-) iflhmia-) una cum Latina onusium 
 Ferfone.) Carmine Lyrico^ per SuCtorium. Oxon. 1697. 
 
 Euripidis Tragoedia omnes., cum fragmentis veterum, Scholiis Cra-' 
 eis. Recen^sit & Notas addidit Jof. Barnefitis. Gr, Lat, Cantab 
 
 Franc. Junius Piclurd Veterum \ accedit Catalogus ArchlteClorum., 
 Mechanicorum, Piflorum Statuariorum, Ordint Alphahetico di- 
 geflut. Rott. 
 
 A Ja. 
 
2 BooJcs Fruited for \V. Innys. 
 
 Jo. Morinus de Sacris JLcclefU Ordinationibus^ fecundum antiques 
 recentiores Latinos^ Gr<ecosy Syros^ &c. Anty. 
 
 Dionylli Areopagitae Opera^ cum Scho/iis S. Maximi, ^ Paraphrafi 
 Pachy merae. Grsic. Lat. 2 Anty. 
 
 Bibliotheca Anatomica^ fye recens in Anatomia inyentorum TJjefaurus 
 l^'CupletijJtmus. Per Dan, le Clerc Jac. Mangetum. 2. Fol. cum 
 figuris £neis. 
 
 Marc. Malpighii Opera omnia^ cum Figuris dineis. 2 F'ol. 
 
 Horti Medici Amfielodamenfis Rariorum tam Orientalis quam Occi- 
 dentalis Indi£^ aliarumque Perigrinarum Plantarum Defcriptio.) ^ 
 Icones ad yhum dri incifd, Authore Jo. Comelino. 2 Torn. 
 
 A Treatife of Algebra, both Hiftorical and Praftical ^ with fome 
 additional Treatiics, I. Of the Cono-Ciineus. II. Of Angular 
 Seftions and Trigonometry. III. Of the Angle of Contact, with 
 other Things appertaining to the Compofition of Magnitudes, the 
 Inceptires of Magnitudes, and the Compofition of Motions, witli 
 the Refults thereof. IV. Of Combinations, Alternations, and ali- 
 quot Parts. By John Wallis^ D. D. 
 
 Sam. Bafnagii Annales Politico-Ecclejiaflici Annorum 6^^ d Cafarc 
 ad Phocam ufque. g Hoi. Rott. 1706 
 
 Ger. Jo. Volfii Opera^ in fex Tomos divifa. Amft. I 701. 
 
 - Def. Erafmi Opera omnia^ in ii Tomis, Editio Nova, Lugd. 
 Bat. 1 704. 
 
 Fr. V^v^iTons Opera omnia, nunc primiim in unum Fulumen col» 
 leEla. Amft. 1709. 
 
 A new Hrftory of ^Ethiopia, bei’ng a full and accurate Defcription 
 of the Kingdom of Abyfiinia, vulgarly, tho’ erroneoufly call’d the 
 Empire of Prefer John. In four Books ^ illuftrated with Copper 
 Places. By the learned Job Ludolphus. The fecond Edition. To 
 which is added an exafl Map of the Country • as alfo a Preface fhew- 
 ing the Ufefulnefs of this Hiftory. 
 
 Critici Sacri : fire Annotata DoUifiimorum P’i rorum in Fetus ac 
 Novum Tefiamentum. Quibus accedunt Trail atus varii Theologico-Phi- 
 lolofrici. Editio Nova in i l Tomos difiributa, multis Anecdotis Com- 
 mentariis ac Indice ad totum Opus locupletiffimo auHa. Amft. 
 
 Jo. Gerfonii Opera omnia, novo Ordine digefia, ^ in $ Tomos di- 
 fiributa, Opera. & Studio Lud. Ellies du Pin. Antv, 
 
 Jani Gruteri Corpus Infcript tonum, ex Recenfione ^ cum Annotatio- 
 nibus ]o. Geo. Gr;wii. /«4 Fol. Amft. 1707. 
 
 Thefaurus Brandenburgicus felcHus, five Gemmarum & Numifma» 
 tum Grtcorum in Cimeliarchio Edetl. Brandenburgico, Elegantiarum 
 feries, commentario ilLuflratd, d S. Bsgero. 3 FoL Colon-Marchica. 
 
 Jamblichus de Myjeriis. Gra, lat. per Tho. Gale. Oxon. 
 
 A laroe DiSIionary, in three Parts. I. The Englifh before the 
 Latin. II The Latin before the Englifi) III. The proper Names 
 of Perfons, Places^ Cirr. By Tho. Holyoke. 
 
 Novum i>. N. J^fu Chrifti Teji amentum juxta Editionem Bihtiorum 
 Polyglot, in qm Textus Grscus cum Ferfiom Inter lineari, Csr Fulg. 
 
Books Trinted for W. Innys. 
 
 
 Tefiarnenti^ Ferfica Ey anhelior um (Insular um Vtrfione^ Latin e^ Om* 
 
 nla eo ordine difpojtta ut Textus cum Verfionibus uno intuitu conferri pof- 
 ftnt. Cum yafii-s Lef^ionibui (Jr Annotationibus Grsc. Lat Syr. ASthiop, 
 Ferjic. Edidit Biianus Waltonus, S. T. D. Epifc. Ceftrienfs. 
 
 Silra: Or, A Difcourfe of Foreft-Trees, and the Propagation of 
 Timber, ^c. by John Efq; 
 
 The Sentiments of the moft excellent Painters concerning thePra- 
 Oice of Painting. Colle^ed and compofed by lienry TefUing.^ Painter 
 , 10 the King of France., Profelfor and Secretary of tlie Royal Academy 
 of Painting and Sculpture, with Cuts. 
 
 An Expofition on the XXXIX Articles of the Church of England.^ 
 by Gilbert^ Lord Biftiop of Sarum. 
 
 Expofitory Notes, with PrafHcal Obfervations on the New Tefta- 
 ment of our Lord and Saviour Jelus Chrift; wherein the facred 
 Text is at large Recited, the Senl'e Explain’d, drc. By William 
 Burkit^ M. A. The Fifth Edition. 
 
 The VVorks of the moft Reverend Dr. John TillotfoH., late Lord 
 Arch'Bilhop of Canterbury. Collected in 111 . Vol. with an Alphabe- 
 tical Table of the principal Matters. 
 
 Lexicon Technicum 5 or, An univerfal E.nglufh Difflonary of Arts 
 and Sciences, Explaining not only the Terms of Art, but alfo the 
 Arts therafelves. In II. Vol. By John Harris, D. D. 
 
 Mr. LocFs Works. HI Vol. 
 
 Tujfendorf s Law of Nature an^ Nations. ' ^ 
 
 Mazffjal's Chronological Tables. Oxon. 
 
 P Hilofophical TranfafHons, giving an Account of the prefent Un- 
 dertakings, Studies, and Labours of the Ingenious, in manycon- 
 fiderable Parts of the World, continu’d to this prelent Year 1714. 
 
 Opticks; or, A Treadle of the Reflexions, RefraXions, In- 
 flexions, and Colours of Light. Alfo two Treatifes of the Sptcies 
 and Magnitude of Curvilinear Figures By Sir Ifaac Tierifton^V. K.S. 
 
 New Experiments Phyfico-Mechanical, touching the Air^ and its 
 EffeXs. made, for the moft part, in anew Pneumatical-Engine. Tl.e 
 Third Edition- Whereunto is added, A Defence of the Author’s Ex- 
 plication of the Exi^eriments againft the ObjeXions of Francifeus 
 Linus, and Tho. Hobbes, with Cuts. By the Honourable Bobert Boyle, 
 
 Alla Eruditorum Lip fa publicata ah Anno 1^82, ufque ad Annum 
 1714; una cum Supplement, dr Indicibus. ^9 Eol. cum Fig. 
 
 Jo. Alph. Borellus de Motu Animalium, Editio Nova, lugd.Bat. 
 1710. 
 
 Ph. Verheyen Anatomta Corp. Humani, 2 f ol. lyio. 
 
 Blalii Anatome Animalium, cum Fig. ^ 
 
 QUARTO, 
 
 A ^ 
 
 Bellini 
 
4 Books Vrinted for W. Innys. 
 
 Bellini O^ufcula aliquot ad FitCarnium, 
 
 de Urinis ^ Fulfthia^ de Febribfts^ ^C. 
 
 Sceph. Blancardi Opera Medica^ Tinoreticay FraClicay Chirugtca. 
 2 FoL cum Visuris. 
 
 Jo Luyi’s IntrcduClio ad Geographiam noram ^ reterem, cum Char- 
 tis LXV Sanfonis. 
 
 Thefaurus LinguA SanSla^ fire Concordanti ale Lexicon HebrAo-Latino- 
 Bihlicum : in quo^ Lexica omnia Hebraica hue ufq-, Edita^ Methodice, 
 fuccinfle ^ quafi Synoptiem^ exhibentur una cum Concordantiis Hebra- 
 icis'^ in quibust unirer fe, ^ fngulA roces Hebrao-Biblicte^ (cum locis 
 fuis<y quibus^ in Texiu, occurrunt) interpretatA funt, (^r expofta ^ at- 
 que etiam. Grammatica, fub fuis propriis Radicibus quibujlibet refolutA j 
 ad faciliorem, magi fq-, commodum (ludioforum, ^ Hebrao-F hilo logico- 
 rum, ufum ^ progrcjfum, in Lingua fanCJra Hebraica difeenda, rei 
 docenda. Fer Gul. Robertfon. 
 
 Phil. Cluverii IntroduCHo in unirerfam Geographiam tam reterem 
 quam noram. Editio Nora, cum Notis Fariorum. Lond. IJII» 
 Bacefii Fita feleClorum Firerum. 
 
 Gul. Cow^QY de Strufiura Glandularum. Cum Fig. 
 
 Chronicum Saxonicum ex MSS. Codicibus nwic primum integrum 
 edidit ac Latinum fecit Edmundus Gibfon. Oxon» 
 
 Optice : fre de Reflexionibus, RefaClionibus, Inflexionibus, ^ Colo- 
 ribus Lucis Libri tres, Authore Ifaaco Newton, Equite Aurato. 7 ,a- 
 tine reddidit Sam. Clarke, D. D. accedunt TraClatus duo ejufdem Au- 
 thoris de fpeciebus & magnitudine Figurarum Culri line arum, Latine 
 feripti. 
 
 ifaaci VoflTii Fari arum Oberrationum Liber, 
 
 Jac. Ufleili Hiflori a Dogmatica Controrerfls inter Orthodoxos ^ Fott- 
 tifleios de Scripturis facris Fernaculis, cum Notis Hen. Wharton, 
 Ren. Des. Canes Opera Fhilofophica. 
 
 Guil. du Choul de Religione, ^c. Feterum Romanorum. 
 
 Joh. Craig de Figurarum Culri linearum Quadraturis & Loiis Geo- 
 metricis, cum Fig. 
 
 Methodus Figurarum. 
 
 Alex. Donati Roma Fetus ac Recens utriufq-, Edificiis illuflrata,cum 
 Fig. 
 
 Jer. Horroccii Opera Fofthuma Mathematica. 
 
 Icones Arborum, Fruticum, Herbarum, &c, quarundam, a Rajo, 
 Merttzelio, alUfj', Botanophilis quidem deferiptarum, aU non delineata- 
 tum. 
 
 Matt. Ziramermanni Florihgium Fhilologico-Hifloricum, cum Fig* 
 
 M. Ltydeckerii Exercitationes Hiflorico-Theologica. Amft. I712. 
 
 M. LMIqt C onchyliorum Biralrium utriufq-, AquA Exercitatio Anato- 
 mica tertia. Huic accedit Vijfertatio Med de calculo Humano. 
 
 P. Malebranche de Inquirenda Feritate, lib. fex, 
 
 C. Suetonius ex recenfione Jo. Geo. Grasvii. 
 
 Ger. Noodt*Julius Paulus, fire de partus Expofitione Nece apud 
 Veteres. 
 
 Origines contta Celfum, Gra, Lat„ 
 
5 
 
 Books Printed for W. Innys. 
 
 Jac. T?almerU Exercitationes in optimos fere AuBores Croces, 
 
 Lamb. Velthuyfii Opera omnia, 2 VoL 
 Dr. Hoohe's Philofophical Colleftious, with Cuts. 
 
 Dr. Manningham's Sermons on feveral Occafions. 
 
 Miraculous Works above and contrary to Natujc. 
 
 Analyfis AEquationum Unirerfalis ; feu ai ASquationes Algchraicas 
 refolvendas Methodus generalis ( 3 ^ expedita, ex nor a infinitarum Serie- 
 rum Methodo, dedufla ac demonjirnta. Editio fecunda, cui accefjit Ap- 
 pendix de Infinito Infinitarum Serierum Erogrejfu ad AEquationum Alge- 
 braicarum Kadkes eliciendas. Cui etiam annexum eTi, De Spatio reali, 
 feu Ente infnito Conamen Mathematico- Metaphy ficum» Authore Jofepho 
 Raphfon, A. M. & Reg. Soc. Socio. 
 
 Caelius AurelianiLS de Morbis acutis & chronicis, cum Notis Amman- 
 ni & J. Alraeloveen. Amfi. 1709. 
 
 Profp. Alpinus de prafagienda Nita ^ morte J£gtot antium, cum 
 Trdifatione Herm. Boerhaave. Lugd. Bat. 1710. 
 
 Gulielmi Camdeni llluflrium Virorum ad G, Camdenum V.- 
 pifiols, cum Appendice Varii Argumenti Annalium Regis Jacobi l Appa- 
 ratus, Commentarius de Antiquitate, Dignitate, ^c. officii Comitis 
 Marefcali Anglice, Prsemittitur G. Camdeni Vita, Scriptore Thoma 
 Smitho. 5 . T. D. Ecclefia A^gUcanst Presbytero. 
 
 Pitearni Opufcula Medica. Editio Nova. 
 
 Newtoni Principia Philofophidi Mathematica. Editio Nova. 1714* 
 £( 3 «?/ /?’s Commentary upon 17 14* 
 
 OCTAVO. 
 
 T he Hiftory af Cold Bathing» both antient and modern, in two 
 Parts. The firftby Sir yj7wF/oj(er, of Kt. Thefecond 
 
 treating of the genuine Ufe of Hot and Cold Baths ; together wit 1 
 the wonderful Effeffs of the Bath-Wzici drank hot from the Pump, 
 in decay’d Stomachs, and in mod: Difeafes of the Bowels, Liver, and 
 Spleen, &c. ByEdrv. Baynard, M. D. 
 
 Phthifiologia ; or, A Trearife of Confuraptions, wherein the Uit- 
 ference. Nature, Caufes, Signs and Cures ot all forts of Confumpti- 
 ons, are explain’d. By K. Morton, M- D. 
 
 Pyretolofia: feu E^xercitationes de morbis univerjalibus acuiis, p^rs 
 prima. Ejufdem pars altera five Uxercitat. de febribus Infiammatorin 
 univerfalibus. Richardo Morton. 2 Fo/. ^ 
 
 The Anatomy of the Brain, conraining its Mechanifm and 1 hylio- 
 logy, &c. By Dr. H. Ridley, with Cuts. ^ ^ 
 
 Gualt. Harris, M.D.de Morbis acutis Infantum. Editio fecunda aut t- 
 OT •, annexis etiam quibufdam de Luis Venerea Origine, Natura & Cu- 
 
 ratione, , r • r v 
 
 Guil. Cole, M. D. Nova Hypothefis ad explicanda febrium Inicrmit- 
 
 untium fymptomata, „ 
 
 i jy Praxeos 
 
6 
 
 BooJcs Vrtntedfor W. Iiinys. 
 
 ^raxeos Maj’ernians in mnrbif Internis precipue grayioribut ^ Chro- 
 ^icis fyntagma. Ejufdem fyntagma alterum. I. ds Vebribus. z. de 
 Morb’.s Externis. de Arthritide. de Lue Venerea, z Vol. 
 
 Eharmacofceia Bateana ^ or, Bate*^ Difpenfacory, tranllated from the 
 laft Edition of the Latin Copy. The Fourth Edition. By W. Sal- 
 mon, M D. 
 
 Praxis Medica^ the Praflice of Phyfick ; or, Dr. Sydenham's Pirn- 
 Integrh traflated out of Latin into Engliff)., with large Annota- 
 tions, cSrc. The fecod Edition. By W. Salmon, M. D- 
 
 Phihijtologia Lancafirienfis, cut accejjit Tentamen Philofophicum de 
 aqws Mineralibus -.y cum Appendice de Balneis Frigidis. Per Car. Leigh, 
 M. D. 
 
 An A(fiy concerning the Knowledge and Cure of moft Difeafes 
 affliffing Human Bodies. To which is annex’d, A fliort Account of 
 Salivation and the Ufe of Mercury, By P. Paxton, M. D. 
 
 De refla Sanguinis Mijjione ^ or, New and exaft Obiervations of 
 Fevers, C^c. By /. Uhtte, M. D. 
 
 The Antiquities of Palmyra, containing the Hiftory of the City* 
 and its Emper-org, from its Founda.ion, to the prefent Time, with 
 Curs. 
 
 TheHiftory of the Church of Malabar.^ from the Time of its be- 
 ing firft di 'cover’d by the Portuguezes in I 501. Giving an Account of 
 tht Perfecution and violent Methods of the Roman Prelate?, to re- 
 duce them to the Church of Rome, (2rc. By M. Geddes. 
 
 An hropologia Kora ; or, A new Syftc'm of Anatomy, defo ibing 
 the Ai imal OEconemy, and a fhort Rationale of many Diftempers in- 
 cident to Human Bodies 5 iu which are inferred diver.s Anatomical 
 Dilcovcries, and Medicinal Qbfervations. \f/ith the Hiftory of the 
 Parts, iiluftrated with above 80 Figures drawn after the Life ^ and 
 to every Chapter a Syllabus of the Parts, defcrib’d for the IndrufU- 
 on of young Anatomills. By James Drake^ M. D. \n 2 Vol. 
 
 Twenty four Sermons preach’d on feveral Occafions. In 2 Vol. 
 By Richard Lucas, D. D. 
 
 An Enquiry after Happinefs. In three Parts: |. Of the Poflibi- 
 iity of obtaining Happinefs. 2. Of the true Notion of Human 
 Life. 3. Of religious Perfe£fion. In z Vol. By the fame Author! 
 
 The Natural Hiifory of Mineral Waters of Great Britain. To 
 which are added, forae Obiervations of the dcendela, or Glow-Worm. 
 'Py Esnj Alien, M. B. 
 
 Ju. Rail, Sincpjs Methodica Stirpium Britannicarum, &c. 
 
 - -Methodus plantarum emendata aufla. 
 
 Metijodus Infeficrum. 
 
 ‘Synopjls Animalium, Quadrupedum^ ^e. 
 
 — ■. —. -~Sriioge Stirpium Europearum extra Britannias nafcentium. 
 
 Piaffical Obfei vaiions upon the iMuacles of our blefled Saviour ; 
 fogeiher with forne extiacn'dinary Paflages qf his Life. In 2. Vol, 
 ply Ft. Bragg, U- V. 
 
 praeficai 
 
Evoks Prhited for W. Innys. 7 
 
 Pra£Vical DIfcourfes upon the Parables of our bleflTc.tl Saviour, 
 ^with Prayers annexed to each Difeoune. In 2 Vol. By tlie fame 
 Author. 
 
 Boyers French and Englifl) DifHonary. 
 
 An Account of feveral late Voyages and Difeoveries to the South 
 Sea^ &ic. By Sir jfobn Narbrough^ and others, witli Cuts. 
 
 A Colleffion of curious Travels and Voyages. In two Parts. 
 :PubIifh’dby Mi\^ohnRay. 
 
 The Wifdom of God maijifeded in the Works of the Creation, 
 in two Parts, y/'z. The Heavenly Bodies, Elements, Meteors, .Foilils, 
 Vegetables, Animals, (Beads, Birds, EiOies, and Infedts) more parti- 
 cularly in the Body of the Earth, its Figure, Motion, and Confi- 
 dency, and in the admirable Strufture of the Bodies of Man, and 
 otlier Animals, as alfo in their Generation, (ire. With Anfwers to 
 Tome Objeftions. By John Ray^ late Fellow of the Royal Society. 
 The Sixth Edition, 1714. 
 
 Joannli Raii, Synopfis Methodica Avium & Plfcium; Opus PofHiu- 
 mum, guojd vivus recenfuic & perfecit ipfe inligniffimus Author: in 
 quo multas fpecies, in ipfius Ornitliologia & Ichthyologia defidera- 
 tas, adjecic: Method umq ue fuam Pifeium NatiiraE magis convenientem 
 jreddidic. Cum Appendice, & Iconibus, 1715. 
 
 Thret JPhy/to-Theological Difeourfes, concerning f. The Primitive 
 Chaos, and Creation of die World. II. Tlie General Deluge, its 
 Caufes and EfTefts. III. The Difloiution of the VVorld, and future 
 Conflagration. Wherein are largely difculTed, die ProduiTion and 
 Ufe of Mountains; the Original of Fountains, of formed Stones, 
 and Sea-Fifhes Bones and Shells found in the Earth ; the Effefis of 
 particular Floods, and Inundations of the Sea ; die Eruptions of 
 Vulcano’s; the Nature and Caufes of Earthquakes. Alfo an Hiflo- 
 rical Account ofthofe two late remarkable, ones in Jamaica and 
 land. With PrafHcal Inferences. By J^hn Ray, late Fellow of the 
 Royal Society» The third Edition, Illullrared with Copper-lhares, 
 and much more Enlarged than tlie former Editions, from the Au- 
 thor’s own MSS, 17J3. Thefe three ^ublijhed by tJ^e Reverend Mr. 
 Derham. 
 
 Seneca's Tragedies, tranflated into Englijh Verfe. By Sir Edward 
 Sherburne, with Cuts. 
 
 Minutius Faiix. Eny^li flEd hy hSr.'Comhc, 
 
 Boyles Memoirs for the Natural Hillory of Mineral IVaters ; and 
 mofl of his other Trafls. 
 
 Qicti-onis Orationes SeUFl^-, *714* T 
 
 Casfaris Comment. I 
 
 Cornelius Nepos. j 
 
 Lucius Florus. Editio nova, I7I4* ! 
 
 Horatius. 
 
 Juvenal (Sr Perfius. 
 
 Ovidii Metamorphofes. 
 
 <“• EpifioU. 
 r— r-» de Trtfiibus. 
 
 A 4 
 
 In Ufum 
 Delphini. 
 
 Terenti» 
 
8 Books Printed for W. Innys. 
 
 Terenti* ComoedU. 
 
 Virgllius, cum 
 Juftini Hifioria. 
 
 Rog. Afchami Epifiolce. Oxon.- 
 Marcus Antoninus, Gr^e. Lat. 
 
 ]. ab Almeloveen Opufcula. 
 
 • BlhLia Hehralca NiTejii' 
 
 Barrow Lectiones Mathematici, 
 
 Baglivi Fraxii Aledica. 
 
 Cenlorinus de Die Natali. 
 
 Chauvin de Religione Naturali, 
 
 Croefii Hijioria Qiiakeriana. 
 
 Htjl. Hichraorum ab Homero. 
 
 Oughtredus Explicatus per Gilb. Clarke. 
 
 Ciiadertoni ^ Ufferii per Dillingham, 
 
 Cole de Fehribits Intermittentibus. 
 
 S. Clementis EpifloU ad Corintho?', Gr. Lat. 
 
 Cave Epijiola .Apologetica adv. le Clerc. 
 
 Colic fie aaa Chymica Leyden (i a. 
 
 Dionyfi us Longinus (ie Sublimitate.^ Gr. Lat. Oxon. 
 
 Dion. Haiicarnaffeus de Struflura Orationis., Gr. Laf. 
 
 Dionylius de Situ Orbis per Hudi'on, Gr. Lat. Oxon, 
 
 Decerpta ex Ovidio, Tibullo, Propertio (5r Pedone. 
 
 Dawlbni Lexicon Nori Te/iamenti^ Gr. Lat 
 Eutropii Epitome Htft. Pvomanae, Gr. Lat, Oxon, 
 
 Eiifiathii Opufcula Anatomica., cum Fig. 
 
 Epigrammata Grsica., per Johnfon. 
 
 Euripidis Tragoedia du£ per Tiers, Gr. Lat. 
 
 Elefia Majora ex Ovidio, Tibullo, & Propertio. 
 
 E.kfia Minora ex Ovidio, Tibullo, <3^ Propertio* 
 
 Ti anchimont Lithotomia Med. 
 
 Ferrarius de Ritu Ecclef. Vet. Condon, 
 
 Fabricius de Unitate Britannica. 
 
 .Hijioriarum, Fabellarumq-, Deleflus. J 
 
 Le Grand Hiftoria Sacra. 
 
 Grotius de Ver'tate Religionis Chrijlian£, 
 
 Gulielminus de Idearum Vitiis., 
 
 Hodius contra Hi/toriam Ariitcae, 
 
 Hocgilratani Carmina. 
 
 HeinUi Teemata. 
 
 Herbert de Religione Gentilium. 
 
 Knatchbull in Norum Teji amentum, 
 
 Liiter Exercitatio Anat. de Cochleis. 
 
 — Exerdtatio altera de Bucdnis, 
 
 in Goedartium de Infectis. 
 
 Laftantii Opera omnia, 
 
 Launoii Opera Varia, 
 
 Leufdeni Compendium Noyi Tefamenti. 
 
 ^ Luciani Dialogi Selefli, G. Lat, fer Leede?. 
 
 } 
 
 In Ufum Del- 
 phini. 
 
 Meelis 
 
Boohs Printed for W. Innys. t 
 
 Meelii Injlgnium Virorum EpifioU. 
 
 Miltoni EpifioU TamilU. 
 
 Jac. le More. Pharmacia. 
 
 Mercatoris Infiitutio Aftronomtea, 
 
 Nemefius de 'Natura Hominis. 
 
 Nouns and Verbs, Engliflf and Latln.^ per Willymoc, 
 
 Orbis Imperantis Tabella Geographica Hifi. Cenealog. 
 
 OckJeii Introduci o ad Linguas Orient. 
 
 Plutarch de Audiendis Poetis^ Gr. Lat. 
 
 PfafHi Differtat. in Nor. Tejiam. MillU. 
 
 Padi Ifagoge in Inji, Imperiales. 
 
 Velleius Paterculus. Oxon. 
 
 Pechlinus de Purgantibus. 
 
 Pocock Carmen Tograi. Arab. 
 
 VevaMii Rationarum Temporum-) 1710. 
 
 Peckii Comment, ad Rem Nauticam. 
 
 Phaedri Tabula.^ per Johnfon. 
 
 Rhetores Selelli) per Tho. Gale, Gr. Lat. 
 
 Ruperti Obfervat. ad Hifti Unherfalem. 
 
 RolTal Difquiftio de Epifteto. 
 
 Smith de Moribus ac Infiitut, Turearum. 
 
 — '■■■f/e Ecclefia Gracdt hodierno (latu. 
 
 — •• «• Mifcellanea, 
 
 Sallii Ethica. 
 
 Spencer de Urim Thummim, 
 
 Schickardi Horologium Ebraum. 
 
 Au. Mar. a Schuvman Opufcula. 
 
 Steno de MufculU-) cum Fig, 
 
 Sralp. Vander Wiel Obferyationes, 2 Vol, 
 
 Stuvmii Mathejls Juyenilis^ i Vol. 
 
 Syri dr Senecae Sententia. 
 
 Sophoclis Tragoedia.) per Johnfon, 2 Vol. 
 
 Sanderfon de Obligations Confeientia) &c, 
 
 Thurfton de Refpiratione. 
 
 Theodofii Elementa Spharica, Hunt. 
 
 Theocritus cum Scholiis, Gr. Lat. Oxon. 
 
 Voffii Elementa Rhetorica. 
 
 — de Poematum Cantu ^ Viribus Rlthmi. 
 
 UlTerii Opufcula duo, cum Appendice. 
 
 ' — Gottefchalci, & Pradeflinat. Hifioria. 
 
 Varenii Geographia Gener, alis, cum' Appendice Jac. Jurin. 
 
 Valla de Elegantia Lingua Latinae. 
 
 Vocabularum Anglo-Saxonicum Lexica, Gul. Somneii, magna parte 
 auCiius, per Tho. Binfon. Oxon. 
 
 'Grammatica Anglo-Saxonica ex Hickefiano, Linguar. Septentriotf. 
 The/ auro excerpta. , 
 
 "Whezv Methodus Legendi Ili florit^. 
 
 Windet de yita Funftorum (iatu. 
 y/\\\\iPharmaceutice-Rationalis. 
 
 VVhartoR 
 
lO Books Printed for 'W. lunjs. 
 
 Wharten de Epifcopis ^ Decanis Londlnenfibus, 
 
 Willjmot's Particles, Englijh and Latin-i for Eton School. 
 
 Zofimi Hlfioria, Gr. Lat. Oxon. 
 
 Mifcellany Poems on feveral Occafions. To which is added Arlftfs^ 
 rnenes^ a Tragedy written by the Right Honourable the Countefs of 
 WirKhelfea. 
 
 An Help and Exhortation to worthy Communicating; or, A 
 Treatife defcribing the Meaning, worthy Reception, Duty, and Bene- 
 fits of the Holy Sacrament ; and anfwering the Doubts of Confd- 
 cncc, and other Reafons, which moft generally detain Men from it r 
 Together with fuitable Devotions added. By John Kmle-aejl^ late 
 Vicar of Coles-Hill in Warwichfhire. 
 
 The Genuine Works of Monfieur de St, Evremond : To which is 
 pirefix’d, his Life. Made Englifl) from the laft Edition, with feveral 
 Pieces never before printed ; and the whole Tranflation Revis’d by 
 Mr. Des-Maiz,eaux. In three Volumes. 
 
 Grid's Art of Love, in three Books ; Tranflated by Mr. Dryden, 
 Mr. Cony;rere^ &c. Together with the Remedy of Love. To which 
 are added the Court of Love ; a Tale of Love from Chaucer^ and 
 the HUfory of Love, adorned with Cuts. 
 
 The Works of Lucian^ Tranflated from the Guele by feveral Emi’* 
 nent Hands. With the Life of Lucian. A Difcourfe on his Writings, 
 and a Charader of fome of the prefent Tranflators. Written by 
 John Drydcn., Elq; 
 
 A Syftem of Rational and PrafHcal Chiriirgery; wherein all the 
 general Intentions, whether Natural or Arrifidal, are accounted for 
 and explained, according to the Corpufcular Philofophy, and the e- 
 vident Qualities of Medicines ; Together with the Caufes, Diagno- 
 llicks, and Method of Cure of Tumours, Ulcers, Wounds, Fraftures 
 and Diflocations. To which is added, an Index'of Medicines, and 
 their evident Qjialities, By Richard Boulton-^ late of Brazen-Koje 
 College in Oxford, 1714* 
 
 Phjico-Theoio^y : or, A Demonflration of the Being and Attributes 
 of God, from his Works of Creation ; being the Subflance of fixceen 
 Sermons preach’d in St. Mary le Boro Church, London, at the Honour- 
 able Mr. Boyle's Ledures, in the Years 17FI, and 1712, with large 
 Notes, and many curious Obfervations. By IV. Derham, Reffoi' of 
 Upminfer in EJfex, and F. R. S. The third Edition, 1714. 
 
 Lay-Btptifm Invalid : or. An ETay to prove, that fuch Baptifm 
 is null and void, when adminifti-ed in Oppofltionto the Divine Right 
 of the Apoflolical Succe.Tion ; occafioned chiefly by the Anii-Epifco- 
 pal Ufurpations of our Englifh DilTenting Teachers. The fecond Edi- 
 tion, correfled and enlarged ; with an Appendix. By a Lay Hand, 
 To which is prefix’d 3 Letter to the Author, by the Revered George 
 D. D. 
 
 The great Law of Confideration ; or, A Difcourfe wherein the 
 Nature, Ufefulnefs, and abfolute Neceflity of Confideration, in order 
 CO a truly Seriofls and Religious Life, is laid open by Anthony Hor- 
 aid, D. D. The ninth Edition. 
 
 A 
 
Boohs Printed for W. Innys. Ii 
 
 'A Treatife af Foods in general : F/rj 7 , The Diference and Choice 
 which ought to be made of each Sort in particular. Secondly^ The 
 Good and lU. Efe{ls produced by them. Thirdly^ The Frlnclples where- 
 with they abound. And, Tourthly-, The Time^ Age^ and Conjhtution 
 they fuit with. To which are added, Remarks upon each Chapter • 
 wherein the Nature and Ufes are explain’d, according to the Princi- 
 ples of Cbymifiry and Mechanifm, Written in French by M. Louis Le- 
 mtry^ Regent- Doftor of the Faculty of Fhyjick at Parity and of the 
 Academy Royal of Sciences. Now done into Englijh. 
 
 An Hiftory of the Government of the Primitive Church, for the 
 three firft Centuries, and the beginning of tlie fourth • fhewing that 
 the Church in thofe hrft Ages, as it has been ever fince, was Govern’d 
 by Bilhops. By Francis Brooksby, B. D. fometime Fellow of Trinity- 
 College in Cambridge. 
 
 A General Ecclehaftical Hiflory, from the Nativity of our BlelTed 
 Saviour, to the firft Eftablifhment of Chridianity by Human Laws, 
 under the Emperor Confi^mine the Great, By Laurence Echardj 
 A. M. In 2 Vol. 
 
 The Works of Virgil; Containing his Paflorals., Georgics^znd /Ends. 
 Tranflated into Verfe; by Mr. Vryden^ in 5 Voi. Adorn’d 
 
 with above a Hundred Sculptures. 
 
 CoUijquia (Jjirurgifa or, The .whole Arc of Surgery Epitomiz’d, 
 and made eafie, according to Modern Pradfice. By way of Dialogue. 
 The fecond Edition. 
 
 The Compleat Gardiner; or, Direflions for Cultivating and right 
 Ordering of Fruit-Gardens and Kitchen-Gardens, by Monlieur de U 
 J^intinye. Now Compendioufly Abridg’d, and made of more Ufe, 
 with very confiderable Improvements ; by George London and Henry 
 Wife. The fifth Edition. 
 
 Difeafes of Women with Child, and in Child-bed ; As alfo, the 
 beft means of Helping them in Natural and Unnatural Labours, (Srf, 
 The 4th Edition, tranflatcd out oi French by Hugh Chamberlain^ M. D. 
 
 Kom£ Antique Notitia: or. The Antiquities of Rome, in 2 Parts, 
 fire. By Bajil Kennet^ of Ch. Ch. Col. Oxon. The fifth Edition. 
 
 Geography Anatomiz’d j or, T^e Geographical Grammar : Being 
 a fliort and exadb Analyfis of the Body ot Modern Geography, after 
 a new and curious Method, &c. By Pat. Gordon^ M. A. The fixth 
 Edition. 
 
 the Penitent Pardon’d ; or, a Difeourfe of the Nature of Sin, and 
 the Efficacy of Repentance, under the Parable of the Prodigal Son. 
 The feventh Edition. 
 
 A Winter Evening Conference, in three Parts. The tenth Edition. 
 Both by the Reverend j. Goodman^ D D. 
 
 A Companion for the Fefiivals and Fafis of the Church of Eng- 
 land ; with Collefis and Prayers for every Solemnity. By R. Nelfm, Efq; 
 
 C. Julius Cafars Commentaries of his Vl/ars in Gaul^ and Civil 
 War with Pompey.^ Made EnglifI) from the Original Latin ; by 
 
 C2^i2in Martin Bladen. The fecond Edition Improv’d. 
 
 Clofogra- 
 
12 Boohs Printed for W. Innys. 
 
 Gkjfogra^hia Attglicatta Nova 5 or a Di£lionary,- interpreting Tuch 
 hard Words of what ever Language, as are at prefent ufed in the 
 Ln^rifh Tongue. 
 
 , Pious Breathings, being the Meditations of St. Augupine^ his 
 Treatife of the Love of God, Soliloquies and Manuels ^ made £«- 
 gUP) by George Stanhopey D. D. Dean of Canterbury, _ The 3d Edi- 
 tion. ' 
 
 ^ Qiiinffiliani Inpitutiones OratorUy Edit. T^oya, 'Recenfuh ^ No- 
 tof addidit 'Edm\in<l\is Oih^ony D. D. 1714. 
 
 Ben. Johnfons Works, $ Vol. with Cuts, in the Prefs. 
 
 Beaumont and. Fletcher's Works, in 7 Vol. 
 
 Homeri Ilias Grace, Oxon. 1714- 
 
 Pharmacopoeia Extemporanea : or a Body of Medicines, containing 
 a Thoufand Selech Prefcripts anfwering moft Intentions of Cure 5 to 
 which are added ufefiil Scholia, a Catalogue of Remedies, and a 
 copious Index for the Affifiance of young Phyficians : The Second 
 Edition with large Additions by the Author Tho. Fuller. 1714. 
 
 Spicilegium S. S Patrum, ut ci?' Hareticorum, Seculi pofi ChriPum 
 natum 1 . IL rir III. Quorum yel integra monumenta, yel pagmenta 
 fartim ex aliorum Patrum Libris jam imprejjts collegit eir cum Cod, 
 MSS contulit, partim ex MSS primum edidit, ac fingula tam Pre- 
 fatione, quam Notis fubjunClis iiluPrayit J. E. Grabius. Edith Secun- 
 da aucUbr. Oxon. I7r4. 
 
 Ethices Compendium in Ufum Academica Juyentutis , Authors 
 Dan. Whitby; 5. T. P. auHiia (S^' emendatius tertio editum. 
 
 The Indiftment, Arraignment, Tryal, and Judgment, at large of 
 Twenty nine uegicrdes, the Murtherers of his Moft Sacred Majefty 
 King Charles the I. to which is added their Speeches, ^c, 1714.' 
 
 ’ The Anatomy of the Humane Body, illuftrated with 23 Copper 
 Plates of tlie moft confiderabie Parts ^ all done after the Life; By 
 IV. Chefelden, Surgeon, F. R. S. 1713. 
 
 DUODECIMO. 
 
 B Oetius of the Confolation of Philofophy, in five Books ; made 
 Englifh and illuftrated with Notes. By the Right Honourable 
 Bichard, Lord Vifcount Prepon. The fecond Edition Correffed. 
 
 ThcWoiks of Mr. Thomas Otn^ay, in 2 Volumes. Containing 
 Alcibiades, Don Carlos Prince of Spain, T'ltus and Berenice ^ the Sol- 
 dier’s Fortune, in two Parts 5 the Orphan, or the Unhappy Marri- 
 age 5 the Hiftory and Fall of Caius Marius Venice Preferv’d, or 2 
 Plot Difcover’d. To which is added fome Poems and Love Letters. 
 Five Love Letters writ by a Nun, to a Cavalier. 
 
 Hudibrafs : In three Parts. Written in the Time of the late Wars, 
 Cone£feci and Amended, with Additions. To which is added, Aij- 
 norations, witl> an exafl Index to the whole. Adorn’d with Cuts. 
 
 m 
 
Books Prhjted for W. Innvs. i *• 
 
 The Lucubrations of Ifaac Bickerfiaf^ Lfq^ ^ Vol. 
 
 The Speffators, in 7 Vol. 
 
 The Guardian, in 2 Vol. 
 
 The Englifhman 
 
 Paradife Loft : A Poem, in 12 Books. By JoJ?n M'dton. The 9th 
 Edition ^ adorn’d with Sculptures. 
 
 Paradife Regain’d : A Poem, in 4 Books. To which is added, 
 Sampfon Agoni fies^ and Poems upon feveral Occafions, with a Tra- 
 ctate of Education. By John Milton, The $th Edition j adorn’d 
 with Cuts. 
 
 Terence’s Comedies made Englijh-^ with his Life, and fome Re- 
 marks at the end. By Mr. Ecbard, and others. Revis’d and Cor- 
 rected by Dr. Echard, and Sir Roger VE/irangg. The 4CI1 Edition. 
 Poems on feveral Occafions ^ by Matth. Erior, Efqj 
 
 Andrews Precei Gr. Oxon. 
 
 Alftorphii Dijfertatio de Le^is. 
 
 Aphthonii Sophifi£ Erogymnafmata. 
 
 Albertus Magnus de Secretis Mulierum» 
 
 Bockelmanni Elementa JurU ihilis. 
 
 Barlaei Eoemata^ 2 Vol, 
 
 Baronii Metaphyfica. 
 
 Chiffietii Canones & Decret'a Concilii Tridentini. 
 
 Ciacconius cU Triclinio. 
 
 Cantelius de Republica Romana ' ‘ 
 
 Clerici 0/»eT4 Philofophica, ^ Vol. * 
 
 Ciceronis EpiftoU^ cum Notis XjTxvii. 
 
 — Orationes SeleSlJt. 
 
 Q; Curtius, cum Notis Freinfliemii. 
 
 ■ ■- Lat. (ir Francois^ per Vaugelos, 2 VoL 
 Celfus de Vita Julii Cafaris. 
 
 Crufo Thefaurtis Medicamentorum, 
 
 Colomefii Obfervationes Sacra, 
 
 Claudius de Salutationibus reterunt’. 
 
 Duck de ufu ^ Author. Juris Chilis Rom, 
 
 Deckerus de Scriptis adefpotis, 
 
 Erafini Colloquia, 
 
 ■ ' ^Adagiorum Epitome, 
 
 , , - rn mApophthegmata, 
 
 Epifiola de Tolerantia, 
 
 Elis gg Artie. Defenjio. 
 
 Val. Fiaccii Argonauttca. 
 
 Frontinus de folertibus Vucum^ ^c, 
 
 Franzii Hiftoria Sacra. 
 
 Epigrammatum DeleCtus ex omnibus turn veteribus, tum recenti* 
 oribus poetis. Editio Nova, 1711. 
 
 Galtruchii Ehilof. ac Mathemat, InjUtutio. 4 Vol. 
 
 Arn. Gulkics Ethica, 
 
 Arr. 
 
14 Booh Printed for W. Innys 
 
 Arn. Gulincs Collegium Oratorium» 
 
 ' — " Logica Refiituta. 
 
 Gerhardi Meditationes Sacra. 
 
 Gallonius de Martyrum Cruciatibus, 
 
 Grotii Poemata omnia. 
 
 Galaieus de Moribus. 
 
 Heinfii Orationes DijJ'ertationes. 
 
 Harv^us de generatione Animalium, 
 
 Hobbes de ciye^ Elementa Philofofh, 
 
 Hornii Hi/ioria EcclejtalUca, 
 
 Hygini Tabula AEfopica, 
 
 Hypntbejis Phyjica noya. 
 
 Hifloria flagellantium. 
 
 Juftinus ex recenfione Gr:Bvii, 
 
 Jones frolutiones Academica, 
 
 Iter per Mumdum Cartefii, 
 
 Jnftitutiones furis Naturalis ^ Gent, 
 
 Keucheni Antonius Pius. 
 
 Kirchmannus c5r alii de Annulis. 
 
 Kerchring Comment, in currum Triumph. 
 
 Lavater de Spellris, (Src. 
 
 Lubini Clayis Lingust, Graca. 
 
 Liberalis Transformationum Congeries. 
 
 Laus Ulula Ajini. 
 
 Lipfius alii de Cruce. 
 
 Laflier Pharmacopoeia Chymica, 
 
 Lifter Exercitationes Medicinales, 
 
 Luciani Viahgi Seletii^ Gr. Lat. 
 
 Muelen de ortu interitu Imp-. Romani, 
 
 Meibomius de Vlagiorum ufu in Re renerea, 
 
 Magius de Tintinnabulis. 
 
 Machiavelli Hifloria Florentina. 
 
 Miltoni Ars Logica, 
 m ■ ■ Vefenjio pro Populo Anglicano. 
 
 Le mart, idea aUionis Corporum motuum^ (Srr. 
 
 Orphaei Argonautica, Gr. Lat. 
 
 Ovidii Metam, cum Notis Farnabii. 
 
 Perezii InfHtutiones Imperiales, 
 
 PJatina de iritis Pontificum, 
 
 Paforis Syllabus, Gr. Lat, 
 
 Perfii Satyra, per Bond. 
 
 Platonis & Lyft« Orationes Funebres, 
 
 Politiani dT' aliorum EpifloU. 
 
 Pomey Pantheon Mythecum, cum Fig. 
 
 Pharmacopoeia Bateana. 
 
 - Londinenfis per Shipton. 
 
 Kadau Orator Extemporaneus. 
 
 Roma iiluflrata', fiye Antiq» Rom. 
 
 Rutilii Itinerarium, 
 
15 
 
 ’Boohs Printed for W. Innj's. 
 
 Senecae TragoscLU. Oxon. 
 
 SalmnfU Defenfio Regia adr. Nfilton, 
 
 Suetonius, cum Notis Boxhornii. 
 
 Seldeni Jani Anglorum I'acies altera. 
 
 Schola Botanica ^ fire Catalogus ^lant. 
 
 Statuta Uniyerjitatis Oxonienfis, 
 
 Teftamentum Novum Gracum. Cantab* 
 
 Turfeljini Epitome Hi/loriarum, 
 
 Thuani Poematium Meianfthoiiio. 
 
 Tertiiliani Apologeticus. 
 
 Thefaurus Phrafium Poeticarum, 
 
 Tacitus, cum Notis Rycki^ 2 t o/, 
 
 Terentius, cum Notis Minellii. 
 
 Virgilius, cum Fabri. 
 
 ■' ■■■ ■ — Minelii. 
 
 Heinfii. 
 
 Lud. Vives IntroduClio ad Sapientiam, 
 
 Voffius ^ alii dc Studiis bene Inflit, 
 
 * Willis Pathalogia Cerebri, 
 
 de affeCliontbus Hyjiericis, 
 
 — — de Ferment atione, 
 
 WidymoFs Englif/j Examples for Eaton Sdiool* 
 
 fhorter Examples for the fame. 
 
 The Works of Mr. [iill. Shakefpear, in 9 Vol. adorn’d with Cuts. 
 Revifed and Correfted, with an Account of the Life and Writings 
 of the Author. By Nath. Ro-a?, Efq; 
 
 Medicinal Experiments : or, A Colledlon of choice and fafe Reme- 
 dies 5 for the mod part fimple, and ealily prepar'd, very ufeful in 
 Families, and fitted for the Service of Country People. By the Ho- 
 nourable R. Boyle, Efq^ late Fellow of the Royal Society. In three 
 Parts. Containing above five Hundred choice Receipts, The fifth 
 Edition, correffed. 
 
 The Influence of Converfation, with the Regulation thereof-, being a 
 Sermon preach’d at Sc. Clements Dane to a Religious Society. 
 
 The Spiritual Tear : or. Devout Contemplation?, digefted into di- 
 ftind Arguments for every Month in the Year, and for Week; 
 
 in that Month. 
 
 The Duty of Servants: Containing, i. Their Preparation for, and 
 Choice of a Service. 2. Their Duty in Service ^ together wijrh 
 Prayers fuited to each Duty ; all which m.ay be accommodated like- 
 wife for the moft part to Apprentices : to which is added, a Dif- 
 courfe of the Sacrament, fuited peculiarly to Servants. The third 
 Edition. 
 
 The plain Mans Guide to Heaven : Containing his Duty, f. To- 
 wards God. z. Towards his Neighbour. With proper Prayers, 
 Meditations, and Ejaculations j delign’d chiefly for the Countryman, 
 Tradefman, Labourer, and the like. Ail four by Richard Luc.u, D. D. 
 
 PhaT' 
 
1(5 Booh Printed for W. Innys. 
 
 Tharmacopala Colley. Reg. Londini Remedia omnia fuccintle dejcripta. 
 Editio quarta^ per J. Shjpton. ( 
 
 Eharmacopaeia Extemporanea^ Jive Frdifcriptorum Chilias^ in qua Re* 
 mediorum elegantium e^cacium Faradigmata, ad omnes fere meden- 
 di Intentiones accommodata candide proponuntur ^ una cum yirihus Ope- 
 randi ratione.^ Dofibus C 5 “ Indicibus annexis. Editio quinta^ longe autliof 
 ^ emendatior, per Tho Fuller, M.D. 
 
 Fharmacopceia Bateana, Cura Jac^ Shipton, Fharmacop. London Edi- 
 tio tertia, cum Appendice, per Tho. Fuller, M. D. 
 
 Frocejfus Integri in Morbis fere omnibus curandis, nec non de FhtJnf 
 TraClatula, Editio ultima a Thoma Sydenham^ M- D. 
 
 M. Lijier 'otio Exercitationes Medicinales quorum l. de Hydrope, 2« 
 de Diabete, g. de Hydrophobia, 4. de Lue Venerea, 5. de Scorbuto, 6 , 
 de Arthritide, 7. de Calculo Humano, 8. de Variolis, Editio Secunda 
 aulla. 
 
 Fharmacologia, feu ManuduCUo ad materiam Medicam, in qua Me- 
 dicamenta Ojfcinalia Simplicia, Im eTl, Mineralia, Vegetabilia, Ani- 
 malia eorumq', partes in MedicinA Officinis ujitata, in methodum natu- 
 ralem digeffa fuccintle ^ accurate defcribuntur, opus Medtci s Fkilofophi- 
 fis, Fharmacoposis, Chirurgis, ^c. utiliffimum. Iterata Editio, emendata^ 
 ^ auCla, a St Dale 2, Vol, 
 
 V 
 
 ' , 'F I N I S. 
 

 
 ^ r ' 
 
 ' ’f , 
 
 ; / 
 
 
 I 
 
 I 
 
 
 
 zUo‘]